SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY CO
10-K405, 2000-03-29
NATURAL GAS TRANSMISISON & DISTRIBUTION
Previous: SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY CO, DEF 14A, 2000-03-29
Next: ASHLAND INC, 424B3, 2000-03-29



================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D. C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark one)
[x]     Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934
               For the fiscal year ended    December 31, 1999
                                            -----------------
                                                      or
[ ]     Transition  Report  Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
        Exchange Act of 1934
               For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

                          Commission file number 1-8246
                                                 ------

                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY
               (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                   ARKANSAS                                    71-0205415
        -------------------------------                    ------------------
        (State or other jurisdiction of                     (I.R.S. Employer
         incorporation or organization)                    Identification No.)

       1083 Sain Street, P.O.Box 1408, Fayetteville, Arkansas 72702-1408
       -----------------------------------------------------------------
          (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

        Registrant's telephone number, including area code (501) 521-1141
                                                           --------------

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                                        Name of each exchange
     Title of each class                                 on which registered
- -----------------------------                          -----------------------
Common Stock - Par Value $.10                          New York Stock Exchange

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

        Indicate by check mark whether the  Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X  No
                                             ---    ---

        Indicate by check mark if disclosure of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.  X
                             ---

        The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of
the Registrant was $181,640,298 based on the New York Stock Exchange - Composite
Transactions closing price on March 8, 2000 of $7 3/8.

        The  number  of  shares   outstanding  as  of  March  8,  2000,  of  the
Registrant's Common Stock, par value $.10, was 25,037,773.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

        Document  incorporated  by reference and  the Part of the Form 10-K into
which the document is incorporated: Definitive Proxy Statement to holders of the
Registrant's Common  Stock in connection with the solicitation of proxies  to be
used in voting at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on May 24, 2000 - PART III.
================================================================================

<PAGE>

SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY
ANNUAL REPORT on FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I                                                                                                           Page
                                                                                                                 ----
<S>           <C>                                                                                                  <C>
Item 1.       Business                                                                                              3
              Business Strategy                                                                                     3
              Exploration and Production                                                                            3
              Natural Gas Distribution                                                                             10
              Marketing and Transportation                                                                         13
              Other Items                                                                                          15
Item 2.       Properties                                                                                           16
Item 3.       Legal Proceedings                                                                                    18
Item 4.       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                                                  19
              Executive Officers of the Registrant                                                                 19

Part II

Item 5.       Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters                                21
Item 6.       Selected Financial Data                                                                              22
Item 7.       Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations                24
Item 7.A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks                                           34
Item 8.       Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                                                          37
Item 9.       Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure                 60

Part III

Item 10.      Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                                                   60
Item 11.      Executive Compensation                                                                               61
Item 12.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management                                       61
Item 13.      Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                                                       61

Part IV

Item 14.      Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K                                     61

</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>


Part I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

     Southwestern  Energy  Company  (the  "Company"  or  "Southwestern")  is  an
integrated  energy  company  primarily  focused on natural  gas. The Company was
incorporated  in Arkansas in 1929 as a local gas  distribution  company.  Today,
Southwestern  is an exempt  holding  company  under the Public  Utility  Holding
Company Act of 1935 and is involved in the following business segments:

1.   Exploration and  Production  - Engaged in natural gas and oil  exploration,
     development and  production,   with  operations   principally   located  in
     Arkansas, Oklahoma,  Texas,  New Mexico,  and  Louisiana.
2.   Natural Gas Distribution  -  Engaged  in  the gathering,  distribution  and
     transmission of  natural gas to approximately 181,000 customers in northern
     Arkansas and parts of Missouri.
3.   Marketing  and  Transportation  -  Provides  marketing  and  transportation
     services in the  Company's core areas of operation  and owns a 25% interest
     in the NOARK Pipeline System, Limited Partnership (NOARK).

     This Report on Form 10-K includes certain  statements that may be deemed to
be  "forward-looking  statements"  within  the  meaning  of  Section  27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.
See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations"  in Part II, Item 7 of this Report for a discussion  of factors that
could cause actual results to differ  materially from  any  such forward-looking
statements.   For  segment  financial  information,   see  Footnote  12  to  the
consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Report.

Business Strategy
     The Company's  business  strategy is to provide  long-term  growth  through
focused  exploration  and  development  of oil and natural gas,  while  creating
additional value through the Company's natural gas  distribution,  marketing and
transportation  activities. The Company seeks to maximize cash flow and earnings
and provide consistent growth in oil and gas production and reserves through the
discovery,  production  and  marketing of high margin  reserves  from a balanced
portfolio of drilling  opportunities.  This balanced portfolio includes low-risk
development  drilling  in  the  Arkoma  Basin,   moderate-risk  exploration  and
exploitation in the Permian Basin, and high-potential  exploration opportunities
in the Gulf  Coast.  Additionally,  the  Company  strives to operate its utility
systems  safely and  efficiently  and to improve the  competitive  position  and
profitability of its utility systems. The Company is also committed to enhancing
shareholder value by creating and capturing additional value beyond the wellhead
through its marketing and transportation activities.

EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION

     In 1943, the Company commenced a program of exploration for and development
of natural  gas  reserves in Arkansas  for supply to its utility  customers.  In
1971,  the Company  initiated an exploration  and  development  program  outside
Arkansas,  unrelated  to  the  utility's  requirements.  Since  that  time,  the
Company's exploration and development  activities outside Arkansas have expanded
substantially.

     During 1998,  Southwestern  brought in new senior operating  management and
replaced over 50% of its professional technical staff to refocus its exploration
and production  segment.  Additionally  in 1998, the Company closed its Oklahoma
City office and moved  these  operations  to its Houston  office in an effort to
increase future profitability.

                                       3
<PAGE>

The segment was also  reorganized into asset management teams to provide an area
specific  focus in  exploration  and  development  projects and a new  incentive
compensation  system  was put in  place to more  closely  align  its  employees'
efforts with the interests of its shareholders.

     At December 31, 1999,  the Company had proved oil and gas reserves of 354.7
billion cubic feet (Bcf)  equivalent,  including  proved natural gas reserves of
307.5 Bcf and  proved  oil  reserves  of 7,859  thousand  barrels  (MBbls).  The
Company's reserve life index averaged nearly 11 years at year-end 1999, with 83%
of total reserves classified as proved developed.  All of the Company's reserves
are located  entirely within the United States.  Revenues of the exploration and
production  subsidiaries are predominately  generated from production of natural
gas. Sales of gas production  accounted for 87% of total operating  revenues for
this segment in 1999, 89% in 1998, and 86% in 1997.

Areas of Operation
     Southwestern  engages in gas and oil exploration and production through its
subsidiaries,  SEECO,  Inc.  (SEECO),  Southwestern  Energy  Production  Company
(SEPCO),  and  Diamond  "M"  Production  Company  (Diamond  M).  SEECO  operates
exclusively  in the state of Arkansas  and holds a large base of both  developed
and  undeveloped  gas reserves and conducts an ongoing  drilling  program in the
historically  productive  Arkansas  part of the  Arkoma  Basin.  SEPCO  conducts
development  drilling  and  exploration  programs  in  areas  outside  Arkansas,
including  the Permian  Basin of Texas and New  Mexico,  the Gulf Coast areas of
Louisiana  and Texas,  and the Anadarko  Basin of  Oklahoma.  Diamond M operates
properties in the Permian Basin of Texas.

     The following table provides information as to proved reserves, well count,
and gross and net acreage as of December 31, 1999, and annual  information as to
production  and  reserve  additions  for  1999 for  each of the  Company's  core
operating areas.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     Arkoma   Mid-Continent   Permian   Gulf Coast     Total
                                    --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>
Proved Reserves:
     Gas (Bcf)                        200.0        31.7          42.6       33.2       307.5
     Oil (MBbls)                          -       2,275         4,722        862       7,859
          Total Reserves (Bcfe)       200.0        45.3          70.9       38.5       354.7

Production (Bcfe)                      20.3         4.9           5.2        2.5        32.9
Reserve Additions (Bcfe)               18.2         0.1          23.5        7.5        49.3
Total Gross Wells                       794         799           294         77       1,964
     Percent Operated                    44%         34%           43%        33%         39%
Gross Acreage                       290,363     165,649       259,238     94,466     809,716
Net Acreage                         231,642      71,071        42,790     39,155     384,658

</TABLE>

     Arkoma Basin.  Southwestern has developed a key competitive position in the
Arkoma since it commenced  drilling in the basin in 1943.  At December 31, 1999,
the Company had  approximately  200.0 Bcf of natural gas  reserves in the Arkoma
Basin,  representing 65% of the Company's  natural gas reserves and 56% of total
reserves on a Bcf equivalent basis. The Company  participated in 37 wells during
1999 with a 70% success ratio and an average working interest of 46%. This level
of drilling  activity was somewhat lower as compared to prior years, due to cash
flow limitations.  During

                                       4
<PAGE>

1999, the Company's  Arkoma drilling program added 18.2 Bcf of gas reserves at a
finding and development  cost of $.90 per Mcf.  Average net daily  production in
1999 was 55.7 million cubic feet equivalent  (MMcfe) and production,  or lifting
costs, in the basin during 1999 were $.22 per Mcfe (including production taxes).

     Southwestern's  traditional  operating  area over the years has been in the
"fairway"  part of the basin,  which is primarily  within the  boundaries of its
utility gathering system.  Southwestern continued its drilling activities in the
fairway in 1999,  completing  five wells out of seven drilled and adding 5.7 Bcf
of new reserves.  The largest  success in this area was the Teague #1-16 well in
Johnson County, Arkansas. This well was drilled to total depth of 4,500 feet and
was placed on production at 1.9 MMcf of gas per day.

     The Company also completed  extensive  mapping of the basin's 26 productive
horizons  covering  over  2,300  square  miles in the  fairway  that  will  help
recognize  additional  or  previously  untapped  reserve  potential.   In  2000,
Southwestern  plans to increase its activity in the fairway by drilling 22 wells
in this gas-rich area.

     Additionally,  Southwestern has continued to develop new geologic plays and
extend  previously  identified  productive  trends  outside the fairway  area. A
promising new play has been the Ranger Anticline prospect area, located near the
southern edge of the basin. To date, the Company has  successfully  drilled four
out of five wells in this  prospect,  targeting the deeper Borum sands that tend
to yield higher  production  rates and greater  reserve  potential per well. The
Company  currently  plans to drill three wells in the prospect area in 2000, but
this number could be increased with positive  drilling  results during the first
part of the year.

     The Company  successfully  developed another new prospect area during 1999,
its  Cherokee  prospect,  located in the Oklahoma  portion of the basin.  During
1999, the Company  targeted the Red Oak,  Brazil,  and Spiro sand  reservoirs in
this  under-explored  portion  of the basin and  completed  six wells out of ten
drilled.  One well in the  prospect,  the  Calvin  Terry #1 in  LeFlore  County,
Oklahoma,  was recently  placed on  production  at 5.8 MMcf per day. The Company
plans further development of this prospect with up to ten additional wells being
drilled in 2000.

     Overall,  the Company  initiated  drilling in four  promising  new prospect
areas in 1999, all located outside of the established fairway area. In 2000, the
Company  intends  to drill  over 50 wells  outside  of the  traditional  fairway
drilling area,  which includes  testing six new prospect  areas.  In total,  the
Company plans to participate  in 75 wells in the Arkoma Basin in 2000,  doubling
its 1999 activity.

     Mid-Continent.  The  Company's  activities  in this  region  are  primarily
focused on the Anadarko Basin of Oklahoma. At December 31, 1999, the Company had
approximately  31.7 Bcf of natural gas  reserves and 2,275 MBbls of oil reserves
in the region,  representing 10% and 29%,  respectively,  of the Company's total
gas and oil reserves.  Average net daily  production in 1999 for this region was
13.4 MMcfe.  During 1998,  the Company closed its Oklahoma City office and moved
these  operations  to Houston.  Southwestern  does not expect its  Mid-Continent
operations  to be a  primary  area  of  future  growth  due  to its  efforts  to
concentrate on those areas where it has a competitive advantage. During 1999 and
the first part of 2000, the Company sold  approximately 235 marginal  properties
in the Mid-Continent area with estimated remaining reserves of 4.8 Bcfe.

     Permian Basin. Through successful drilling results, a small acquisition and
several new joint ventures,  Southwestern made meaningful  strides in becoming a
more  significant  player in the Permian  Basin in 1999.  At December  31, 1999,
Southwestern  had proved  reserves  of 42.6 Bcf of gas and 4,722 MBbls of oil in
the region,  representing 14% and 60%,

                                       5
<PAGE>

respectively,  of the Company's total gas and oil reserves. During 1999, average
net daily  production in the basin was 14.2 MMcfe and production  costs averaged
$.71 per Mcfe. This rate includes higher operating costs from secondary recovery
oil properties  acquired by the Company in 1996.  Production  costs exclusive of
these properties were $.39 per Mcfe in 1999.

     The  Company  successfully  completed  18 out of 22  wells  drilled  in the
Permian in 1999,  resulting  in a success  rate of 82%.  At  year-end,  drilling
operations at seven wells were still in progress. Southwestern's average working
interest  in the Permian  during  1999 was 24%.  Total  reserve  additions  from
drilling and  acquisitions  were 23.5 Bcfe at a finding cost of $.79 per Mcfe in
1999, while reserve  additions through drilling were 10.6 Bcfe at a finding cost
of $.86 per Mcfe.

     Southwestern  enjoyed meaningful success in its Logan Draw development area
in Eddy County,  New Mexico,  successfully  drilling 11 out of 13 wells there in
1999.  Southwestern  holds an average  28%  working  interest  in the Logan Draw
development  area, which is the combination of the Company's Top Dog, Amber, and
Freight Train  prospects.  Two notable wells in the Freight Train prospect,  the
Amtrack  State  Com #1 and the  Mule  Train  16 State  #1,  are  each  currently
producing approximately 10.0 MMcfe per day. In 2000, Southwestern plans to drill
11 wells in the Logan Draw area.

     The Company continued to successfully develop its Gaucho production unit in
Lea County,  New Mexico,  completing  three out of four wells there in 1999. The
Gaucho #3 well was  drilled  during the first  quarter of 1999 and is  currently
producing 9.1 MMcfe per day.  Additionally,  the Company successfully  confirmed
production  from  younger  Atoka sands in three  wells in the unit.  Until 1999,
hydrocarbons in the Gaucho unit had been  exclusively  produced from Morrow sand
objectives.  Southwestern  holds a 50%  working  interest in the Gaucho unit and
plans to drill two wells in the unit in 2000.

     The  Company  established  a  stronger  presence  in  the  basin  with  the
acquisition  of producing  properties  from  Petro-Quest  Exploration  effective
September 1, 1999. The transaction added 12.9 Bcfe of reserves for approximately
$9.4   million.   This   transaction   is  discussed   more  fully  below  under
"Acquisitions."

     Additionally,  the Company  established  exploration  joint ventures in the
basin with Phillips  Petroleum,  Stratex,  Inc.,  and  Petro-Quest  Exploration.
Several drilling opportunities have already been identified and planned for 2000
from these new ventures.  Overall,  Southwestern plans to participate in over 40
wells in the Permian in 2000, almost doubling its 1999 activity.

     Gulf Coast.  Southwestern  became active in the Gulf Coast in 1990 and this
area  continues  to be  the  main  focus  area  of  the  Company's  high  impact
exploration  activities.  At December 31, 1999, Southwestern had proved reserves
of 33.2 Bcf of gas and 862 MBbls of oil in the region,  representing  11 percent
of the Company's  total  reserves on a gas equivalent  basis.  Average net daily
production  in this area was 6.8 MMcfe,  compared to 13.2 MMcfe per day in 1998,
with production costs averaging $1.06 per Mcfe during 1999. The decrease in 1999
production  was due to the  loss of  production  from  certain  wells  in  south
Louisiana.

     The Company has built an extensive  inventory of 3-D seismic data  covering
over 900 miles in the Gulf Coast region of Texas and Louisiana. During 1999, the
Company  continued  to  analyze  this  seismic  data and has  generated  several
prospects  to be  drilled in 2000.  The  Company  strives  to limit its  working
interest  participation in its higher-risk Gulf Coast  exploration  prospects to
50% or less.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     Southwestern  commenced  drilling on two prospects in its Boure 3-D seismic
project in 1999 with positive  results.  The Boure 3-D project covers 185 square
miles in Assumption  Parish,  Louisiana.  This seismic data was delivered to and
interpreted by the Company during 1999. In December 1999, the Company  announced
its  first  discovery  in the Boure 3-D  project.  The Dugas & LeBlanc  #1 well,
located on the Company's Gloria prospect, was drilled to a total depth of 14,950
feet and  encountered  three  separate sand  intervals  between  14,400 feet and
14,856 feet in the Lower  Miocene  Planulina  formation.  The well is  currently
producing 5.4 million  cubic feet of gas and 150 barrels of  condensate  per day
from the lowest  sand  interval.  Southwestern  is the  operator of the well and
holds a 50% working interest. The Company announced in February 2000 that it had
made another discovery at its North Grosbec prospect.  The Brownell-Kidd #1 well
logged  approximately 50 feet of net pay sand in the Upper Discorbis interval at
approximately  16,950 feet. The Company is currently  completing and testing the
well. Southwestern holds a 25% working interest in the well which is operated by
Petro-Hunt, L.L.C.

     In  2000,  the  Company  plans to  drill  up to two  prospects  in its East
Atchafalaya 3-D project. This project covers 113 square miles in portions of St.
Martin and Iberia Parishes, Louisiana.  Southwestern became involved in the East
Atchafalaya 3-D project in 1995 with Union Pacific Resources  Company.  To date,
the Company has participated in five wells in the project,  with two wells being
completed as  producers.  The Company  drilled one well in the East  Atchafalaya
project in 1999, the Panther prospect, which was unsuccessful.

     In late  1998,  the  Company  formed a  strategic  alliance  with  industry
partners to jointly evaluate and explore a new proprietary 3-D seismic survey in
the  Nodosaria  Embayment  area of Lafayette,  St.  Landry and Acadia  Parishes,
covering over 140 square  miles.  This seismic data was delivered to the Company
during 1999. Interpretation of the data has identified several exploration leads
and the  Company  currently  plans to test its  first  prospect  in the  survey,
Havilah, in April 2000.  Southwestern  currently has a 27.5% working interest in
the 3-D project and is the operator.

     The Company also was  successful  in  leveraging  its seismic  databank and
regional  geologic  expertise into additional  drilling  opportunities for 2000.
Overall, the Company plans to drill seven additional prospects in the Gulf Coast
area in 2000.

Acquisitions
     Effective September 1, 1999, the Company purchased producing  properties in
the Permian Basin with estimated proved reserves of 9.4 Bcf of gas and 576 MBbls
of  oil,  or  12.9  Bcfe.  The  properties   were  purchased  from   Petro-Quest
Exploration,  a privately held company headquartered in Midland, Texas, for $9.4
million.  In addition,  Southwestern  established an  exploration  joint venture
agreement   with   Petro-Quest   which  will  result  in   additional   drilling
opportunities.  The  transaction  strengthens  Southwestern's  position  in  the
Permian Basin, which continues to grow as a core operating area for the Company.

     The Company did not make any  producing  property  acquisitions  in 1998 or
1997.  In 1996,  the Company  acquired  approximately  32.7 Bcf of gas and 6,350
MBbls of oil  located in Texas and  Oklahoma  for $45.8  million.  In 1995,  the
Company  acquired  4.5 Bcf of gas and 851 MBbls of oil located in the Gulf Coast
for  $6.0  million.  The  Company's  current  strategy  is to  pursue  selective
acquisitions that would complement its existing operations.

Capital Spending
     Southwestern  began 2000 with planned capital  expenditures for gas and oil
exploration  and development of $55.4 million.  The Company's  capital budget is
balanced  between the Company's  core areas of operations and is focused more

                                       7
<PAGE>

on drilling in 2000.  Approximately  37% of the Company's total  exploration and
development budget for 2000 is allocated to the Company's  low-risk  development
activities in the Arkoma Basin, 21% is allocated to medium-risk  exploration and
exploitation  in the  Permian  Basin,  and 24% is  allocated  to  high-potential
exploration in the Gulf Coast. Although no capital was budgeted for acquisitions
in 2000, the Company will continue to seek producing  property  transactions  in
its core producing areas that would complement its overall strategy. The Company
expects to maintain  its  capital  investments  within the limits of  internally
generated cash flow, and will adjust its capital program accordingly.

Sales and Major Customers
     Natural gas  equivalent  production  averaged 90 million cubic feet per day
(MMcfd)  in 1999,  compared  to 101 MMcfd in 1998,  and 104  MMcfd in 1997.  The
Company's gas production  was 29.4 Bcf in 1999,  down from 32.7 Bcf in 1998, and
33.4 Bcf in 1997.  The Company  also  produced  578,000  barrels of oil in 1999,
compared to 703,000  barrels in 1998, and 749,000 barrels in 1997. The decreases
in production in 1999 were the result of lower  non-operated  production  due to
the industry slowdown during late 1998 and early 1999, the decline in production
from certain  wells in the Gulf Coast area and  production  losses from marginal
properties  that were sold during the year.  The Company  expects its equivalent
production in 2000 to increase 5% to 10% over the 1999 level.

     The Company's natural gas production  received an average wellhead price of
$2.21 per thousand  cubic feet (Mcf) in 1999,  compared to $2.34 per Mcf in 1998
and $2.57 per Mcf in 1997.  Prices  received for the  Company's  oil  production
averaged  $17.11 per barrel in 1999,  compared  to $13.60 per barrel in 1998 and
$19.02 per barrel in 1997.

     Southwestern's  largest single  customer for sales of its gas production is
the  Company's  utility  subsidiary,  Arkansas  Western  Gas  Company  (Arkansas
Western). These sales are made by SEECO. Sales to Arkansas Western accounted for
approximately 31% of total  exploration and production  revenues in 1999, 38% in
1998, and 43% in 1997. All of the Company's  remaining sales are to unaffiliated
purchasers.

     SEECO's  production  was 18.9 Bcf in 1999,  down  from 19.5 Bcf in 1998 and
21.7 Bcf in 1997.  SEECO's sales to Arkansas  Western were 8.2 Bcf in 1999, down
from 11.3 Bcf in 1998 and 14.3 Bcf in 1997.  The  decreases  in  affiliated  gas
sales were  primarily  the result of warmer  weather  in the  utility's  service
territory.

     Gas volumes sold by SEECO to Arkansas  Western for its  northwest  Arkansas
division  (AWG)  were  5.1 Bcf in 1999,  7.7 Bcf in  1998,  and 8.6 Bcf in 1997.
Through these sales,  SEECO  furnished 37% of the  northwest  Arkansas  system's
requirements  in  1999,  59% in  1998,  and 64% in 1997.  SEECO  also  delivered
approximately  2.6 Bcf in 1999, 2.0 Bcf in 1998, and 1.0 Bcf in 1997 directly to
certain large business customers of AWG through a transportation  service of the
utility  subsidiary.  Most of the  sales to AWG  prior  to  December  1998  were
pursuant to a twenty-year  contract  between SEECO and AWG, entered into in July
1978,  under which the price was frozen between 1984 and 1994. This contract was
amended in 1994 as a result of a settlement  reached to resolve certain gas cost
issues  before the Arkansas  Public  Service  Commission  (APSC).  This contract
expired July 24, 1998, but continued on a month-to-month  basis through November
1998.

     In March 1997,  AWG filed a gas supply  plan with the APSC which  projected
system load growth  patterns and long range gas supply  needs for the  utility's
northwest  Arkansas  system.  The gas  supply  plan also  addressed  replacement
supplies for AWG's long-term  contract with SEECO.  After  discussions  with the
APSC it was  determined  that the  majority of the  utility's  future gas supply
needs should be provided through a competitive  bidding  process.  On October 1,
1998, AWG sent requests for proposals to various  suppliers  requesting  bids on
seven different  packages of gas supply to be

                                       8
<PAGE>

effective  December 1, 1998. These bid requests included  replacement of the gas
supply and  no-notice  service  previously  provided by the long-term gas supply
contract between AWG and SEECO. Eleven potential suppliers returned bids in late
October.

     SEECO along with the Company's  marketing  subsidiary  successfully  bid on
five of the seven  packages  with prices  based on the Reliant East Index plus a
demand charge. The volumes of gas projected to be sold under these contracts are
approximately  equal to the  historical  annual  volumes  sold under the expired
long-term contracts,  assuming normal weather patterns.  However, the volumes to
be sold  under  these  contracts  are not fixed as they were  under the  expired
contract and will fluctuate with the weather-related  requirements of AWG. These
contracts  provide more of the gas needed during periods of colder weather,  and
less of AWG's base  system  needs.  As a result,  periods of  abnormally  warmer
weather,  such as 1999 and  1998,  result in lower  deliveries  to AWG by SEECO.
However,  charges for  no-notice  service  associated  with these  contracts are
approximately  $6.0  million per year and are  received by SEECO  regardless  of
weather  patterns.  Other sales to AWG are made under  long-term  contracts with
flexible pricing provisions.

     SEECO's sales to Associated Natural Gas Company (Associated), a division of
Arkansas Western which operates  natural gas  distribution  systems in northeast
Arkansas and parts of Missouri,  were 3.1 Bcf in 1999,  3.6 Bcf in 1998, and 5.7
Bcf in 1997. These deliveries  accounted for  approximately  47% of Associated's
total  requirements  in 1999,  50% in 1998,  and 61% in 1997.  In 1998,  certain
industrial  customers of Associated  began buying their gas supply directly from
producers or marketers.  This caused a decline in the percentage of Associated's
gas supply  provided by SEECO as these  volumes  were  previously  purchased  by
Associated  from  SEECO  and  then  delivered  to  their  industrial  customers.
Effective  October 1990, SEECO entered into a ten-year  contract with Associated
to supply a portion of its  system  requirements  at a price to be  redetermined
annually.  For the contract period  beginning  October 1, 1997, the contract was
revised to redetermine  the sales price monthly based on an index posting plus a
reservation  fee. The average  price  received  under the contract was $2.37 for
1999 and 1998 and $2.51 in 1997.  Prior to the end of the current  contract term
in  2000,  Associated  will  place  its gas  supply  out for  competitive  bids.
Continued  sales of these  volumes,  and the price of any such  sales,  could be
impacted by the results of the  competitive  bidding  process and by the pending
sale  of  the  Company's   Missouri  assets  discussed  below  in  "Natural  Gas
Distribution."

     At present,  SEECO's  contracts for sales of gas to unaffiliated  customers
consist  of  short-term  sales made to  customers  of the  utility  subsidiary's
transportation  program  and spot sales  into  markets  away from the  utility's
distribution system.  These sales are subject to seasonal price swings.  SEECO's
sales to  unaffiliated  customers are also affected by the demand of the utility
for production on its gathering system. SEECO's sales to unaffiliated purchasers
accounted for approximately 27% of total exploration and production  revenues in
1999, 19% in 1998, and 15% in 1997.

     The  combined gas  production  of SEPCO and Diamond M was 10.5 Bcf in 1999,
compared to 13.2 Bcf in 1998 and 11.7 Bcf in 1997.  Oil production was 578 MBbls
in  1999,  compared  to 703  MBbls in 1998 and 749  MBbls in 1997.  SEPCO's  and
Diamond M's gas and oil  production is sold under  contracts  with  unaffiliated
purchasers  which  reflect  current  short-term  prices and which are subject to
seasonal  price  swings.  SEPCO's  and Diamond  M's  combined  gas and oil sales
accounted for 42% of total  exploration and production  revenues in 1999 and 43%
in 1998 and 1997.

Competition
     All phases of the gas and oil industry are highly competitive. Southwestern
competes in the  acquisition of  properties,  the search  for and development of
reserves,  the  production and sale of gas and oil and the securing of the labor
and equipment required to conduct operations. Southwestern's competitors include
major  gas and oil  companies,  other

                                       9
<PAGE>

independent gas and oil concerns and individual producers and operators. Many of
these competitors have financial and other resources that  substantially  exceed
those available to  Southwestern.  Gas and oil producers also compete with other
industries that supply energy and fuel.

     Competition in the Arkoma Basin has increased in recent years,  due largely
to the  development  of  improved  access to  interstate  pipelines.  Due to the
Company's  significant leasehold acreage position in the basin and its long-time
presence and reputation in this area,  the Company  believes it will continue to
be  successful  in  acquiring  new leases in the Arkoma  Basin.  While  improved
intrastate and interstate  pipeline  transportation in the basin should increase
the  Company's  access to markets for its gas  production,  these  markets  will
generally  be served by a number of other  suppliers.  Thus,  the  Company  will
encounter  competition  that may affect both the price it receives  and contract
terms it must offer. Outside Arkansas, the Company is less established and faces
competition from a larger number of other  producers.  The Company has in recent
years been  successful  in building  its  inventory  of  undeveloped  leases and
obtaining participating interests in drilling prospects outside Arkansas.

NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION

     The Company's  subsidiary  Arkansas Western Gas Company operates integrated
natural gas distribution systems concentrated primarily in northern Arkansas and
southeast  Missouri.  The Arkansas  Public  Service  Commission and the Missouri
Public  Service  Commission  (MPSC)  regulate the  Company's  utility  rates and
operations.  The Company serves  approximately  181,000  customers and obtains a
substantial  portion of the gas they consume  through its Arkoma Basin gathering
facilities.

     Arkansas  Western  consists of two  operating  divisions.  The AWG division
gathers  natural  gas in the  Arkansas  River  Valley of  western  Arkansas  and
transports  the gas  through  its own  transmission  and  distribution  systems,
ultimately  delivering  it at  retail  to  approximately  112,000  customers  in
northwest  Arkansas.  The Associated  division  receives its gas from interstate
pipelines  and delivers the gas through its own  transmission  and  distribution
systems, ultimately delivering it at retail to approximately 21,000 customers in
northeast  Arkansas and 48,000  customers in  Missouri.  Associated,  formerly a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of Arkansas Power and Light  Company,  was acquired and
merged into Arkansas Western effective June 1, 1988.

     In October 1999, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its Missouri
utility  operations  to Atmos  Energy  for $32.0  million.  The  transaction  is
currently awaiting approval by the MPSC and Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
(FERC).  Once approval is obtained and the  transaction  is closed,  the Company
will serve a total of approximately 133,000 customers in northern Arkansas.  The
transaction is expected to be closed before mid-year 2000.

Gas Purchases and Supply
     AWG purchases its system gas supply through a competitive  bidding  process
implemented in late 1998, as discussed above, and directly at the wellhead under
long-term  contracts.   SEECO  furnished   approximately  37%  of  AWG's  system
requirements  in 1999, 59% in 1998, and 64% in 1997. AWG also purchases gas from
unaffiliated  producers  under  take-or-pay  contracts.  Currently,  the Company
believes that it does not have a significant exposure to take-or-pay liabilities
resulting from these  contracts.  The Company  expects to be able to continue to
satisfactorily manage its exposure to take-or-pay liabilities.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     Associated purchases gas for its system supply from unaffiliated  suppliers
accessed by interstate  pipelines and from affiliates.  Purchases from SEECO are
under a ten-year  contract with annual price  redeterminations.  Purchases  from
unaffiliated suppliers are under firm contracts with terms between one and three
years. The rates charged by most suppliers  include demand  components to ensure
availability of gas supply, administrative fees, and a commodity component which
is based on monthly  indexed  market  prices.  Associated's  gas  purchases  are
transported through eight pipelines.  The pipeline  transportation rates include
demand  charges to reserve  pipeline  capacity and  commodity  charges  based on
volumes  transported.  Associated  has  also  contracted  with  five  interstate
pipelines  for  storage  capacity  to meet  its  peak  seasonal  demands.  These
contracts involve demand charges based on the maximum  deliverability,  capacity
charges based on the maximum  storage  quantity,  and charges for the quantities
injected and withdrawn.

     AWG has no restriction  on adding new  residential or  commercial customers
and will supply new industrial  customers that are compatible  with the scale of
its facilities. AWG has never denied service to new customers within its service
area or experienced  curtailments  because of supply  constraints.  In addition,
Associated has never denied service to new customers  within its service area or
experienced  curtailments  because of supply  constraints  since the acquisition
date.  Curtailment of large  industrial  customers of AWG and Associated  occurs
only infrequently when extremely cold weather requires that systems be dedicated
exclusively to human needs customers.

Markets and Customers
     The utility  continues to capitalize on the healthy economies and sustained
customer  growth  found in its service  territory.  AWG and  Associated  provide
natural gas to approximately  159,000  residential,  22,000 commercial,  and 300
industrial  customers,  while also  providing  gas  transportation  services  to
approximately 50 end-use and off-system  customers.  Total gas throughput during
1999 was 36.3 Bcf,  compared to 32.8 Bcf in 1998, and 37.0 in 1997. The increase
during  1999  was  the  result  of  higher  off-system  transportation  volumes.
Off-system  transportation  volumes  were 4.8 Bcf in 1999,  compared  to 1.1 Bcf
transported in 1998, and 2.8 Bcf transported in 1997.

     Residential and Commercial. Approximately 84% of the utility's revenues are
from residential and commercial  markets.  Residential and commercial  customers
combined  accounted  for 51% of total gas  throughput  for the gas  distribution
segment  in  1999,  compared  to 57% in  1998  and  1997.  Gas  volumes  sold to
residential  customers  were 10.8 Bcf, down from 11.1 Bcf sold in 1998, and 12.6
Bcf sold in 1997. Gas sold to commercial  customers  totaled 7.6 Bcf in 1999 and
1998 and 8.4 Bcf in 1997. The decrease in  residential  gas volumes sold in 1999
was due to record warm weather.  Weather during the calendar year was 21% warmer
than normal and 8% warmer than in 1998.

     The gas heating load is one of the most significant uses of natural gas and
is sensitive to outside  temperatures.  Sales,  therefore,  vary  throughout the
year.  Profits,   however,   have  become  less  sensitive  to  fluctuations  in
temperature as tariffs  implemented in Arkansas contain a weather  normalization
clause to lessen the impact of  revenue  increases  and  decreases  which  might
result from weather variations during the winter heating season.

     Industrial and End-use Transportation.  Deliveries to industrial customers,
which are  generally  smaller  concerns  using gas for plant  heating or product
processing,  accounted for 13.1 Bcf in gas deliveries in 1999, 13.0 Bcf in 1998,
and  13.2 Bcf in 1997.  No  industrial  customer  accounts  for more  than 5% of
Arkansas Western's total throughput.

     Both AWG and Associated offer a  transportation  service that allows larger
business  customers  to  obtain  their  own gas  supplies  directly  from  other
suppliers.   A  total  of  40  customers  are   currently   using  the  Arkansas
transportation  service,  including  AWG's 15  largest  customers  in  northwest
Arkansas. Associated's four largest customers in northeast Arkansas and seven of
Associated's 11 largest  Missouri  customers are currently using  transportation
service.

                                       11
<PAGE>

Competition
     AWG and Associated have  experienced a general trend in recent years toward
lower rates of usage among their customers,  largely as a result of conservation
efforts  that  the  Company   encourages.   Competition  is  increasingly  being
experienced  from  alternative  fuels,  primarily  electricity,  fuel  oil,  and
propane.  A  significant  amount  of fuel  switching  has not been  experienced,
though, as natural gas is generally the least expensive,  most readily available
fuel in the service territories of AWG and Associated.

     The competition from  alternative  fuels and, in a limited number of cases,
alternative sources of natural gas have intensified in recent years.  Industrial
customers are most likely to consider utilization of these alternatives, as they
are less readily available to commercial and residential customers. In an effort
to provide some pricing  alternatives  to its large  industrial  customers  with
relatively  stable loads,  AWG offers an optional  tariff to its larger business
customers and to any other large  business  customer  which shows that it has an
alternate source of fuel at a lower price or that one of its direct  competitors
has access to cheaper  sources of energy.  This  optional  tariff  enables those
customers  willing to accept the risk of price and supply  volatility  to direct
AWG to obtain a certain percentage of their gas requirements in the spot market.
Participating  customers continue to pay the non-gas cost of service included in
AWG's present tariff for large business customers and agree to reimburse AWG for
any  take-or-pay  liability  caused by spot market  purchases on the  customers'
behalf.

Regulation
     The Company's  utility rates and  operations  are regulated by the APSC and
MPSC. In Arkansas,  the Company operates through  municipal  franchises that are
perpetual by state law. These  franchises,  however,  are not exclusive within a
geographic area. In Missouri,  the Company operates through municipal franchises
with various terms of existence.

     As the regulatory focus of the natural gas industry shifts from the federal
level to the state  level,  utilities  across the nation are being  required  to
unbundle  their  sales  services  from  transportation  services in an effort to
promote  greater  competition.   Although  no  such  legislation  or  regulatory
directives related to natural gas are presently pending in Arkansas or Missouri,
the Company is aggressively  controlling  costs and constantly  reviewing issues
such as system capacity and reliability,  obligation to serve, rate design,  and
stranded or transition costs.

     In Arkansas,  the state legislature  recently passed  legislation that will
deregulate  the retail sale of  electricity  in  Arkansas  as soon as 2002.  The
Company is unable to predict the precise  impact of any such  legislation on its
utility operations. The Company's utility subsidiary has historically maintained
a substantial price advantage over electricity for most  applications.  However,
when retail electric competition is implemented in Arkansas, it is possible that
some portion of this price  advantage may be lost in some markets.  As described
in the paragraph  above, the Company is taking steps to preserve its competitive
advantage over alternative energy sources, including electricity.  When electric
deregulation occurs in Arkansas, legislative or regulatory precedents may be set
that will also affect  natural gas  utilities  in the future.  These  issues may
include further unbundling of services and the regulatory  treatment of stranded
costs.

     Gas  distribution  revenues in future years will be impacted by the sale of
the Company's  Missouri assets and by customer growth and rate increases allowed
by regulatory commissions.  In recent years, AWG has experienced customer growth
of  approximately 2% to 3% annually,  while Associated has experienced  customer
growth  of  approximately  1%  or  less  annually.  Based  on  current  economic
conditions in the Company's service territories,  the Company expects this trend
in customer growth to continue.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     In December 1996,  AWG received  approval from the APSC for a rate increase
of $5.1 million  annually.  The December 1996 rate increase  order issued by the
APSC also provided that AWG cause to be filed with the APSC an independent study
of its  procedures  for  allocating  costs between  regulated and  non-regulated
operations,  its staffing  levels and executive  compensation.  The  independent
study was  ordered  by the APSC to  address  issues  raised by the Office of the
Attorney General of the State of Arkansas.  The study was conducted in 1999 with
a final report issued in December 1999. The report found the Company's  costs to
be reasonable in all  categories  and did not recommend any changes to the rates
currently in effect.

     The Company received  approvals in December 1997 from the APSC and the MPSC
for rate  increases  and  tariff  changes  for  Associated  which will allow the
utility to collect an  additional  $3.0  million  annually.  Of the $3.0 million
increase,  approximately  $2.0 million is in the form of base rate increases and
$1.0  million  is  related to the  increased  cost of  service of the  Company's
gathering  plant which is recovered  through either the purchased gas adjustment
clause or through  direct  charges to  transportation  customers.  Rate increase
requests  that  may be filed in the  future  will  depend  on  customer  growth,
increases in operating expenses, and additional  investments in property,  plant
and  equipment.  AWG's rates for gas  delivered to its retail  customers are not
regulated by the FERC, but its transmission  and gathering  pipeline systems are
subject to the FERC's regulations  concerning open access  transportation  since
AWG accepted a blanket transportation  certificate in connection with its merger
with Associated.

     In May  1999,  the Staff of the APSC  initiated  a  proceeding  in which it
sought  an annual  reduction  of  approximately  $2.3  million  in the rates AWG
charges its  customers  in  northwest  Arkansas.  Staff's  position was based on
various  adjustments to the utility's  rate base,  operating  expenses,  capital
structure  and rate of return.  A large  portion of the proposed  reduction  was
based on a  downward  adjustment  to the  utility's  current  return  on  equity
authorized by the APSC in 1996.  During the third  quarter of 1999,  the Company
reached agreement with the Staff and the APSC to resolve this issue and to close
several other open dockets. In the settlement  agreement,  the Company agreed to
reduce its rates  collected from customers on a prospective  basis in the amount
of $1.4  million  annually,  effective  December  1, 1999.  The  agreement  also
includes the resolution of a proceeding  initiated in December 1998 by the Staff
of the APSC where the Staff had  recommended the  disallowance of  approximately
$3.1 million of gas supply  costs.  As part of the  settlement,  this docket was
closed with no negative adjustment to the Company.

MARKETING AND TRANSPORTATION

Gas Marketing
     The marketing  group was formed in mid-1996 to better enable the Company to
capture   downstream   opportunities   which   arise   through   marketing   and
transportation  activity.  Through utilization of Southwestern's  existing asset
base, the group's focus is to create and capture value beyond the wellhead.  The
merger of the NOARK Pipeline with the Ozark Gas  Transmission  System  discussed
below is expected to afford  greater supply and market  opportunities,  allowing
the group to expand its marketing operations in Oklahoma.

     The Company's marketing  operations include the marketing of Southwestern's
own gas  production  and  third-party  natural  gas.  Operating  income for this
segment  was $2.1  million in 1999,  compared  to $1.8  million in 1998 and $1.3
million in 1997. The segment marketed 63.1 Bcf of natural gas in 1999,  compared
to 49.6  Bcf in 1998  and  36.2 Bcf in  1997.  Of the  total  volumes  marketed,
purchases from the Company's exploration and production  subsidiaries  accounted
for 31% in 1999, 25% in 1998, and 23% in 1997.

                                       13
<PAGE>

NOARK Pipeline
     At December 31, 1999, the Company held a 25% general  partnership  interest
in NOARK. NOARK Pipeline was a 258-mile long intrastate natural gas transmission
system that originated in western Arkansas and terminated in northeast Arkansas,
crossing three major interstate pipelines and interconnecting with the Company's
distribution systems. NOARK Pipeline was completed and placed in service in 1992
and has been operating below capacity and generating  losses since it was placed
in service.  The Company's share of the pretax loss from  operations  related to
its NOARK  investment  was $2.0 million in 1999,  $3.1 million in 1998, and $4.5
million in 1997.

     In January  1998,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with Enogex Inc.
(Enogex), a subsidiary of OGE Energy Corp., to expand NOARK Pipeline and provide
access to Oklahoma gas supplies  through an  integration  of NOARK Pipeline with
the Ozark Gas  Transmission  System  (Ozark).  Ozark was a  437-mile  interstate
pipeline  system  that  began in  eastern  Oklahoma  and  terminated  in eastern
Arkansas.  On July 1, 1998, the FERC authorized the operation and integration of
Ozark and NOARK Pipeline as a single,  integrated pipeline.  The FERC order also
authorized the purchase of Ozark by a subsidiary of Enogex and the  construction
of integration  facilities.  Enogex  acquired Ozark and contributed the pipeline
system  to the  NOARK  partnership  and  also  acquired  the  NOARK  partnership
interests not held by  Southwestern.  Enogex funded the acquisition of Ozark and
the  expansion  and  integration  with  NOARK  Pipeline  which  resulted  in the
Company's interest in the partnership decreasing to 25% with Enogex owning a 75%
interest. There are also provisions in the agreement with Enogex which allow for
future revenue allocations to the Company above its 25% partnership  interest if
certain minimum throughput and revenue assumptions are not met.

     The merged  pipeline  system now has greater  access to major gas producing
fields in Oklahoma.  With access to greater  regional  production,  Southwestern
expects  the  pipeline's  additional  throughput  to create  new  marketing  and
transportation opportunities and reduce the losses experienced on the project in
the past. The merged  pipeline also provides the Company's  utility systems with
additional access to gas supply.

     The new integrated  system,  known as Ozark  Pipeline,  became  operational
November 1, 1998,  and  includes 749 miles of pipeline  with a total  throughput
capacity of 330 MMcfd.  Deliveries  are currently  being made by the  integrated
pipeline to portions of AWG's  distribution  system,  to Associated,  and to the
interstate  pipelines with which it  interconnects.  Before the integration with
Ozark,  NOARK Pipeline had an average daily throughput of 27.3 MMcfd in 1998 and
39.8 MMcfd in 1997. For 1999,  Ozark Pipeline had an average daily throughput of
167.5 MMcfd. At December 31, 1999, AWG had  transportation  contracts with Ozark
Pipeline for 82.3 MMcfd of firm  capacity.  These  contracts  expire in 2002 and
2003 and are  renewable  annually  thereafter  until terminated  with 180  days'
notice.

Competition
     The Company's gas marketing  activities  are in  competition  with numerous
other  companies  offering  the  same  services,  many of which  possess  larger
financial  and  other  resources  than  those  of  Southwestern.  Some of  these
competitors are affiliates of companies with extensive pipeline systems that are
used for  transportation  from producers to end-users.  Other factors  affecting
competition are cost and  availability of alternative  fuels,  level of consumer
demand,  and  cost  of and  proximity  of  pipelines  and  other  transportation
facilities.  The Company believes that its ability to effectively compete within
the marketing  segment in the future depends upon  establishing  and maintaining
strong relationships with producers and end-users.

     NOARK Pipeline  previously competed with two interstate  pipelines,  one of
which was the Ozark system,  to obtain gas supplies for  transportation to other
markets.  Because  of the  available  transportation  capacity  in the  Arkansas
portion

                                       14
<PAGE>

of the Arkoma  Basin,  competition  had been  strong and had  resulted  in NOARK
Pipeline  transporting  gas for third parties at rates below the maximum tariffs
presently  allowed.  The integration with Ozark provides  increased  supplies to
transport to both local markets and markets served by the three major interstate
pipelines that Ozark Pipeline  connects with in eastern  Arkansas.  As discussed
below  under  "Regulation,"   FERC's  Order  No.  636  has  generally  increased
competition in the  transportation  segment as end-users are now acquiring their
own  supplies  and  independently  arranging  for the  transportation  of  those
supplies.  The Company  believes that Ozark Pipeline will provide the additional
supplies necessary to compete more effectively for the transportation of natural
gas to end-users and markets served by the interstate pipelines.

Regulation
     Since the mid-1980's,  the FERC has  issued a series of orders, culminating
in  Order  No.  636  in  April  1992,   that  have  altered  the  marketing  and
transportation  of natural gas.  Order No. 636 required  interstate  natural gas
pipelines to "unbundle," or segregate,  the sales,  transportation,  storage and
other  components of their existing sales services,  and to separately state the
rates for each of the  unbundled  services.  Order No. 636 and  subsequent  FERC
orders  issued in  individual  pipeline  proceedings  have been the  subject  of
appeals,  the results of which have generally been supportive of the FERC's open
access policy. Generally,  Order No. 636 has eliminated or substantially reduced
the  interstate   pipelines'  roles  as  wholesalers  of  natural  gas  and  has
substantially increased competition in natural gas markets.

     Prior to the integration  with Ozark, the operations of NOARK Pipeline were
regulated by the APSC. The APSC had established a maximum transportation rate of
approximately $.285 per dekatherm.  The integration of NOARK Pipeline with Ozark
resulted in an interstate  pipeline system subject to FERC  regulations and FERC
approved  tariffs.  The APSC no longer has  jurisdiction  over NOARK  Pipeline's
transportation  rates  and  services.  The FERC has  initially  set the  maximum
transportation rate of Ozark Pipeline at $.2455 per dekatherm.

OTHER ITEMS

Environmental Matters
     The Company's operations are subject to extensive federal,  state and local
laws  and  regulations,  including  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and  Liability  Act,  the Clean  Water Act,  the Clean Air Act and
similar state statutes.  These laws and regulations require permits for drilling
wells and the  maintenance of bonding  requirements in order to drill or operate
wells and also  regulate  the  spacing  and  location  of wells,  the  method of
drilling and casing wells,  the surface use and  restoration of properties  upon
which wells are drilled,  the plugging and  abandoning of wells,  the prevention
and cleanup of pollutants and other matters.  Southwestern  maintains  insurance
against costs of clean-up operations,  but is not fully insured against all such
risks.

     Compliance  with  environmental  laws and  regulations  has had no material
effect  on  Southwestern's   capital  expenditures,   earnings,  or  competitive
position.  Although future environmental  obligations are not expected to have a
material  impact on the results of  operations  or  financial  condition  of the
Company,   there  can  be  no  assurance  that  future  developments,   such  as
increasingly stringent environmental laws or enforcement thereof, will not cause
the Company to incur material environmental liabilities or costs.

Real Estate Development
     A. W. Realty Company (AWR) owns an interest in  approximately  155 acres of
real  estate,  most of which  is  undeveloped.  AWR's  real  estate  development
activities  are  concentrated  on a  130-acre  tract  of land  located  near the
Company's headquarters in a growing part of Fayetteville,  Arkansas. The Company
has owned an  interest in this land for many  years.  The  property is zoned for
commercial,  office, and multi-family residential development.  AWR continues to
review

                                       15
<PAGE>

with a joint venture  partner  various options for developing this property that
would minimize the Company's initial capital  expenditures,  but still enable it
to retain an interest in any appreciation in value. This activity, however, does
not represent a significant portion of the Company's business.

Employees
     At  December  31,  1999,  the  Company  had 686  employees,  97 of whom are
represented under a collective bargaining  agreement.  The Company believes that
its relations with its employees are good.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

     For additional information about the Company's gas and oil operations refer
to Notes 5 and 6 to the financial  statements  in Item 8 ("Financial  Statements
and Supplementary Data"). For information concerning capital expenditures, refer
to page 32 ("Capital  Expenditures" section of Item 7, "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations").  Also refer to
Item 6  ("Selected  Financial  Data")  for  information  concerning  gas and oil
produced.

     The following table provides  information  concerning  miles of pipe of the
Company's  gas  distribution  systems.  For a further  description  of  Arkansas
Western's properties, see discussion under Item 1 ("Business").

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                AWG       Associated      Total
                                              ----------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>          <C>
Gathering                                        388             -          388
Transmission                                     805           608        1,413
Distribution                                   3,123         1,697        4,820
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               4,316         2,305        6,621
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The following  information is provided to supplement that presented in Item
8. For a further  description of Southwestern's oil and gas properties,  see the
discussion under Item 1.

Leasehold Acreage

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     Undeveloped                 Developed
                                  Gross         Net          Gross         Net
                                ------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
Arkoma                           100,540      89,035        189,823      142,607
Mid-Continent                     61,634      27,127        104,015       43,944
Permian                          120,137      22,390        139,101       20,400
Gulf Coast                        38,240      19,385         56,226       19,770
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 320,551     157,937        489,165      226,721
================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                       16
<PAGE>

Producing Wells

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Gas                Oil                 Total
                                 Gross     Net      Gross     Net        Gross     Net
                                 ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>      <C>         <C>    <C>         <C>      <C>
Arkoma                             794    383.4         -        -         794    383.4
Mid-Continent                      242    100.7       557    182.4         799    283.1
Permian                             75     11.1       219    132.3         294    143.4
Gulf Coast                          56     22.1        21     16.0          77     38.1
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1,167    517.3       797    330.7       1,964    848.0
=======================================================================================

</TABLE>


Wells Drilled During the Year

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Exploratory

                       Productive Wells            Dry Holes                 Total
Year                   Gross        Net        Gross        Net        Gross        Net
- ----                   ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>
1999                    4.0         1.5         4.0         1.6         8.0         3.1
1998                    3.0          .5        10.0         3.9        13.0         4.4
1997                    2.0         1.3         4.0         3.0         6.0         4.3

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Development

                       Productive Wells            Dry Holes                 Total
Year                   Gross        Net        Gross        Net        Gross        Net
- ----                   ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
1999                    47.0       18.3        15.0         6.1        62.0        24.4
1998                    72.0       29.4        10.0         6.4        82.0        35.8
1997                    58.0       27.5        24.0        13.5        82.0        41.0

</TABLE>

Wells in Progress as of December 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Gross        Net
                                                                ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>
Exploratory                                                      2.0         0.6
Development                                                     10.0         2.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                           12.0         2.6
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     During 1999,  Southwestern  was required to file Form 23, "Annual Survey of
Domestic Oil and Gas  Reserves"  with the  Department  of Energy.  The basis for
reporting  reserves on Form 23 is not comparable to the reserve data included in
Note 6 to the financial  statements in Item 8. The primary  differences are that
Form 23 reports  gross  reserves,  including  the  royalty  owners'  share,  and
includes reserves for only those properties where the Company is the operator.

                                       17
<PAGE>

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In May 1996, a class action suit was filed against the Company on behalf of
royalty owners alleging  improprieties in the disbursements of royalty proceeds.
A trial was held on the class action suit  beginning in late September 1998 that
resulted  in  a  verdict  against  the  Company  and  two  of  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  SEECO,  Inc. and Arkansas  Western Gas Company,  in the amount of
$62.1 million. The trial judge subsequently awarded pre-judgment  interest in an
amount of $31.1 million, and post-judgment interest accrued from the date of the
judgment  at the rate of 10% per annum  simple  interest.  The  Company has been
required by the state  court to post a judgment  bond which now stands at $109.3
million   (verdict   amount  plus   pre-judgment   interest  and  20  months  of
post-judgment  interest) in order to stay the jury's verdict and proceed with an
appeal process.  The bond was placed by a surety company and was  collateralized
by unsecured letters of credit.

     The  verdict  was  returned  following  a trial on the  issues of the class
action lawsuit  brought by certain  royalty  owners of SEECO,  Inc., who contend
that since 1979 the defendants breached implied covenants in certain oil and gas
leases,  misrepresented  or failed to disclose  material facts to royalty owners
concerning gas purchase contracts between the Company's subsidiaries, and failed
to fulfill other  alleged  common law duties to the members of the royalty owner
plaintiff  class.  The litigation was commenced in May 1996 and was disclosed by
the Company at that time.

     The Company  believes that the jury's  verdict was wrong as a matter of law
and fact and that incorrect  rulings by the trial judge  (including  evidentiary
rulings and prejudicial jury  instructions)  provide  significant  grounds for a
successful  appeal.  The Company had asked the trial judge to recuse himself due
to his apparent bias toward the  plaintiffs and had also filed a motion with the
trial court for judgment notwithstanding the verdict or, in the alternative, for
a new  trial.  These  motions  were  denied.  The  Company  has  filed  and will
vigorously  prosecute  an  appeal  in  the  Arkansas  Supreme  Court.  Based  on
discussion  with  outside  legal  counsel,  management  of the  Company  remains
confident that the jury's verdict will be overturned and the case remanded for a
new trial. If the Company is not successful in its appeal from the jury verdict,
the Company's  financial condition and results of operations would be materially
and adversely affected. However, management believes that the Company's ultimate
liability,  if any,  resulting  from  this  case  will  not be  material  to its
financial  position,  but in any one year could be significant to the results of
operations.  At December 31, 1999 and 1998,  no amounts had been accrued on this
matter.

     In its Form 8-K filed July 2, 1996,  the Company  disclosed  that a lawsuit
relating  to  overriding  royalty  interests  in  certain  Arkansas  oil and gas
properties  had been filed against it and two of its wholly owned  subsidiaries.
The lawsuit,  which was brought by a party who was  originally  included in (but
opted out of) the class  action  litigation  described  above,  involves  claims
similar to those upon which  judgment was  rendered  against the Company and its
subsidiaries.  In  September  1998,  another  party  who  opted out of the class
threatened  the  Company  with  similar  litigation.  While the amounts of these
pending and threatened claims could be significant,  management believes,  based
on its extensive  investigations  and trial  preparation,  that these claims are
without merit and, that the Company's  ultimate  liability,  if any, will not be
material to its consolidated  financial position or results of operations.  This
matter  went to a non-jury  trial as to  liability  on January  10, 2000 and the
Company is awaiting the court's ruling.

     The United States  Minerals  Management  Service  (MMS),  a federal  agency
responsible  for  the   administration   of  federal  oil  and  gas  leases,  is
investigating  the Company and its  subsidiaries in respect of claims similar to
those in the class  action  litigation.  MMS was  included  in the class  action
litigation against its objections,  but has not pursued further action to remove
itself from the class. If MMS does remove itself from the class,  its claims may
be brought separately

                                       18
<PAGE>

under federal statutes that provide for treble damages and civil  penalties.  In
such event,  the Company believes it would have defenses that were not available
in the class action litigation. While the aggregate amount of MMS's claims could
be  significant,  management  believes,  based on its  investigations,  that the
Company's ultimate  liability,  if any, will not be material to its consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

     As previously reported, the Company's subsidiary, SEPCO, filed suit in 1997
against several parties,  including an outside consultant previously employed by
SEPCO,  alleging  breach  of  contract,  fraud,  and  other  causes of action in
connection  with  services  performed  on SEPCO's  south  Louisiana  exploration
projects.  On June 23, 1998, the outside consultant filed a counterclaim against
SEPCO.  In 1999,  this matter was settled for an amount that was not material to
the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operation.

     The Company is subject to laws and  regulations  relating to the protection
of the environment.  The Company's policy is to accrue environmental and cleanup
related costs of a non-capital  nature when it is both probable that a liability
has been  incurred and when the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  Management
believes any future  remediation or other compliance related costs will not have
a material effect on the financial position or reported results of operations of
the Company.

     The Company is subject to other  litigation  and claims that have arisen in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  The  Company  accrues for such items when a
liability is both  probable and the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  In the
opinion of management, the results of such litigation and claims will not have a
material  effect on the results of operations  or the financial  position of the
Company.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     No matters  were  submitted  during the fourth  quarter of the fiscal  year
ended December 31, 1999, to a vote of security holders, through the solicitation
of proxies or otherwise.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Years Served
Name                                    Officer Position                              Age     as Officer
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                                                         <C>        <C>
Harold M. Korell           President, Chief Executive Officer and Director             55          3

Alan H. Stevens            President and Chief Operating Officer,                      55          2
                           Southwestern Energy Production Company and SEECO, Inc.

Greg D. Kerley             Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer        44         10

George A. Taaffe, Jr.      Senior Vice President and General Counsel, Secretary        53          1

Debbie J. Branch           Senior Vice President, Southwestern Energy Services         48          4
                           Company

Charles V. Stevens         Senior Vice President, Arkansas Western Gas Company         50         11

</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>

     Mr. Korell was appointed President in October 1998 and assumed the position
of Chief Executive  Officer on January 1, 1999. He joined the Company in 1997 as
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.  From 1992 to 1997, he was
employed by American  Exploration Company where he was most recently Senior Vice
President - Operations.  From 1990 to 1992, he was Executive  Vice  President of
McCormick  Resources  and from  1973 to 1989,  he held  various  positions  with
Tenneco Oil Company, including Vice President, Production.

     Mr. Alan Stevens was appointed to his present position in December 1999. He
joined the Company in January  1998 as Senior  Vice  President  of  Southwestern
Energy Production  Company and SEECO, Inc. Prior to joining the Company,  he was
President  and Chief  Operating  Officer for Petsec  Energy  during 1997 and was
employed by  Occidental  Petroleum  Company  from 1989 to 1997 where he was most
recently Vice President of Worldwide Exploration.

     Mr.  Kerley  was  appointed  to his  present  position  in  December  1999.
Previously, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since
July 1998,  Senior Vice  President - Treasurer and Secretary  from 1997 to 1998,
Vice President - Treasurer and Secretary from 1992 to 1997, and Controller  from
1990 to 1992. Mr. Kerley also served as the Chief  Accounting  Officer from 1990
to 1998.

     Mr. Taaffe joined the Company in his current  position in July 1999.  Prior
to joining  the  Company,  he served as Vice  President  and  Assistant  General
Counsel for  Consolidated  Natural Gas Company from 1988 to 1999 and  Associated
General Counsel for Joy Technologies from 1973 to 1987.

     Ms.  Branch  joined the Company in her present  position in 1996.  Prior to
joining the Company, she was Executive Vice President of Stalwart Energy Company
from 1994 to 1996 and founder and President of Vesta Energy Company from 1983 to
1993.

     Mr. Charles Stevens has served  the Company  in his present  position since
December 1997. Previously, he served as  Vice President of  Arkansas Western Gas
Company from 1988 to 1997.

     All  officers  are elected at the Annual  Meeting of the Board of Directors
for one-year  terms or until their  successors  are duly  elected.  There are no
arrangements  between any officer and any other  person  pursuant to which he or
she was selected as an officer.  There is no family relationship  between any of
the named executive officers or between any of them and the Company's directors.

                                       20
<PAGE>


Part II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The Company's  common stock is traded on the New York Stock  Exchange under
the symbol "SWN." At December 31, 1999,  the Company had 2,268  shareholders  of
record.  The following prices represent  closing market  transactions on the New
York Stock Exchange.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              Range of Market Prices         Cash Dividends Paid
Quarter Ended                  1999            1998             1999      1998
- -------------             ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>           <C>       <C>
March 31                  $ 8.44  $5.31   $12.94  $10.63        $.06      $.06
June 30                   $10.56  $6.06   $12.00  $ 8.75        $.06      $.06
September 30              $10.94  $7.50   $10.38  $ 6.75        $.06      $.06
December 31               $ 9.19  $5.63   $ 8.50  $ 5.50        $.06      $.06

</TABLE>

     The terms of  certain  of the  Company's  long-term  debt  instruments  and
agreements impose restrictions on the payment of cash dividends. These covenants
generally  limit the payment of  dividends  in a fiscal year to the total of net
income plus $20.0 million less  dividends  paid and  purchases,  redemptions  or
retirements  of  capital  stock  during  the period  since  January 1, 1990.  At
December 31, 1999, $96.4 million of retained  earnings was available for payment
as cash dividends. Dividends totaling $6.0 million were paid during 1999.

     The Company paid  dividends at an annual rate of $.24 per share in 1999 and
1998.  While the Board of  Directors  intends to continue the practice of paying
dividends quarterly, amounts and dates of such dividends as may be declared will
necessarily  be  dependent  upon  the  Company's  future  earnings  and  capital
requirements.

                                       21
<PAGE>

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     1999        1998        1997        1996        1995        1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Financial Review (in thousands)
Operating revenues
     Exploration and production                  $ 75,039    $ 86,232    $100,129    $ 86,978    $ 63,285    $ 79,787
     Gas distribution                             132,420     134,711     154,155     142,730     119,452     126,667
     Energy services and other                    137,942      97,795      83,511      30,636      31,622      29,225
     Intersegment revenues                        (65,005)    (52,433)    (61,606)    (57,004)    (47,534)    (60,055)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  280,396     266,305     276,189     203,340     166,825     175,624
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating costs and expenses
     Gas purchases - utility                       45,370      39,863      46,806      42,851      37,133      36,395
     Gas purchases - marketing                     92,851      73,235      63,054      14,114      13,714       5,438
     Operating and general                         57,957      61,915      59,167      50,509      44,436      42,506
     Depreciation, depletion and amortization      41,603      46,917      48,208      42,394      35,992      35,546
     Write-down of oil and gas properties               -      66,383           -           -           -           -
     Taxes, other than income taxes                 6,557       6,943       7,018       5,476       4,362       3,657
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  244,338     295,256     224,253     155,344     135,637     123,542
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating income                                   36,058     (28,951)     51,936      47,996      31,188      52,082
Interest expense, net                             (17,351)    (17,186)    (16,414)    (13,044)    (11,167)     (8,867)
Other income (expense)                             (2,331)     (3,956)     (5,017)     (4,015)     (1,227)     (2,362)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and
     extraordinary item                            16,376     (50,093)     30,505      30,937      18,794      40,853
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income taxes:
     Current                                          537      (6,029)       (732)     (5,569)     (4,908)      9,288
     Deferred                                       5,912     (13,467)     12,522      17,320      12,167       6,441
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    6,449     (19,496)     11,790      11,751       7,259      15,729
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item                    9,927     (30,597)     18,715      19,186      11,535      25,124
Extraordinary item                                      -           -           -           -        (295)          -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                       $  9,927    $(30,597)   $ 18,715    $ 19,186    $ 11,240    $ 25,124
=====================================================================================================================
Cash flow from operations, net of working
     capital changes (in thousands)              $ 58,131    $ 93,708    $ 79,483    $ 71,830    $ 56,177    $ 66,857
Return on equity                                     5.21%        n/a        8.45%       9.23%       5.78%      12.35%
=====================================================================================================================
Common Stock Statistics
Basic earnings per share before
   extraordinary item                                $.40      $(1.23)       $.76        $.78        $.46        $.98
Basic and diluted earnings per share                 $.40      $(1.23)       $.76        $.78        $.45        $.98
Cash dividends declared and paid per share           $.24        $.24        $.24        $.24        $.24        $.24
Book value per share                                $7.60       $7.45       $8.92       $8.41       $7.87       $7.92
Market price at year-end                            $6.56       $7.50      $12.88      $15.13      $12.75      $14.88
Number of shareholders of record at
   year-end                                         2,268       2,333       2,379       2,572       2,759       2,875
Average shares outstanding                     24,941,550  24,882,170  24,738,882  24,705,256  25,130,781  25,684,110
=====================================================================================================================


                                       22
<PAGE>


                                                     1999        1998        1997        1996        1995        1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalization (in thousands)
Total debt, including current portion            $302,200    $283,436    $299,543    $278,285    $210,828    $142,300
Common shareholders' equity                       190,356     185,856     221,565     207,941     194,504     203,456
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capitalization                             $492,556    $469,292    $521,108    $486,226    $405,332    $345,756
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                     $671,446    $647,620    $710,866    $660,190    $569,093    $486,074
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalization ratios:
         Debt (excluding current portion
            of long-term)                           61.35%      60.27%      57.23%      56.96%      51.65%      40.10%
         Equity                                     38.65%      39.73%      42.77%      43.04%      48.35%      59.90%
=====================================================================================================================
Capital Expenditures (in millions)
Exploration and production                          $59.0       $52.4       $73.5      $110.3      $ 82.2       $55.4
Gas distribution                                      7.1        10.1        12.6        12.8        18.5        17.6
Other                                                  .9         1.9         2.7         1.8          .9         3.9
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    $67.0       $64.4       $88.8      $124.9      $101.6       $76.9
=====================================================================================================================
Exploration and Production
Natural gas:
     Production, Bcf                                 29.4        32.7        33.4        34.8        34.5        37.7
     Average price per Mcf                          $2.21       $2.34       $2.57       $2.26       $1.72       $2.04
Oil:
     Production, MBbls                                578         703         749         391         229         200
     Average price per barrel                      $17.11      $13.60      $19.02      $21.21      $17.15      $15.89
Total gas and oil production, Bcfe                   32.9        36.9        37.9        37.1        35.9        38.9
Average production (lifting) cost per
   Mcf equivalent                                    $.44        $.43        $.45        $.29        $.22        $.17
Proved reserves at year-end:
     Natural gas, Bcf                               307.5       303.7       291.4       297.5       294.9       316.1
     Oil, MBbls                                     7,859       6,850       7,852       8,238       2,152       1,231
     Total reserves, Bcf equivalent                 354.7       344.8       338.5       346.9       307.8       323.5
=====================================================================================================================
Gas Distribution
Sales and transportation volumes, Bcf:
     Residential                                     10.8        11.1        12.6        13.4        12.1        11.6
     Commercial                                       7.6         7.6         8.4         8.8         7.6         7.2
     Industrial                                       3.5         4.2         6.6         7.7         7.7         7.5
     End-use transportation                           9.6         8.8         6.6         5.5         5.2         4.8
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     31.5        31.7        34.2        35.4        32.6        31.1
     Off-system transportation                        4.8         1.1         2.8         3.6         9.8        10.7
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     36.3        32.8        37.0        39.0        42.4        41.8
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customers - year-end
     Residential                                  158,606     156,384     154,864     151,880     147,267     144,486
     Commercial                                    21,929      22,229      21,431      20,845      20,109      19,489
     Industrial                                       290         303         311         326         340         348
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  180,825     178,916     176,606     173,051     167,716     164,323
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Degree days                                         3,179%      3,472%      4,131%      4,341%      4,064%      3,823%
Percent of normal                                      79          87         103         108         102          96
=====================================================================================================================

</TABLE>
                                       23
<PAGE>

Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS

     The  following   information   should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the
information contained in the financial statements and the notes thereto included
in Item 8 of this  report  and with  the  discussion  below on  "Forward-Looking
Information."  Certain  reclassifications  have been  made to the  prior  years'
financial   statements   to   conform   with   the  1999   presentation.   These
reclassifications had no effect on previously reported net income.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
     The Company  reported net income of $9.9  million,  or $.40 per share,  for
1999,  compared to a net loss of $30.6 million, or $1.23 per share, for 1998 and
net  income of $18.7  million,  or $.76 per  share,  in 1997.  The loss for 1998
reflects the impact of an  after-tax,  non-cash  ceiling test  write-down of the
Company's oil and gas properties of $40.5 million, or $1.63 per share. Excluding
the  non-cash  charge,  the  Company  would have  recognized  net income of $9.9
million,  or $.40 per share in 1998.  Results for 1999 reflect decreased oil and
gas production and the effects of record warm weather offset by lower  operating
and general expenses and lower depreciation, depletion and amortization expense.
During 1998 earnings were negatively  impacted by lower wellhead prices for both
oil and gas and by unseasonably warm weather.  Revenues and operating income for
the Company's major business segments are shown in the following table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   1999        1998         1997
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                        (in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>          <C>
Revenues
Exploration and production                     $ 75,039    $ 86,232     $100,129
Gas distribution                                132,420     134,711      154,155
Marketing                                       137,526      97,175       82,807
Other                                               416         620          704
Eliminations                                    (65,005)    (52,433)     (61,606)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $280,396    $266,305     $276,189
================================================================================

Operating Income
Exploration and production                     $ 16,451    $(47,273)(1) $ 33,303
Gas distribution                                 17,187      16,029       16,941
Marketing                                         2,142       1,800        1,315
Other                                               278         493          377
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $ 36,058    $(28,951)    $ 51,936
================================================================================
<FN>
(1) Includes a $66.4 million pre-tax write-down of oil and gas properties.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Exploration and Production
     The Company's exploration and production revenues decreased 13% in 1999 and
14% in  1998.  The  decrease  in 1999 was due to  lower  volumes  of oil and gas
produced and a lower average gas price  received  while the decrease in 1998 was
due primarily to lower average oil and gas prices.

                                       24
<PAGE>

     Operating  income  of the  exploration  and  production  segment  was $16.5
million in 1999,  compared to $19.1 million in 1998  excluding the impact of the
non-cash  write-down of oil and gas  properties,  and $33.3 million in 1997. The
decrease in 1999 was due primarily to an 11% decrease in equivalent  oil and gas
production volumes.  The decrease in 1998 was primarily due to lower average gas
and oil prices, which were down 9% and 28%,  respectively,  from their levels in
1997.

     Gas and oil production totaled 32.9 billion cubic feet equivalent (Bcfe) in
1999,  36.9 Bcfe in 1998 and 37.9 Bcfe in 1997. The decreases in production were
due to the combined  effects of  production  declines in the  Company's  outside
operated  properties  resulting  from the industry  slowdown that began in 1998,
production declines in some of the Company's Gulf Coast properties, and the loss
of production from marginal properties that were sold in 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            1999    1998    1997
                                                           ---------------------
<S>                                                        <C>     <C>     <C>
Gas Production
Affiliated sales (Bcf)                                       8.2    11.3    14.3
Unaffiliated sales (Bcf)                                    21.2    21.4    19.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            29.4    32.7    33.4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average price per Mcf                                      $2.21   $2.34   $2.57
================================================================================

Oil Production
Unaffiliated sales (MBbls)                                   578     703     749
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average price per Bbl                                     $17.11  $13.60  $19.02
================================================================================
Total Production (Bcfe)                                     32.9    36.9    37.9
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Gas sales to  unaffiliated  purchasers were 21.2 Bcf in 1999, down slightly
from  21.4 Bcf in 1998  and up from  19.1  Bcf in  1997.  Sales to  unaffiliated
purchasers are primarily made under contracts  which reflect current  short-term
prices and which are subject to seasonal price swings.

     Intersegment  sales to  Arkansas  Western Gas  Company  (AWG),  the utility
subsidiary which operates the Company's  northwest Arkansas utility system, were
5.1 Bcf in 1999, 7.7 Bcf in 1998, and 8.6 Bcf in 1997. Unseasonably warm weather
during 1999 and 1998  decreased  AWG's demand for the Company's gas supply.  The
Company's gas production  provided  approximately  40% of AWG's  requirements in
1999, and 60% in 1998 and 1997.

     Prior to December 1998,  most of the sales to AWG's system were pursuant to
an intersegment long-term contract entered into in 1978 with SEECO, Inc. (SEECO)
which was amended and restated in 1994 as the result of a settlement between the
Company,  the Staff of the Arkansas  Public  Service  Commission  (APSC) and the
office of the Attorney  General of the state of Arkansas.  The sales price under
the  amended  contract  averaged  $2.99 per  thousand  cubic feet (Mcf)  through
November of 1998, and $3.46 per Mcf in 1997.

     On October 1, 1998,  AWG sent requests for  proposals to various  suppliers
requesting  bids on seven  different  packages  of gas  supply  to be  effective
December 1, 1998. These bid requests included  replacement of the gas supply and
no-notice  service  previously  provided by the  long-term  gas supply  contract
between AWG and SEECO discussed above.

                                       25
<PAGE>

SEECO along with the Company's marketing subsidiary  successfully bid on five of
the seven  packages  with prices  based on the Reliant  East Index plus a demand
charge.  Based on normal  weather  patterns,  the volumes of gas projected to be
sold under these contracts would be approximately equal to the historical annual
volumes  sold  under the  expired  long-term  contract.  However,  under the new
contracts,  the Company supplies most of AWG's no-notice service and less of its
routine  base  requirements  than it had under  the  previous  contract.  During
periods of warmer  weather,  as in 1999 and 1998, less total gas volumes will be
sold to AWG than  compared  to  periods of normal or colder  weather.  The total
premium  over the Reliant  East Index under these  contracts  is estimated to be
approximately  $1.0  million  lower (after tax) than the annual  premium  earned
under the expired  long-term  contract.  The majority of the premium is received
through  monthly  demand  charges  which will be received  regardless of volumes
actually  delivered.  Other sales to AWG are made under long-term contracts with
flexible pricing provisions.

     The  Company's   intersegment  sales  to  Associated  Natural  Gas  Company
(Associated),  a  division  of AWG which  operates  the  Company's  natural  gas
distribution  systems in northeast Arkansas and parts of Missouri,  were 3.1 Bcf
in  1999,  3.6 Bcf in  1998,  and  5.7 Bcf in  1997.  Deliveries  to  Associated
decreased  in 1999 and 1998 due  primarily to  corresponding  changes in heating
weather.  Effective  October 1990,  SEECO entered into a ten-year  contract with
Associated  to  supply a portion  of its  system  requirements  at a price to be
redetermined  annually.  For the contract period beginning  October 1, 1997, the
contract was revised to  redetermine  the sales price  monthly based on an index
posting plus a reservation  fee. The average price  received  under the contract
was $2.37 for 1999 and 1998 and $2.51 for 1997.  Prior to the end of the current
contract term in 2000,  Associated will place its gas supply out for competitive
bids. Continued sales of these volumes to Associated,  and the price of any such
sales,  will  depend  on  the  results  of  this  competitive  bidding  process.
Additionally,  future  volumes  could be  impacted  by the sale of  Associated's
Missouri  properties  as  discussed  further in the "Gas  Distribution"  section
below.

     The overall  average price  received for the Company's gas  production  was
$2.21  per Mcf in 1999,  $2.34 per Mcf in 1998,  and $2.57 per Mcf in 1997.  The
changes in the average  price  realized  primarily  reflects  changes in average
annual  spot  market  prices and the  effects  of the  Company's  price  hedging
activities.  The Company's hedging activities lowered the average gas price $.06
per Mcf in 1999, added $.19 per Mcf to the average gas price in 1998 and lowered
the 1997 average gas price $.05 per Mcf.

     The Company  periodically  enters into hedging activities with respect to a
portion of its projected crude oil and natural gas production  through a variety
of  financial  arrangements  intended  to support oil and gas prices at targeted
levels  and to  minimize  the  impact of price  fluctuations  (see Note 8 of the
financial statements for additional discussion). The Company's policies prohibit
speculation  with derivatives and limit swap agreements to  counterparties  with
appropriate  credit  standings.  Disregarding the impact of hedges,  the Company
expects  the  average  price it  receives  for its  total gas  production  to be
slightly  higher than average  spot market  prices due to the prices it receives
under the contracts  covering its  intersegment  sales  which are  long-term and
provide  swing  services to the Company's  utility  systems.  Future  changes in
revenues  from sales of the  Company's  gas  production  will be dependent  upon
changes in the  market  price for gas,  access to new  markets,  maintenance  of
existing markets, and additions of new gas reserves.

     The  Company  expects  future  increases  in its  gas  production  to  come
primarily  from  sales to  unaffiliated  purchasers.  The  Company  is unable to
predict  changes  in the  market  demand and price for  natural  gas,  including
changes  which  may be  induced  by the  effects  of  weather  on demand of both
affiliated   and   unaffiliated   customers   for  the   Company's

                                       26
<PAGE>

production.  Additionally,  the  Company  holds a large  amount  of  undeveloped
leasehold acreage and producing acreage, and has an inventory of drilling leads,
prospects  and seismic data which will continue to be developed and evaluated in
the future.  The Company's  exploration  programs  have been directed  primarily
toward natural gas in recent years.

Gas Distribution
     Gas distribution  revenues  fluctuate due to the pass-through of gas supply
cost  changes and due to the effects of  weather.  Because of the  corresponding
changes in purchased gas costs,  the revenue effect of the  pass-through  of gas
cost changes has not materially  affected net income. Gas distribution  revenues
decreased  2% in 1999  and 13% in 1998 due to the  effects  of  warmer  weather.
Weather in 1999 was 21% warmer  than  normal and 8% warmer  than the prior year.
Weather in 1998 was 13% warmer than normal and 16% warmer than the prior year.

     Operating income for  Southwestern's  utility systems  increased 7% in 1999
and decreased 5% in 1998. The increase in 1999 was due to the Company's  efforts
in reducing operating costs and to customer growth. The decrease in 1998 was due
to the  effects  of warmer  weather,  partially  offset by a $3.0  million  rate
increase  approved in December  1997 for the  Company's  northeast  Arkansas and
Missouri systems, and customer growth.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      1999       1998       1997
                                                   -----------------------------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Gas Distribution Systems
Throughput (Bcf)
     Sales volumes                                    21.9       22.9       27.6
     Transportation volumes
            End-use                                    9.6        8.8        6.6
            Off-system                                 4.8        1.1        2.8
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      36.3       32.8       37.0
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average number of sales customers                  177,274    174,642    172,200
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Heating weather
     Degree days                                     3,179      3,472      4,131
     Percent of normal                                  79%        87%       103%
Average sales rate per Mcf                           $5.67      $5.57      $5.36
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     In 1999, AWG sold 14.5 Bcf to its customers at an average rate of $5.47 per
Mcf, compared to 15.1 Bcf at $5.37 per Mcf in 1998 and 17.4 Bcf at $5.34 per Mcf
in 1997. Additionally, AWG transported 6.2 Bcf in 1999, 6.0 Bcf in 1998, and 5.0
Bcf in 1997 for its end-use customers.  Associated sold 7.4 Bcf to its customers
in 1999 at an  average  rate of $6.06  per Mcf,  compared  to 7.8 Bcf in 1998 at
$5.95 per Mcf and 10.2 Bcf at $5.39 per Mcf in 1997. Associated  transported 3.4
Bcf for its end-use  customers in 1999,  compared to 2.8 Bcf in 1998 and 1.6 Bcf
in 1997. The decrease in the combined  volumes sold and  transported for end-use
customers  in both 1999 and 1998 for the utility  systems  resulted  from warmer
weather,  partially offset by customer  growth.  The fluctuations in the average
sales rates reflect changes in the average cost of gas purchased for delivery to
the Company's  customers,  which are passed through to customers under automatic
adjustment clauses, and rate increases implemented in 1997.

                                       27
<PAGE>

     Total deliveries to industrial  customers of AWG and Associated,  including
transportation  volumes, were 13.1 Bcf in 1999, 13.0 Bcf in 1998 and 13.2 Bcf in
1997. AWG also  transported 4.8 Bcf of gas through its gathering  system in 1999
for off-system deliveries, all to the Ozark Gas Transmission System, compared to
1.1 Bcf in 1998 and 2.8 Bcf in 1997.  The increase in  off-system  deliveries in
1999 was due to decreased  on-system  demands of the Company's gas  distribution
systems for the  Company's  gas  production  due to warmer  than normal  heating
weather.  The  average  transportation  tariff was  approximately  $.10 per Mcf,
exclusive of fuel, in 1999, $.11 per Mcf in 1998 and $.16 per Mcf in 1997.

     In October  1999,  the Company  signed a  definitive  agreement to sell its
Missouri gas  distribution  assets for $32.0 million.  The net book value of the
assets being sold is approximately $28.0 million. Proceeds from the sale will be
used to reduce the Company's  outstanding  debt.  The sale  requires  regulatory
approval and is expected to close in the first half of 2000. After closing,  the
Company's  operating  results  for its gas  distribution  segment  will be lower
reflecting the asset  divestiture and the loss of Missouri  customers.  However,
the  Company  does not  expect the sale to have a  material  negative  impact on
earnings  as the loss in  operating  income  should  be  primarily  offset  by a
corresponding  decrease  in  interest  expense.  The  Company  currently  serves
approximately 48,000 customers in Missouri. The Company will continue to operate
its gas distribution systems in Arkansas where it currently serves approximately
133,000 customers.

     Gas  distribution  revenues in future years will be impacted by the sale of
the Company's Missouri assets, customer growth and rate increases allowed by the
APSC. In recent years, AWG has experienced  customer growth  of approximately 2%
to  3%  annually,   while   Associated  has   experienced   customer  growth  of
approximately 1% or less annually.  Based on current economic  conditions in the
Company's service territories, the Company expects this trend in customer growth
to continue.  The Company received  approvals in December 1997 from the APSC and
the Missouri  Public  Service  Commission  (MPSC) for rate  increases and tariff
changes which allow the utility to collect an additional $3.0 million  annually.
Of the $3.0  million  total,  approximately  $2.0 million is in the form of base
rate  increases and $1.0 million is related to the increased  cost of service of
the Company's  gathering  plant which is recovered  through either the purchased
gas adjustment clause or through direct charges to transportation customers.

     In its order  approving  the Missouri  changes,  the MPSC  further  ordered
Associated to modify its purchased gas adjustment  tariff to remove any specific
language   referencing  recovery  of  the  cost  of  service  of  its  gathering
facilities.  The MPSC order  provided  that  Associated  should  base  gathering
charges to its customers on competitive  market  conditions and that it would be
allowed  recovery from its sales and  transportation  customers of all prudently
incurred gathering costs without reference to its cost of service. The MPSC will
review these gathering costs annually as part of its review of Associated's  gas
costs.  Associated  believes that the MPSC lacks statutory  authority to approve
charges which are not based on historical cost of service.  Associated  appealed
this issue to the circuit  court  which ruled in favor of the MPSC.  The Company
has appealed the lower court's  decision to the Missouri  Court of Appeals.  The
Company  intends to bill its ratepayers gas gathering costs based on its cost of
service until the matter is resolved. If usage of the Company's gathering system
to obtain  system  gas  supply  or to source  gas  delivered  to its  industrial
customers should decrease, then recovery of these gathering costs would decrease
as well.  Gathering  costs have been  recovered  in this  manner  from  Missouri
customers  since  Associated's  1990  rate  case.  Prior  to the  1997  changes,
Associated's  gathering costs were recovered from Arkansas customers through its
base rates.

                                       28
<PAGE>

     Tariffs  implemented in Arkansas as a result of rate increases in both 1996
and 1997 contain a weather  normalization clause to lessen the impact of revenue
increases and decreases  which might result from weather  variations  during the
winter heating season.  Rate increase  requests which may be filed in the future
will depend on customer growth,  increases in operating expenses, and additional
investments in property, plant and equipment. See "Regulatory Matters" below for
additional discussion related to the Company's gas distribution segment.

Marketing
     Operating income for the marketing  segment was $2.1 million on revenues of
$137.5 million in 1999, compared to $1.8 million on revenues of $97.2 million in
1998,  and $1.3  million  on  revenues  of $82.8  million in 1997.  The  Company
increased its marketing  activities when it formed a marketing group in mid-1996
to better  enable the Company to capture  downstream  opportunities  which arise
through marketing and transportation  activity. The Company marketed 63.1 Bcf in
1999, compared to 49.6 Bcf in 1998 and 36.2 Bcf in 1997. The Company enters into
hedging  activities  with  respect to its gas  marketing  activities  to provide
margin  protection  (see  Note  8 of the  financial  statements  for  additional
discussion).

NOARK Pipeline
     The marketing  segment also manages the Company's 25% interest in the NOARK
Pipeline System,  Limited Partnership (NOARK). The NOARK Pipeline was a 258-mile
long intrastate gas transmission system which extended across northern Arkansas,
crossing three major interstate pipelines and interconnecting with the Company's
distribution  systems.  The NOARK Pipeline had been operating below capacity and
generating  losses  since it was  placed  in  service  in  September  1992.  The
Company's  share of the pretax loss from  operations  included  in other  income
related to its NOARK  investment was $2.0 million in 1999, $3.1 million in 1998,
and $4.5 million in 1997. The improvement in the 1999 results primarily reflects
the benefits of the  integration of the NOARK Pipeline System with the Ozark Gas
Transmission  System.  The  integration  of the two  systems  was  completed  in
November,  1998.  The  improvement  in the 1998  pretax  loss  reflects  a lower
interest rate on NOARK's debt which resulted from a refinancing  discussed below
in "Liquidity and Capital Resources."

     In January  1998,  the Company  entered into an agreement  with Enogex Inc.
(Enogex),  a  subsidiary  of OGE Energy  Corp.,  to expand the NOARK  system and
provide access to Oklahoma gas supplies through an integration of NOARK with the
Ozark Gas Transmission System (Ozark).  Ozark was a 437-mile interstate pipeline
system  which began in eastern  Oklahoma  and  terminated  in eastern  Arkansas.
Effective  August 1, 1998,  Enogex  acquired Ozark and  contributed the pipeline
system to the NOARK  partnership.  Enogex also  acquired  the NOARK  partnership
interests not held by  Southwestern.  Enogex funded the acquisition of Ozark and
the  expansion  and  integration  with NOARK  which  resulted  in the  Company's
interest in the partnership decreasing to 25% with Enogex owning a 75% interest.
There are also  provisions in the  agreement  with Enogex which allow for future
revenue allocations to the Company above its 25% partnership interest if certain
minimum  throughput  and  revenue  assumptions  are not met.  As a result of the
changes  discussed  above, the Company believes that it will be able to continue
to reduce the losses it has  experienced  on the NOARK  project  and expects its
investment  in NOARK to be realized  over the life of the system.  See Note 7 of
the financial statements for additional discussion.

     Ozark Pipeline,  the new integrated system,  became operational November 1,
1998, and includes 749 miles of pipeline with a total throughput capacity of 330
MMcfd.  Deliveries  are  currently  being  made by the  integrated  pipeline  to
portions of AWG's  distribution  system,  to  Associated,  and to the interstate
pipelines with which it interconnects.

                                       29
<PAGE>

In 1999 Ozark  Pipeline had an average  daily  throughput of 167.5 million cubic
feet of gas per day (MMcfd).  In 1998,  NOARK had an average daily throughput of
27.3  MMcfd  before the  integration  with  Ozark,  compared  to  average  daily
throughput  of 39.8 MMcfd in 1997.  At December  31,  1999,  the  Company's  gas
distribution  subsidiary  has  transportation  contracts with Ozark Pipeline for
82.3 MMcfd of firm  capacity.  These  contracts  expire in 2002 and 2003 and are
renewable annually thereafter until terminated with 180 days' notice.

     As further  explained in Note 11 of the financial  statements,  the Company
has severally  guaranteed 60% of NOARK's  currently  outstanding debt. This debt
financed a portion of the original cost to construct the NOARK Pipeline.

Regulatory Matters
     In May  1999,  the Staff of the APSC  initiated  a  proceeding  in which it
sought  an annual  reduction  of  approximately  $2.3  million  in the rates AWG
charges its  customers  in  northwest  Arkansas.  Staff's  position was based on
various  adjustments to the utility's  rate base,  operating  expenses,  capital
structure  and rate of return.  A large  portion of the proposed  reduction  was
based on a  downward  adjustment  to the  utility's  current  return  on  equity
authorized  by the APSC in 1996.  During the third  quarter of 1999 the  Company
reached agreement with the Staff and the APSC to resolve this issue and to close
several other dockets that had remained open. In the settlement  agreement,  the
Company  agreed to reduce its rates  collected  from  customers on a prospective
basis in the amount of $1.4 million  annually,  effective  December 1, 1999. The
agreement  also includes the  resolution  of a proceeding  initiated in December
1998 by the Staff of the APSC and that was  previously  disclosed by the Company
where the Staff had recommended the disallowance of  approximately  $3.1 million
of gas supply costs. As part of the  settlement,  this docket was closed with no
negative adjustment to the Company.

     A December 1996 rate  increase  order issued by the APSC also provided that
AWG cause to be filed with the APSC an  independent  study of its procedures for
allocating costs between  regulated and non-regulated  operations,  its staffing
levels and executive compensation. The independent study was ordered by the APSC
to address  issues raised by the Office of the Attorney  General of the State of
Arkansas. The study was conducted in 1999 with a final report issued in December
1999.  The report found the Company's  costs to be reasonable in all  categories
and did not recommend any changes to the rates currently in effect.

     The Company is subject to continuing reviews of its gas supply costs by the
APSC and the MPSC and  currently  has open  issues with the MPSC.  However,  the
Company  believes that none of these issues will have a material  adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

     AWG  also  purchases  gas from  unaffiliated  producers  under  take-or-pay
contracts.  The Company believes that it does not have a significant exposure to
liabilities resulting from these contracts and expects to be able to continue to
satisfactorily manage its exposure to take-or-pay liabilities.

Operating Costs and Expenses
     The Company's  operating costs and expenses,  exclusive of gas purchases by
the Company's utility and marketing segments and the non-cash  write-down of oil
and gas properties in 1998, decreased by 8% in 1999 and increased by 1%

                                       30
<PAGE>

in 1998.  The decrease in 1999 was  primarily  due to a 6% decrease in operating
and  general  costs  and  an  11%  decrease  in   depreciation,   depletion  and
amortization (DD&A) expense.  The comparative  decrease in operating and general
expenses was due primarily to costs recorded in 1998 for severance related costs
and other costs  associated  with the  closing of the  Company's  Oklahoma  City
exploration and production office, and to decreased oil and gas production. DD&A
expense also decreased due to the decline in production.  In 1998, a 5% increase
in  operating  and  general  expenses  due to  inflationary  increases  and  the
severance  costs  discussed  above  was  largely  offset by a  decrease  in DD&A
expense.  The  decrease in DD&A  expense  resulted  primarily  from a decline in
volumes produced and a second quarter write-down of oil and gas properties which
lowered  the  net  cost  basis  of that  segment's  depreciable  assets  and the
amortization rate per unit of production.

     The Company follows the full cost method of accounting for the exploration,
development, and acquisition of oil and gas properties. DD&A is calculated using
the units-of-production  method. The Company's annual gas and oil production, as
well as the  amount  of  proved  reserves  owned by the  Company  and the  costs
associated  with adding those reserves,  are all components of the  amortization
calculation.  The DD&A rate in 1999 averaged  $1.00 per Mcfe,  compared to $1.04
per  Mcfe in 1998 and  $1.06  per Mcfe in 1997.  The  overall  decreases  in the
Company's average  amortization rate were caused by the mid-year 1998 write-down
of the Company's oil and gas properties to the full cost ceiling limitation. The
Company  evaluates  its full cost ceiling  position at the end of each  quarter.
Market prices, production rates, levels of reserves, and the evaluation of costs
excluded  from  amortization  all  influence  the  calculation  of the full cost
ceiling.  A decline in oil and gas prices  from  year-end  1999  levels or other
factors,  without  other  mitigating  circumstances,  could cause an  additional
future  write-down of  capitalized  costs and a non-cash  charge  against future
earnings.

     Gas purchased for resale by the Company's  marketing  segment  increased to
$92.9  million in 1999,  compared to $73.2  million in 1998 and $63.1 million in
1997, due to an increase in volumes marketed. Changes in purchased gas costs for
the gas  distribution  segment  are caused by changes  in  requirements  for gas
sales,  the price and mix of gas  purchased,  and the  timing of  recoveries  of
deferred purchased gas costs.

     Inflation  impacts the Company by generally  increasing its operating costs
and the  costs  of its  capital  additions.  The  effects  of  inflation  on the
Company's  operations  in recent  years have been  minimal due to low  inflation
rates.  However,  during  late  1999 and  continuing  into  2000 the  impact  of
inflation  intensified  in  certain  areas  of  the  Company's  exploration  and
production  segment as  shortages  in drilling  rigs,  third party  services and
qualified  labor  increased.  Additionally,  delays  inherent in the rate-making
process  prevent the Company  from  obtaining  immediate  recovery of  increased
operating costs of its gas distribution segment.

Other Costs and Expenses
     Interest costs, net of  capitalization,  were up 1% in 1999 and 5% in 1998,
both as  compared  to prior  years.  The  increases  in both  1999 and 1998 were
primarily  due to  the  lower  level  of  capitalized  interest  related  to the
Company's oil and gas properties. Interest capitalized decreased 15% in 1999 and
13% in 1998. The changes in capitalized interest are due primarily to the change
in the  level  of  costs  excluded  from  amortization  in the  exploration  and
production segment.

                                       31
<PAGE>

     The changes in other  income in 1999,  1998,  and 1997 relate  primarily to
changes  in the  Company's  share of  operating  losses  incurred  by NOARK,  as
discussed  above.  Additionally,  in 1999 and 1998 the Company  recorded certain
costs  related to a judgment  bond that the Company  was  required to post after
receiving  an  adverse  verdict in October  1998.  See Note 11 of the  financial
statements  and Part I,  Item 3,  "Legal  Proceedings,"  of this  Form  10-K for
additional information regarding the class action lawsuit.

     The previously  discussed  second quarter 1998  write-down of the Company's
oil and gas  properties  resulted in a deferred  tax  benefit of $25.9  million.
Excluding the impact of this change in deferred income taxes, the changes in the
provisions  for current and  deferred  income  taxes  recorded  each year result
primarily from the level of taxable  income,  the collection of  under-recovered
purchased gas costs,  abandoned leasehold and seismic costs and the deduction of
intangible drilling costs in the year incurred for tax purposes,  netted against
the  turnaround of intangible  drilling costs deducted for tax purposes in prior
years. Intangible drilling costs are capitalized and amortized over future years
for financial reporting purposes under the full cost method of accounting.

YEAR 2000
     The  Company  has not  experienced  any  material  negative  effects in its
results of operation or financial condition related to year 2000. The Company is
continuing  to monitor its systems and the  activities of third parties for year
2000 irregularities, however no material problems have been encountered to date.
There have been no material changes in the costs previously disclosed to address
the Company's year 2000 compliance effort.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
     The Company continues to depend  principally on internally  generated funds
as its major source of liquidity. However, the Company has sufficient ability to
borrow  additional  funds to meet its  short-term  seasonal  needs for cash,  to
finance a portion of its routine  spending,  if  necessary,  or to finance other
extraordinary  investment  opportunities  which might arise. In 1999,  1998, and
1997, net cash provided from operating  activities totaled $58.1 million,  $93.7
million,  and  $79.5  million,  respectively.  The  primary  components  of cash
generated  from   operations  are  net  income,   depreciation,   depletion  and
amortization,  write-down  of oil  and gas  properties  and  the  provision  for
deferred income taxes.  Net cash from operating  activities  provided 89% of the
Company's capital requirements for routine capital expenditures, cash dividends,
and scheduled debt retirements in 1999, 125% in 1998, and 79% in 1997.

Capital Expenditures
     Capital  expenditures totaled $67.0 million in 1999, $64.4 million in 1998,
and $88.8 million in 1997.  The Company's  exploration  and  production  segment
expenditures  included acquisitions of oil and gas producing properties totaling
$9.4 million in 1999.  The Company made no producing  property  acquisitions  in
1998 or 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      1999       1998       1997
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Capital Expenditures
Exploration and production                         $59,004    $52,376    $73,526
Gas distribution                                     7,124     10,108     12,561
Other                                                  839      1,875      2,734
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   $66,967    $64,359    $88,821
================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                       32
<PAGE>

     Capital  investments  planned for 2000 total $62.7  million,  consisting of
$55.4 million for exploration and production,  $6.8 million for gas distribution
system expenditures, and $.5 million for general purposes.

     The  Company  generally  intends  to adjust  its level of  routine  capital
expenditures  depending on the expected  level of internally  generated cash and
the level of debt in its capital  structure.  The Company expects that its level
of capital  investments  will be adequate  to allow the Company to maintain  its
present markets, explore and develop its existing gas and oil properties as well
as generate new drilling prospects,  and finance  improvements  necessary due to
normal customer growth in its gas distribution segment.

Financing Requirements
     At year-end 1999,  Southwestern's total debt was $302.2 million,  including
$7.5 million classified as short-term debt. This compares to year-end 1998 total
debt of $283.4 million.  Revolving credit  facilities with two banks provide the
Company access to $80.0 million of variable rate capital, including two floating
rate  facilities  that provide the Company  access to $60.0 million of long-term
capital and another  facility that provides the Company  access to $20.0 million
of  short-term  capital.  Borrowings  outstanding  under  the  long-term  credit
facilities totaled $47.7 million at the end of 1999 and $34.9 million at the end
of 1998.  Borrowings under the short-term facility were $7.5 million at December
31, 1999. There were no short-term borrowings at December 31, 1998.

     In 1997, the Company issued $60.0 million of 7.625%  Medium-Term  Notes due
2027 and $40.0 million of  Medium-Term  Notes due 2017.  These notes were issued
under a supplement to the Company's $250.0 million shelf registration  statement
filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in February  1997 for the
issuance of up to $125.0  million of  Medium-Term  Notes.  The Company has $25.0
million  of  capacity  remaining  under the shelf  registration  statement.  The
Company's  public  notes are  rated  BBB+ by  Standard  and  Poor's  and Baa2 by
Moody's.

     The Company  remains  confident  that it will  prevail in its appeal of the
royalty owners proceeding  described in Part I, Item 3, "Legal  Proceedings," of
this Form 10-K.  However,  the agreement under which unsecured letters of credit
have been provided to collateralize the appeal bond would require the Company to
reimburse  its lenders for the full amount  drawn under the letters of credit if
it were to lose the appeal.  Under these  circumstances the Company's ability to
borrow money would be  restricted  and existing  financing  agreements  could be
impacted through cross default provisions.

     In connection  with the Enogex  transaction in 1998  discussed  above under
"NOARK  Pipeline," the Company and a previous general partner  converted certain
of their loans to the NOARK partnership, plus accrued interest, into equity, and
contributed  approximately  $10.7  million  to the  partnership  to  fund  costs
incurred in  connection  with the  prepayment  of NOARK's  9.74% Senior  Secured
notes.  The  Company's  share of the  contribution  was $6.5  million and is the
primary  reason for the increase in  investments  during 1998. In June 1998, the
NOARK  partnership  issued  $80.0  million  of 7.15%  Notes due 2018.  The notes
require  semi-annual  principal payments of $1.0 million which began in December
1998.  The  Company  and the  other  general  partner  of NOARK  have  severally
guaranteed the principal and interest  payments on the NOARK debt. The Company's
share of the several  guarantee  is 60%.  The Company  advanced  $2.3 million to
NOARK to fund its  share of debt  service  payments  in 1999 and  advanced  $2.2
million in 1998.

     Under its existing  debt  agreements,  the Company may not issue  long-term
debt in excess  of 65% of its total  capital  and may not  issue  total  debt in
excess of 70% of its total  capital.  To issue  additional  long-term  debt, the
Company must also have, after giving effect to the debt to be issued, a ratio of
earnings  to fixed  charges  of at least  1.5 or  higher  (for any

                                       33
<PAGE>

period of 12 consecutive  months within the preceding 24 months).  At the end of
1999, the capital structure  consisted of 61.4% debt (including  short-term debt
but excluding the Company's several guarantee of NOARK's  obligations) and 38.6%
equity,  with a ratio of earnings to fixed  charges of 1.6.  Over the long term,
the  Company  expects to lower the debt  portion  of its  capital  structure  by
limiting its routine capital spending. In 2000 the proceeds from the sale of the
Company's  Missouri  gas  distribution  assets,  as  discussed  above under "Gas
Distribution," will be used to pay down outstanding debt.

Working Capital
     The Company  maintains access to funds which may be needed to meet seasonal
requirements  through the revolving lines of credit explained above. The Company
had net working  capital of $13.9 million at the end of 1999,  compared to $17.5
million at the end of 1998.  Current assets  decreased by 3% to $70.2 million in
1999, while current liabilities  increased 3% to $56.3 million.  The decrease in
current  assets at December  31,  1999,  was due  primarily  to decreases in gas
inventory in underground  storage and prepaid expenses.  The increase in current
liabilities  resulted from an increase in short-term debt partially  offset by a
decrease in accounts payable due to the timing of payments made.

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
     All statements,  other than historical financial  information,  included in
this  discussion  and analysis of financial  condition and results of operations
may be deemed to be forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A
of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Although the Company believes the expectations
expressed  in  such   forward-looking   statements   are  based  on   reasonable
assumptions, such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual
results or developments may differ materially from those in the  forward-looking
statements.  Important  factors  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ
materially from those in the forward-looking  statements herein include, but are
not limited to, the timing and extent of changes in commodity prices for gas and
oil, the timing and extent of the Company's success in discovering,  developing,
producing, and estimating reserves, the effects of weather and regulation on the
Company's gas  distribution  segment,  increased competition, legal and economic
factors, changing market conditions,  the comparative cost of alternative fuels,
conditions in capital markets and changes in interest rates, availability of oil
field  services,  drilling rigs, and other  equipment,  as well as various other
factors beyond the Company's control.

ITEM 7.A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISKS

     Market risks  relating to the Company's  operations  result  primarily from
changes  in  commodity  prices  and  interest  rates,  as  well as  credit  risk
concentrations.  The Company uses natural gas and crude oil swap  agreements and
options to reduce the  volatility of earnings and cash flow due to  fluctuations
in the prices of natural gas and oil. The Board of Directors  has approved  risk
management  policies  and  procedures  to  utilize  financial  products  for the
reduction of defined commodity price risks. These policies prohibit  speculation
with  derivatives  and limit swap agreements to  counterparties  with acceptable
credit standings.

Credit Risks
     The Company's  financial  instruments that are exposed to concentrations of
credit risk consist  primarily of trade  receivables  and  derivative  contracts
associated with commodities trading.  Concentrations of credit risk with respect
to  receivables  are  limited  due to the large  number of  customers  and their
dispersion across geographic areas. No single customer accounts for greater than
5% of accounts  receivable.  See the discussion of credit risk  associated  with
commodities trading below.

                                       34
<PAGE>

Interest Rate Risk
     The  following  table  provides  information  on  the  Company's  financial
instruments  that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The table presents
the   Company's   debt   obligations,   principal   cash   flows   and   related
weighted-average  interest rates by expected  maturity dates.  Variable  average
interest  rates reflect the rates in effect at December 31, 1999 for  borrowings
under the Company's  revolving  credit  facilities.  The Company's  policy is to
manage  interest  rates through use of a combination  of fixed and floating rate
debt.  Interest rate swaps may be used to adjust  interest rate  exposures  when
appropriate. There were no interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Expected Maturity Date                               Fair Value
                        -----------------------------------------------------------     ----------
                        2000    2001    2002    2003    2004    Thereafter    Total      12/31/99
                        -----------------------------------------------------------     ----------
                                               ($ in millions)
<S>                     <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>
Fixed Rate                 -    $2.0    $2.0    $2.0    $2.0      $239.0     $247.0       $234.0
Average Interest Rate      -    9.36%   9.36%   9.36%   9.36%       7.17%      7.25%

Variable Rate           $7.5   $30.0   $17.7       -       -           -      $55.2        $55.2
Average Interest Rate   6.45%   6.02%   6.45%      -       -           -       6.22%

</TABLE>

Commodities Risk
     The Company uses over-the-counter natural gas and crude oil swap agreements
and options to hedge sales of Company  production and marketing activity against
the inherent  price risks of adverse price  fluctuations  or locational  pricing
differences  between  a  published  index and the  NYMEX  (New  York  Mercantile
Exchange)  futures  market.  These swaps include (1)  transactions  in which one
party will pay a fixed  price (or  variable  price) for a notional  quantity  in
exchange  for  receiving a variable  price (or fixed price) based on a published
index (referred to as price swaps),  and (2) transactions in which parties agree
to pay a price based on two different indices (referred to as basis swaps).

     The  primary  market  risk  related to these  derivative  contracts  is the
volatility in market prices for natural gas and crude oil. However,  this market
risk is  offset  by the gain or loss  recognized  upon the  related  sale of the
natural gas or oil that is hedged.  Credit risk relates to the risk of loss as a
result of  non-performance by the Company's  counterparties.  The counterparties
are primarily major investment and commercial  banks which  management  believes
present minimal credit risks.  The credit quality of each  counterparty  and the
level  of  financial   exposure  the  Company  has  to  each   counterparty  are
periodically reviewed to ensure limited credit risk exposure.

     The following  table  provides  information  about the Company's  financial
instruments  that are  sensitive  to  changes  in  commodity  prices.  The table
presents the  notional  amount in Bcf  (billion  cubic feet) or MBbls  (thousand
barrels),  the weighted average  contract prices,  and the total dollar contract
amount by expected  maturity  dates.  The  "Carrying  Amount"  for the  contract
amounts are  calculated as the  contractual  payments for the quantity of gas or
oil to be  exchanged  under  futures  contracts  and do  not  represent  amounts
recorded in the  Company's  financial  statements.  The

                                       35
<PAGE>

"Fair Value"  represents  values for the same contracts using comparable  market
prices at December 31, 1999.  At December 31,  1999,  the  "Carrying  Amount" of
these financial instruments exceeded the "Fair Value" by $.4 million.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              Expected Maturity Date
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                  2000                 2001                2002
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------
                                          Carrying     Fair    Carrying     Fair    Carrying     Fair
                                           Amount     Value     Amount     Value     Amount     Value
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>
Natural Gas
Swaps with a fixed price receipt
     Contract volume (Bcf)                   15.6                   .7                   .5
     Weighted average price per Mcf         $2.34                $2.57                $2.57
     Contract amount (in millions)          $36.6     $35.9       $1.7      $1.8       $1.2      $1.2

Swaps with a fixed price payment
     Contract volume (Bcf)                     .2                    -                    -
     Weighted  average price per Mcf        $2.68                    -                    -
     Contract  amount (in millions)           $.7       $.6          -         -          -         -

Basis swaps
     Contract volume (Bcf)                     .1                    -                    -
     Weighted average basis difference
             per Mcf                         $.11                    -                    -
     Contract amount (in millions)              -         -          -         -          -         -

Oil
Price floor
     Contract volume (MBbls)                  350(1)               325                    -
     Weighted average price per Bbl        $18.00               $18.00                    -
     Contract amount (in millions)           $6.3      $6.5       $5.9      $6.4          -         -

Swaps with a fixed price receipt
     Contract volume (MBbls)                   96                   72                    -
     Weighted average price per Bbl        $18.87               $17.49                    -
     Contract amount (in millions)           $1.8      $1.5       $1.3      $1.2          -         -

<FN>
(1) Subsequent to December 31, 1999, the Company offset its position relating to
the $18.00 per barrel  floor on a notional  amount of 320,837  barrels  covering
eleven months of 2000 production and replaced the floor with a crude oil swap to
receive a fixed price of $24.02 per barrel.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       36
<PAGE>

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  Page
                                                                                                                  ----
<S>                                                                                                               <C>
Reports of Management and Independent Public Accountants                                                          38

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997                           39

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998                                                      40

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997                       41

Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997                41

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997                                     42

</TABLE>

                                       37
<PAGE>

Report of Management

     Management  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  and  integrity  of  the
Company's financial  statements.  The financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with accounting  principles  generally  accepted in the United States
consistently  applied,  and  necessarily  include some amounts that are based on
management's best estimates and judgment.

     The Company  maintains a system of internal  accounting and  administrative
controls  and an ongoing  program of internal  audits that  management  believes
provide  reasonable  assurance that assets are safeguarded and that transactions
are   properly   recorded   and  executed  in   accordance   with   management's
authorization.  The  Company's  financial  statements  have been  audited by its
independent auditors, Arthur Andersen LLP. In accordance with auditing standards
generally  accepted in the United States,  the independent  auditors  obtained a
sufficient  understanding of the Company's internal controls to plan their audit
and determine the nature, timing, and extent of other tests to be performed.

     The Audit  Committee of the Board of Directors,  composed solely of outside
directors, meets with management,  internal auditors, and Arthur Andersen LLP to
review  planned audit scopes and results and to discuss other matters  affecting
internal accounting controls and financial  reporting.  The independent auditors
have direct access to the Audit Committee and periodically  meet with it without
management representatives present.

Report of Independent Public Accountants

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Southwestern Energy Company:

     We have audited the  consolidated  balance  sheets of  SOUTHWESTERN  ENERGY
COMPANY (an Arkansas  corporation)  AND SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 1999 and
1998, and the related consolidated  statements of income, retained earnings, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December  31, 1999.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance  with  auditing  standards  generally
accepted in the United States.  Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and  significant
estimates  made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of Southwestern Energy Company
and  Subsidiaries  as of December  31,  1999 and 1998,  and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1999, in conformity with accounting  principles  generally accepted
in the United States.

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Tulsa, Oklahoma
February 4, 2000

                                       38
<PAGE>

Statements of Income
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31,                    1999           1998           1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
Operating Revenues
Gas sales                                       $165,898       $172,790       $190,298
Gas marketing                                     96,570         76,367         65,435
Oil sales                                          9,891          9,557         14,258
Gas transportation and other                       8,037          7,591          6,198
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 280,396        266,305        276,189
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Costs and Expenses
Gas purchases - utility                           45,370         39,863         46,806
Gas purchases - marketing                         92,851         73,235         63,054
Operating and general                             57,957         61,915         59,167
Depreciation, depletion and amortization          41,603         46,917         48,208
Write-down of oil and gas properties                   -         66,383              -
Taxes, other than income taxes                     6,557          6,943          7,018
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 244,338        295,256        224,253
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating Income (Loss)                           36,058        (28,951)        51,936
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Expense
Interest on long-term debt                        19,735         19,600         19,818
Other interest charges                               923          1,470          1,083
Interest capitalized                              (3,307)        (3,884)        (4,487)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  17,351         17,186         16,414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Income (Expense)                            (2,331)        (3,956)        (5,017)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (Loss) Before Provision (Benefit)
   for Income Taxes                               16,376        (50,093)        30,505
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
Current                                              537         (6,029)          (732)
Deferred                                           5,912        (13,467)        12,522
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   6,449        (19,496)        11,790
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)                               $  9,927       $(30,597)      $ 18,715
======================================================================================

Basic Earnings (Loss) Per Share                     $.40         $(1.23)          $.76
======================================================================================
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding    24,941,550     24,882,170     24,738,882
======================================================================================

Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share                   $.40         $(1.23)          $.76
======================================================================================
Diluted Weighted Average Common Shares
   Outstanding                                24,947,021     24,882,170     24,777,906
======================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

                                       39
<PAGE>

Balance Sheets
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,                                                  1999          1998
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                (in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>
Assets
Current Assets
Cash                                                    $    1,240    $    1,622
Accounts receivable                                         43,339        40,655
Inventories, at average cost                                21,520        22,812
Other                                                        4,073         7,182
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total current assets                                     70,172        72,271
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investments                                                 14,180        14,015
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, Plant and Equipment, at cost
Gas and oil properties,  using the full cost method,
   including $37,554,000 in 1999 and $53,110,000 in
   1998 excluded from amortization                         816,199       758,863
Gas distribution systems                                   222,145       217,680
Gas in underground storage                                  28,712        24,279
Other                                                       28,826        27,643
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1,095,882     1,028,465
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion and
   amortization                                            519,927       478,790
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           575,955       549,675
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Assets                                                11,139        11,659
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        $  671,446    $  647,620
================================================================================

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current Liabilities
Short-term debt                                         $    7,500    $    1,536
Accounts payable                                            33,069        37,780
Taxes payable                                                3,506         3,408
Interest payable                                             2,483         2,471
Customer deposits                                            6,021         5,635
Other                                                        3,767         3,956
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Total current liabilities                                56,346        54,786
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term Debt, less current portion                       294,700       281,900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Liabilities
Deferred income taxes                                      126,902       121,413
Other                                                        3,142         3,665
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           130,044       125,078
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments and Contingencies
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Equity
Common stock, $.10 par value; authorized
   75,000,000 shares, issued 27,738,084 shares               2,774         2,774
Additional paid-in capital                                  20,732        21,249
Retained earnings, per accompanying statements             198,044       194,102
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           221,550       218,125
Less: Common stock in treasury, at cost, 2,700,391
         shares in 1999 and 2,803,527 shares in 1998        30,083        31,248
      Unamortized cost of restricted shares issued
         under stock incentive plan, 188,781 shares
         in 1999 and 133,172 shares in 1998                  1,111         1,021
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           190,356       185,856
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        $  671,446    $  647,620
================================================================================

</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       40
<PAGE>

Statements of Cash Flows
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31,                            1999        1998        1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Net income (loss)                                       $  9,927    $(30,597)   $ 18,715
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
   net cash provided by operating activities:
       Depreciation, depletion and amortization           42,971      48,267      49,271
       Write-down of oil and gas  properties                   -      66,383           -
       Deferred  income taxes                              5,912     (13,467)     12,522
       Equity in loss of partnership                       2,008       3,087       4,523
       Change in assets and liabilities:
           (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable     (2,684)      5,097      (5,824)
           Decrease in income taxes receivable             1,658       1,066       3,549
           (Increase) decrease in under-recovered
               purchased gas costs                          (273)     10,931      (6,398)
           (Increase) decrease in inventories              1,292      (2,347)     (2,894)
           Increase (decrease) in accounts payable        (4,711)      7,877       4,259
           Net change in other current assets and
               liabilities                                 2,031      (2,589)      1,760
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                 58,131      93,708      79,483
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
Capital expenditures                                     (66,967)    (64,359)    (88,821)
Investment in partnership                                 (2,273)    (10,062)     (4,962)
(Increase) decrease in gas stored underground             (4,433)       (531)      1,888
Other items                                                2,380         340       1,048
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                    (71,293)    (74,612)    (90,847)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Net increase (decrease) in revolving long-term debt       12,800     (11,500)    (50,100)
Proceeds  from  revolving  short-term  debt                7,500           -           -
Proceeds  from issuance of long-term  debt                     -           -      98,348
Payments on other  long-term  debt                        (1,535)     (4,607)    (28,643)
Dividends paid                                            (5,985)     (5,970)     (5,935)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities          12,780     (22,077)     13,670
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash                                 (382)     (2,981)      2,306
Cash at beginning of year                                  1,622       4,603       2,297
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash at end of year                                     $  1,240    $  1,622    $  4,603
========================================================================================

</TABLE>

Statements of Retained Earnings
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the Years Ended December 31,                            1999        1998        1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Retained Earnings, beginning of year                    $194,102    $230,669    $217,889
Net income (loss)                                          9,927     (30,597)     18,715
Cash dividends declared ($.24 per share)                  (5,985)     (5,970)     (5,935)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Retained Earnings, end of year                          $198,044    $194,102    $230,669
========================================================================================

</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       41
<PAGE>


Notes to Financial Statements
Southwestern Energy Company and Subsidiaries
December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations and Consolidation
     Southwestern Energy Company  (Southwestern or the Company) is an integrated
energy  company  primarily  focused on natural  gas.  Through  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  the Company is engaged in oil and gas exploration and production,
natural gas gathering, transmission and marketing, and natural gas distribution.
Southwestern's   exploration  and  production  activities  are  concentrated  in
Arkansas, New Mexico, Texas, Oklahoma,  Louisiana, and the Gulf Coast (primarily
onshore).  The gas distribution  segment operates in northern Arkansas and parts
of Missouri,  and under normal weather conditions  obtains  approximately 50% of
its  gas  supply  from  one  of  the  Company's   exploration   and   production
subsidiaries.   The  customers  of  the  gas  distribution  segment  consist  of
residential,  commercial,  and industrial  users of natural gas.  Southwestern's
marketing  and  transportation  business  is  concentrated  in its core areas of
operations.

     In late 1999, the Company  entered into a definitive  agreement to sell its
Missouri gas distribution assets for $32.0 million. The Company's basis in these
assets is approximately $28.0 million. The sale requires regulatory approval and
is expected to close in the first half of 2000.  The  Company  currently  serves
approximately  48,000  customers  in  Missouri.  Proceeds  from  the sale of the
Missouri  assets  will be used to reduce the  Company's  outstanding  debt.  The
Company  does  not  expect  a  material  impact  on its  continuing  results  of
operations  due to this sale as interest  savings from the reduction in debt are
expected to generally offset the reduction in net income.

     The consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of Southwestern
Energy Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Southwestern Energy Production
Company, SEECO, Inc., Arkansas Western Gas Company, Southwestern Energy Services
Company,  Diamond "M" Production Company,  Southwestern Energy Pipeline Company,
A.W. Realty Company,  and Arkansas  Western  Pipeline  Company.  All significant
intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated.  The  Company
accounts  for its general  partnership  interest in the NOARK  Pipeline  System,
Limited Partnership (NOARK) using the equity method of accounting. In accordance
with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 71, "Accounting for
the Effects of Certain Types of Regulation,"  the Company  recognizes  profit on
intercompany  sales of gas  delivered  to  storage  by its  utility  subsidiary.
Certain   reclassifications  have  been  made  to  the  prior  years'  financial
statements to conform with the 1999 presentation. These reclassifications had no
effect on previously recorded net income.

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  accounting
principles  generally accepted in the United States requires  management to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities,  if any, at the
date of the  financial  statements,  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and
expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual  results could differ from those
estimates.

                                       42
<PAGE>

Property, Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization
     Gas and Oil  Properties  - The  Company  follows  the full  cost  method of
accounting  for the  exploration,  development,  and  acquisition of gas and oil
reserves.  Under this  method,  all such costs  (productive  and  nonproductive)
including salaries,  benefits, and other internal costs directly attributable to
these  activities are  capitalized  and amortized on an aggregate basis over the
estimated  lives of the properties  using the  units-of-production  method.  The
Company   excludes  all  costs  of   unevaluated   properties   from   immediate
amortization.  The Company's  unamortized  costs of oil and gas  properties  are
limited to the sum of the future net revenues attributable to proved oil and gas
reserves  discounted at 10 percent plus the lower of cost or market value of any
unproved  properties.  If  the  Company's  unamortized  costs  in  oil  and  gas
properties exceed this ceiling amount, a provision for additional  depreciation,
depletion and amortization is required. At June 30, 1998, the Company recognized
a $40.5 million non-cash charge to earnings by recording a write-down of its oil
and gas properties of $66.4 million and a related reduction in the provision for
deferred  income taxes of $25.9 million.  At December 31, 1999,  1998, and 1997,
the  Company's  net book  value of oil and gas  properties  did not  exceed  the
ceiling amounts.  Market prices,  production rates, levels of reserves,  and the
evaluation of costs excluded from  amortization all influence the calculation of
the full cost ceiling. A decline in oil and gas prices from year-end 1999 levels
or  other  factors,  without  other  mitigating  circumstances,  could  cause an
additional  future  write-down  of  capitalized  costs and a  noncash  charge to
earnings.

     Gas  Distribution  Systems - Costs  applicable to construction  activities,
including overhead items, are capitalized.  Depreciation and amortization of the
gas distribution system is provided using the straight-line  method with average
annual rates for plant  functions  ranging from 1.8% to 6.0%. Gas in underground
storage is stated at average cost.

     Other property,  plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line
method over estimated useful lives ranging from 5 to 40 years.

     The  Company  charges  to  maintenance  or  operations  the cost of  labor,
materials,  and other expenses incurred in maintaining the operating  efficiency
of  its  properties.  Betterments  are  added  to  property  accounts  at  cost.
Retirements are credited to property, plant and equipment at cost and charged to
accumulated  depreciation,  depletion  and  amortization  with  no  gain or loss
recognized, except for abnormal retirements.

     Capitalized  Interest - Interest is  capitalized on the cost of unevaluated
gas  and  oil  properties   excluded  from  amortization.   In  accordance  with
established  utility  regulatory  practice,  an allowance  for funds used during
construction  of major projects is capitalized  and amortized over the estimated
lives of the related facilities.

Gas Distribution Revenues and Receivables
     Customer  receivables  arise from the sale or  transportation of gas by the
Company's gas distribution subsidiary.  The Company's gas distribution customers
represent a diversified base of residential,  commercial,  and industrial users.
Approximately  112,000 of these  customers are served in northwest  Arkansas and
approximately 69,000 are served in northeast Arkansas and Missouri.  The Company
records gas distribution  revenues on an accrual basis, as gas volumes are used,
to provide a proper matching of revenues with expenses.

                                       43
<PAGE>

     The gas  distribution  subsidiary's  rate schedules  include  purchased gas
adjustment  clauses  whereby the actual cost of purchased gas above or below the
level  included in the base rates is permitted to be billed or is required to be
credited to  customers.  Each month,  the  difference  between  actual  costs of
purchased gas and gas costs  recovered from customers is deferred.  The deferred
differences are billed or credited,  as appropriate,  to customers in subsequent
months.  Rate  schedules for the Company's  Arkansas  systems  include a weather
normalization  clause to lessen the impact of revenue  increases  and  decreases
which might result from weather variations during the winter heating season. The
pass-through  of gas costs to customers  is not  affected by this  normalization
clause.

Gas Production Imbalances
     The  exploration  and  production  subsidiaries  record gas sales using the
entitlement  method. The entitlement method requires revenue  recognition of the
Company's  revenue interest share of gas production from properties in which gas
sales are  disproportionately  allocated to owners because of marketing or other
contractual  arrangements.  The Company's net imbalance position at December 31,
1999 and 1998 was not significant.

Income Taxes
     Deferred  income taxes are  provided to recognize  the income tax effect of
reporting  certain  transactions in different years for income tax and financial
reporting purposes.

Risk Management
     The Company has limited involvement with derivative  financial  instruments
and does not use them for  trading  purposes.  They are used to  manage  defined
commodity price risks. The Company uses commodity swap agreements and options to
hedge  sales of natural  gas and crude  oil.  Gains and  losses  resulting  from
hedging  activities are recognized when the related  physical  transactions  are
recognized.  Gains or losses from commodity swap  agreements and options that do
not qualify for accounting treatment as hedges are recognized currently as other
income  or  expense.  See Note 8 for a  discussion  of the  Company's  commodity
hedging activity.

Earnings Per Share and Shareholders' Equity
     Basic  earnings  per common share is computed by dividing net income by the
weighted  average  number of common  shares  outstanding  during each year.  The
diluted  earnings per share  calculation  adds to the weighted average number of
common  shares   outstanding  the  incremental   shares  that  would  have  been
outstanding  assuming the exercise of dilutive  stock  options.  The Company had
options for 1,275,899  shares of common stock with a weighted  average  exercise
price of $12.97 per share at December 31, 1999,  and options for 951,047  shares
with an average  exercise  price of $14.61 at December 31,  1997,  that were not
included in the  calculation  of diluted  shares  because they would have had an
anti-dilutive  effect.  There were options for 1,634,901  shares with a weighted
average  exercise  price of $12.15  outstanding at December 31, 1998. Due to the
Company's net loss for 1998 any incremental  shares would have an  anti-dilutive
effect and were, therefore, not considered.

     During 1999 and 1998,  the  Company  issued  105,436  and 105,488  treasury
shares,  respectively,  under a  compensatory  plan  and for  stock  awards  and
returned to treasury 2,300 and 4,496 shares, respectively, canceled from earlier
issues under the compensatory  plan. The net effect of these  transactions was a
$1.2 million  decrease in 1999 and a $1.1  million  decrease in 1998 in treasury
stock.

                                       44
<PAGE>

(2) DEBT

     Debt balances as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                1999        1998
                                                            --------------------
                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>
Senior Notes
8.86% Series                                                $      -    $  1,536
9.36% Series due in annual installments of $2.0
   million beginning 2001                                     22,000      22,000
6.70% Series due 2005                                        125,000     125,000
7.625% Series due 2027, putable at the holders'
   option in 2009                                             60,000      60,000
7.21% Series due 2017                                         40,000      40,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             247,000     248,536
Other
Variable rate (6.18% at December 31, 1999) unsecured
   revolving credit arrangements                              47,700      34,900
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term debt                                         294,700     283,436
Less: Current portion of long-term debt                            -       1,536
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt                                              $294,700    $281,900
================================================================================

Short-term note payable                                     $  7,500    $      -
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The Company has several  prepayment  options  under the terms of certain of
its Senior  Notes.  Prepayments  made  without  premium  are  subject to certain
limitations.  Other prepayment  options involve the payment of premiums based in
some instances on market interest rates at the time of prepayment.

     Revolving  credit  facilities  with two banks provide the Company access to
$80.0 million of variable rate capital. Of this amount,  long-term variable rate
credit  facilities  provide the  Company  access to $60.0  million of  revolving
credit.  Borrowings  outstanding under these long-term credit facilities totaled
$47.7 million at December 31, 1999.  The Company also has a short-term  variable
rate credit  facility  which  provides  the Company  access to $20.0  million of
revolving  credit.  Borrowings  outstanding under this credit facility were $7.5
million at December 31, 1999, all of which were  classified as short-term  debt.
Each facility allows the Company four interest rate options - the floating prime
rate,  a  fixed  rate  tied to  either  short-term  certificate  of  deposit  or
Eurodollar  rates,  or a fixed rate  based on the  lenders'  cost of funds.  The
short-term revolving credit facility expires in 2000 and the long-term revolving
credit  facilities  expire in 2001 and 2002.  The  Company  intends  to renew or
replace the facilities prior to expiration.

     The terms of the debt  instruments and agreements  contain  covenants which
impose certain  restrictions on the Company,  including limitation of additional
indebtedness and restrictions on the payment of cash dividends.  At December 31,
1999, approximately $96.4 million of retained earnings was available for payment
as dividends.

     Aggregate  maturities  of  long-term  debt  for  each of the  years  ending
December 31, 2000 through  2004,  are $0, $32.0  million,  $19.7  million,  $2.0
million,  and $2.0 million.  Total interest  payments were $19.6 million in 1999
and 1998, and $18.8 million in 1997.

                                       45
<PAGE>

(3) INCOME TAXES

     The provision (benefit) for income taxes included the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1999        1998        1997
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           (in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>          <C>
Federal:
     Current                                      $    -    $ (6,673)    $(1,614)
     Deferred                                      5,236     (10,098)     11,422
State:
     Current                                         537         644         882
     Deferred                                        795      (3,250)      1,219
Investment tax credit amortization                  (119)       (119)       (119)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes              $6,449    $(19,496)    $11,790
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The provision  (benefit) for income taxes was an effective rate of 39.4% in
1999,  38.9% in 1998, and 38.6% in 1997. The following  reconciles the provision
(benefit)  for income taxes  included in the  consolidated  statements of income
with  the  provision  (benefit)  which  would  result  from  application  of the
statutory federal tax rate to pretax financial income:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1999        1998        1997
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                           (in thousands)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>          <C>
Expected  provision  (benefit) at federal
   statutory rate of 35%                          $5,732    $(17,532)    $10,677
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
   State income taxes, net of federal
       income tax effect                             866      (1,694)      1,365
   Other                                            (149)       (270)       (252)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes              $6,449    $(19,496)    $11,790
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The  components  of the Company's net deferred tax liability as of December
31, 1999 and 1998 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                1999        1998
                                                            --------------------
                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Differences between book and tax basis of property     $123,516    $109,538
     Stored gas                                                8,267       7,583
     Deferred purchased gas costs                              2,289       1,997
     Prepaid pension costs                                     2,086       2,036
     Book over tax basis in partnerships                      10,133       8,647
     Other                                                       415       1,091
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             146,706     130,892
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
     Accrued compensation                                        705         647
     Alternative minimum tax credit carryforward               3,127       3,034
     Net operating loss carryforward                          16,808       6,949
     Other                                                     1,155       1,234
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              21,795      11,864
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax liability                                  $124,911    $119,028
================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                       46
<PAGE>

     Total income tax payments of $.6 million,  $3.3  million,  and $4.2 million
were made in 1999, 1998, and 1997, respectively.

(4) PENSION PLAN AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

     The Company applies SFAS No. 132,  "Employers'  Disclosures  about Pensions
and Other Postretirement  Benefits."  Substantially all employees are covered by
the Company's  defined benefit  pension and  postretirement  benefit plans.  The
following  provides  a  reconciliation  of the  changes  in the  plans'  benefit
obligations, fair value of assets, and funded status as of December 31, 1999 and
1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      Other Postretirement
                                                 Pension Benefits           Benefits
                                              --------------------------------------------
                                                 1999        1998         1999        1998
                                              --------------------------------------------
                                                               (in thousands)
<S>                                           <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Change in Benefit Obligations:
   Benefit obligation at January 1            $59,194     $47,257      $ 3,832     $ 3,067
   Service cost                                 1,881       2,060           99          87
   Interest cost                                4,130       3,644          261         242
   Amendments                                   5,560           -            -           -
   Actuarial loss (gain)                       (5,359)      7,920         (255)        616
   Benefits paid                               (3,891)     (1,687)        (178)       (180)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Benefit obligation at December 31          $61,515     $59,194      $ 3,759     $ 3,832
==========================================================================================
Change in Plan Assets:
   Fair value of plan assets at January 1     $71,518     $65,966      $   345     $     -
   Actual return on plan assets                 2,838       7,168           20         (12)
   Employer contributions                           -           -          428         537
   Benefit payments                            (3,878)     (1,616)        (178)       (180)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Fair value of plan assets at December 31   $70,478     $71,518      $   615     $   345
==========================================================================================
Funded Status:
   Funded status at December 31               $ 8,963     $12,324      $(3,144)    $(3,487)
   Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss      (9,237)     (7,441)         926       1,284
   Unrecognized prior service cost              5,417         308            -           -
   Unrecognized transition obligation            (220)       (403)       1,265       1,368
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost             $ 4,923     $ 4,788      $  (953)   $   (835)
==========================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The benefit  obligation  and fair value of plan assets at December 31, 1999
include  $5.5 million to $6.0  million  related to  employees  of the  Company's
Missouri gas distribution  segment that will be transferred in 2000 upon closing
the sale of the Company's Missouri gas distribution assets.

     The  Company's  supplemental  retirement  plan has an  accumulated  benefit
obligation in excess of plan assets. The plan's  accumulated  benefit obligation
was $233,000 and $198,000 at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively. There are
no plan  assets in the  supplemental  retirement  plan due to the  nature of the
plan.

                                       47
<PAGE>

     Net periodic  pension and other  postretirement  benefit  costs include the
following components for 1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Other Postretirement
                                                 Pension Benefits                     Benefits
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1999       1998       1997       1999       1998       1997
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost                             $ 1,881    $ 2,060    $ 1,744       $ 99       $ 87       $ 90
Interest cost                              4,130      3,644      3,213        261        242        213
Expected return on plan assets            (6,259)    (5,863)    (5,007)       (28)         -          -
Amortization of transition obligation       (183)      (183)      (183)       103        103        103
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss        (142)      (150)      (211)       111         55         40
Amortization of prior service costs          451         46         49          -          -          -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         $  (122)   $  (446)   $  (395)      $546       $487       $446
=======================================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Prior to 1998,  the Company's  pension plans provided for benefits based on
years of benefit service and the employee's  "average  compensation" as defined.
During 1998,  the Company  amended its plans to become "cash balance" plans on a
prospective  basis.  A cash balance plan  provides  benefits  based upon a fixed
percentage of an employee's annual compensation. The Company's funding policy is
to contribute amounts which are actuarially determined to provide the plans with
sufficient assets to meet future benefit payment  requirements and which are tax
deductible.

     The postretirement  benefit plans provide contributory health care and life
insurance  benefits.  Employees  become eligible for these benefits if they meet
age  and  service  requirements.  Generally,  the  benefits  paid  are a  stated
percentage  of medical  expenses  reduced by  deductibles  and other  coverages.
During 1998, the Company established trusts to partially fund its postretirement
benefit obligations.

     The weighted  average  assumptions used in the measurement of the Company's
benefit obligations for 1999 and 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Other Postretirement
                                     Pension Benefits                  Benefits
                                    -------------------------------------------------
                                    1999          1998            1999           1998
                                    -------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>
Discount rate                       7.50%         6.75%           7.50%          6.75%
Expected return on plan assets      9.00%         9.00%           5.00%          5.00%
Rate of compensation increase       4.50%         5.00%            n/a            n/a
=====================================================================================

</TABLE>

     For  measurement  purposes a 9% annual  rate of  increase in the per capita
cost of covered  medical  benefits  and an 8% annual rate of increase in the per
capita cost of dental benefits was assumed for 2000. These rates were assumed to
gradually  decrease to 6% for medical  benefits  and 5% for dental  benefits for
2011 and remain at that level thereafter.

                                       48
<PAGE>

     Assumed  health  care cost  trend  rates have a  significant  effect on the
amounts  reported for the health care plans.  A one  percentage  point change in
assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      1% Increase    1% Decrease
                                                      --------------------------
                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>
Effect on the total service and interest
   cost components                                           $ 46          $ (39)
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation                  $400          $(344)
================================================================================

</TABLE>

(5) NATURAL GAS AND OIL PRODUCING ACTIVITIES

     All of the  Company's  gas and oil  properties  are  located  in the United
States.  The table below sets forth the results of  operations  from gas and oil
producing activities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1999        1998        1997
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                           (in thousands)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>
Sales                                           $ 75,039    $ 86,232    $100,129
Production (lifting) costs                       (14,039)    (15,807)    (17,155)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization         (34,230)    (39,444)    (40,777)
Write-down of oil and gas properties                   -     (66,383)          -
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  26,770     (35,402)     42,197
Income tax benefit (expense)                     (10,528)     13,913     (16,161)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Results of operations                           $ 16,242    $(21,489)   $ 26,036
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The results of operations  shown above exclude overhead and interest costs.
Income tax expense is  calculated  by applying  the  statutory  tax rates to the
revenues less costs,  including  depreciation,  depletion and amortization,  and
after giving effect to permanent differences and tax credits.

     The table  below  sets  forth  capitalized  costs  incurred  in gas and oil
property acquisition, exploration, and development activities during 1999, 1998,
and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      1999       1998       1997
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                            (in thousands)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Property acquisition costs                         $19,845    $12,729    $10,911
Exploration costs                                   19,519     14,273     33,225
Development costs                                   19,059     24,709     28,825
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capitalized costs incurred                         $58,423    $51,711    $72,961
================================================================================
Amortization per Mcf equivalent                     $1.004     $1.039     $1.057
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Capitalized  interest  is  included  as  part  of the  cost  of oil and gas
properties. The Company capitalized $3.3 million, $3.9 million, and $4.5 million
during 1999,  1998,  and 1997,  respectively,  based on the  Company's  weighted
average cost of borrowings used to finance the expenditures.

     In addition to capitalized interest,  the Company also capitalized internal
costs of $7.4 million,  $7.7 million,  and $6.0 million  during 1999,  1998, and
1997,  respectively.  These internal costs were directly related to acquisition,
exploration and  development  activities and are included as part of the cost of
oil and gas properties.

                                       49
<PAGE>

     The following table shows the  capitalized  costs of gas and oil properties
and the related accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization at December
31, 1999 and 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 1999       1998
                                                             -------------------
                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>
Proved properties                                            $774,473   $703,669
Unproved properties                                            41,726     55,194
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capitalized costs                                       816,199    758,863
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization    419,517    386,384
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net capitalized costs                                        $396,682   $372,479
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The  table  below  sets  forth the  composition  of net  unevaluated  costs
excluded from  amortization as of December 31, 1999.  Included in these costs is
$13.2 million related to 3-D seismic  projects in south  Louisiana.  These costs
and subsequent  costs to be incurred will be evaluated over several years as the
seismic data is  interpreted  and the acreage is explored.  The remaining  costs
excluded from  amortization are related to properties which are not individually
significant  and on which the  evaluation  process has not been  completed.  The
Company is,  therefore,  unable to estimate when these costs will be included in
the amortization computation.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   1999      1998      1997     Prior      Total
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                             <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Property acquisition costs      $ 5,814    $4,661    $1,454    $3,276    $15,205
Exploration costs                 5,308     3,992     6,934     1,729     17,963
Capitalized interest                411       910     1,556     1,509      4,386
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                $11,533    $9,563    $9,944    $6,514    $37,554
================================================================================

</TABLE>

(6) NATURAL GAS AND OIL RESERVES (UNAUDITED)

     The following table  summarizes the changes in the Company's proved natural
gas and oil reserves for 1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       1999                 1998                 1997
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Gas       Oil        Gas       Oil        Gas      Oil
                                                 (MMcf)    (MBbls)    (MMcf)    (MBbls)    (MMcf)   (MBbls)
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
Proved reserves, beginning of year              303,667     6,850    291,378     7,852    297,467    8,238
Revisions of previous estimates                  (7,464)    1,155      1,064      (696)       861      (51)
Extensions, discoveries, and other additions     34,730       225     44,814       442     26,430      426
Production                                      (29,444)     (578)   (32,668)     (703)   (33,355)    (749)
Acquisition of reserves in place                  9,762       576          -         -         76        -
Disposition of reserves in place                 (3,728)     (369)      (921)      (45)      (101)     (12)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proved reserves, end of year                    307,523     7,859    303,667     6,850    291,378    7,852
==========================================================================================================
Proved, developed reserves:
Beginning of year                               258,092     6,370    252,393     7,312    255,234    7,804
End of year                                     250,290     7,154    258,092     6,370    252,393    7,312
==========================================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                       50
<PAGE>

     The  "Standardized  Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to
Proved Oil and Gas Reserves"  (standardized measure) is a disclosure required by
SFAS  No.  69,  "Disclosures  About  Oil  and  Gas  Producing  Activities."  The
standardized  measure  does not purport to present  the fair  market  value of a
company's  proved gas and oil  reserves.  In addition,  there are  uncertainties
inherent  in  estimating  quantities  of  proved  reserves.   Substantially  all
quantities  of gas and oil  reserves  owned by the  Company  were  estimated  or
audited  by  the  independent  petroleum  engineering  firm  of  K  &  A  Energy
Consultants, Inc.

     Following  is the  standardized  measure  relating  to  proved  gas and oil
reserves at December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 1999         1998         1997
                                                            -----------------------------------
                                                                         (in thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Future cash inflows                                         $ 989,997    $ 820,522    $ 973,536
Future production and development costs                      (227,361)    (176,130)    (197,021)
Future income tax expense                                    (247,408)    (206,097)    (261,173)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future net cash flows                                         515,228      438,295      515,342
10% annual discount for estimated timing of cash flows       (253,153)    (215,502)    (256,279)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows    $ 262,075    $ 222,793    $ 259,063
===============================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Under the  standardized  measure,  future cash  inflows  were  estimated by
applying  year-end  prices,  adjusted  for  known  contractual  changes,  to the
estimated  future  production of year-end proved  reserves.  Future cash inflows
were reduced by  estimated  future  production  and  development  costs based on
year-end  costs to  determine  pretax cash  inflows.  Future  income  taxes were
computed by  applying  the  year-end  statutory  rate,  after  consideration  of
permanent  differences,  to the excess of pretax cash inflows over the Company's
tax basis in the  associated  proved  gas and oil  properties.  Future  net cash
inflows after income taxes were  discounted  using a 10% annual discount rate to
arrive at the standardized measure.

     Following  is an analysis  of changes in the  standardized  measure  during
1999, 1998, and 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            1999        1998        1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   (in thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Standardized measure, beginning of year                 $222,793    $259,063    $370,944
Sales and transfers of gas and oil produced, net of
   production costs                                      (61,000)    (70,425)    (82,975)
Net changes in prices and production costs                48,506     (71,400)   (173,730)
Extensions, discoveries, and other additions, net of
   future production and development costs                48,279      61,146      41,267
Acquisition of reserves in place                          14,765           -         116
Revisions of previous quantity estimates                    (612)     (3,024)        646
Accretion of discount                                     32,447      38,445      55,852
Net change in income taxes                               (17,015)     23,714      62,186
Changes in production rates (timing) and other           (26,088)    (14,726)    (15,243)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standardized measure, end of year                       $262,075    $222,793    $259,063
========================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                       51
<PAGE>

(7) INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED PARTNERSHIP

     At December 31, 1999, the Company held a 25% general  partnership  interest
in the NOARK Partnership. NOARK Pipeline was formerly a 258-mile long intrastate
gas  transmission  system which extended  across northern  Arkansas.  In January
1998,  the Company  entered into an  agreement  with Enogex Inc.  (Enogex)  that
resulted in the  expansion of the NOARK  Pipeline and provided the pipeline with
access to Oklahoma gas supplies  through an  integration of NOARK with the Ozark
Gas  Transmission  System  (Ozark).  Enogex is a subsidiary  of OGE Energy Corp.
Ozark was a 437-mile  interstate pipeline system which began in eastern Oklahoma
and  terminated  in  eastern  Arkansas.  Enogex  acquired  the Ozark  system and
contributed  it to  the  NOARK  partnership.  Enogex  also  acquired  the  NOARK
partnership  interests not owned by  Southwestern.  The acquisition of Ozark and
its  integration  with  NOARK  Pipeline  was  approved  by  the  Federal  Energy
Regulatory Commission in late 1998 at which time NOARK Pipeline was converted to
an interstate pipeline and operated in combination with Ozark. Enogex funded the
acquisition of Ozark and the expansion and integration with NOARK Pipeline which
resulted in the Company's  ownership  interest in the partnership  decreasing to
25% from 48%.

     The  Company's  investment  in NOARK  totaled $14.0 million at December 31,
1999 and $13.8 million at December 31, 1998.  The Company's  investment in NOARK
includes  advances of $2.3 million made during 1999,  $10.1  million made during
1998, and $5.0 million made during 1997. Advances in 1998 included the Company's
share of costs related to the prepayment of NOARK's Senior Secured Notes.  Other
advances are made primarily to provide  certain minimum cash balances to service
NOARK's  long-term  debt. See Note 11 for further  discussion of NOARK's funding
requirements and the Company's investment in NOARK.

     NOARK's  financial  position  at December  31, 1999 and 1998 is  summarized
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                1999        1998
                                                            --------------------
                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>
Current assets                                              $  7,056    $  9,535
Noncurrent assets                                            178,195     175,361
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            $185,251    $184,896
================================================================================
Current liabilities                                         $ 10,413    $  8,576
Long-term debt                                                75,000      77,000
Partners' capital                                             99,838      99,320
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            $185,251    $184,896
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     The Company's  share of NOARK's  pretax loss,  before the effect of accrued
interest expense on general partner loans, was $2.0 million,  $3.1 million,  and
$4.5 million for 1999,  1998, and 1997,  respectively.  The Company  records its
share of NOARK's  pretax loss in other  income  (expense) on the  statements  of
income.

     NOARK's  results of  operations  for 1999,  1998,  and 1997 are  summarized
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1999        1998        1997
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                           (in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
Operating revenues                               $40,358     $17,445     $ 4,963
Pretax net loss                                  $(3,564)    $(4,114)    $(8,850)
================================================================================

</TABLE>

                                       52
<PAGE>

(8) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial  instruments for which it is practicable to estimate the
value:

     Cash, Customer Deposits, and  Short-Term  Debt: The  carrying  amount  is a
reasonable estimate of fair value.
     Long-Term Debt: The fair value of the Company's long-term debt is estimated
based on the expected current rates  which would be  offered to the  Company for
debt of the same maturities.
     Commodity Hedges:  The fair value of all hedging  financial  instruments is
the amount at which  they could be  settled,  based on quoted  market  prices or
estimates obtained from dealers.  The carrying amounts and estimated fair values
of the Company's financial  instruments as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           1999                      1998
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                  Carrying       Fair       Carrying       Fair
                                   Amount       Value        Amount       Value
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                               <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Cash                                $1,240      $1,240        $1,622      $1,622
Customer deposits                   $6,021      $6,021        $5,635      $5,635
Short-term debt                     $7,500      $7,500        $1,536      $1,536
Long-term debt                    $294,700    $289,193      $281,900    $290,621
Commodity hedges                      $640       $(399)       $1,276      $8,227
================================================================================

</TABLE>

Derivatives and Price Risk Management
     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS
No. 133,  "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities." SFAS
No. 133  establishes  accounting  and reporting  standards  requiring that every
derivative  instrument  (including  certain derivative  instruments  embedded in
other  contracts)  be  recorded  in the  balance  sheet  as  either  an asset or
liability  measured at its fair value. SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the
derivative's  fair value be  recognized  currently in earnings  unless  specific
hedge  accounting  criteria are met.  Special  accounting for qualifying  hedges
allows a derivative's  gains and losses to offset related  results on the hedged
item  in the  income  statement,  and  requires  that a  company  must  formally
document,  designate,  and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive
hedge accounting.

     In June 1999,  the FASB  issued SFAS No. 137,  "Accounting  for  Derivative
Instruments  and Hedging  Activities  - Deferral of the  Effective  Date of FASB
Statement  No.  133." SFAS No. 137 delayed the required  implementation  date of
SFAS No.  133 by one  year.  SFAS No.  133 is now  effective  for  fiscal  years
beginning after June 15, 2000. SFAS No. 133, as amended,  must be applied to (a)
derivative  instruments and (b) certain derivative  instruments  embedded in all
hybrid  contracts or, at a company's  option,  only hybrid  contracts  that were
issued,  acquired,  or  substantively  modified  after either January 1, 1998 or
January 1, 1999 (a company may elect either transition date).

     The Company has not yet  quantified the impacts of adopting SFAS No. 133 on
its financial statements, nor has it determined the method of adoption. However,
it  should be noted  that  SFAS No.  133  could  increase  volatility  in future
reported earnings and other comprehensive income.

     The Company uses natural gas and crude oil swap  agreements  and options to
reduce the  volatility  of  earnings  and cash flow due to  fluctuations  in the
prices  of  natural  gas and oil.  The  Board of  Directors  has  approved  risk
management

                                       53
<PAGE>

policies and  procedures  to utilize  financial  products  for the  reduction of
defined  commodity  price  risks.  These  policies  prohibit   speculation  with
derivatives and limit swap agreements to counterparties  with appropriate credit
standings.

     The Company uses over-the-counter natural gas and crude oil swap agreements
and options to hedge sales of Company  production and marketing activity against
the inherent  price risks of adverse price  fluctuations  or locational  pricing
differences  between  a  published  index and the  NYMEX  (New  York  Mercantile
Exchange)  futures  market.  These swaps include (1)  transactions  in which one
party will pay a fixed  price (or  variable  price) for a notional  quantity  in
exchange  for  receiving a variable  price (or fixed price) based on a published
index (referred to as price swaps),  and (2) transactions in which parties agree
to pay a price based on two different indices (referred to as basis swaps).

     At December 31, 1999, the Company had  outstanding  natural gas price swaps
on total  notional  volumes of 17.0 Bcf. Of the total,  the Company will receive
fixed prices ranging from $2.13 to $2.87 per MMBtu on 16.8 Bcf. Under  contracts
covering  the  remaining  .2 Bcf,  the  Company  will make  average  fixed price
payments  of $2.68 per  MMBtu and  receive  variable  prices  based on the NYMEX
futures market.  At December 31, 1999, the Company held outstanding  basis swaps
on a notional  volume of .1 Bcf.  At December  31,  1999,  the Company  also had
outstanding crude oil swaps to receive fixed prices of $18.87 per barrel in 2000
and $17.49 per barrel in 2001 on notional  volumes of 96,000  barrels and 72,000
barrels,  respectively.  The Company's price risk management  activities reduced
revenues  $1.1 million in 1999,  increased  revenues  $7.4 million in 1998,  and
decreased revenues $2.7 million in 1997.

     The Company  uses  options to fix a floor,  a ceiling,  or both a floor and
ceiling (a "collar") for prices on its production volumes. At December 31, 1999,
the Company had a crude oil price floor of $18.00 per barrel (based on the NYMEX
futures market) on total notional volumes of 675,000 barrels covering production
during  calendar  years 2000 through  2001.  Subsequent to December 31, 1999 the
Company  offset its  position  relating  to the  $18.00  per  barrel  floor on a
notional amount of 320,837 barrels covering eleven months of 2000 production and
replaced  the floor with a crude oil swap to receive a fixed price of $24.02 per
barrel.

     The  primary  market  risk  related to these  derivative  contracts  is the
volatility in market prices for natural gas and crude oil. However,  this market
risk is  offset  by the gain or loss  recognized  upon the  related  sale of the
natural gas or oil that is hedged.  Credit risk relates to the risk of loss as a
result of  non-performance by the Company's  counterparties.  The counterparties
are primarily major investment and commercial  banks which  management  believes
present minimal credit risks.  The credit quality of each  counterparty  and the
level  of  financial   exposure  the  Company  has  to  each   counterparty  are
periodically reviewed to ensure limited credit risk exposure.

(9) STOCK OPTIONS

     The  Southwestern  Energy  Company  1993 Stock  Incentive  Plan (1993 Plan)
provides for the  compensation  of officers and key employees of the Company and
its  subsidiaries.  The 1993 Plan  provides  for  grants of  options,  shares of
restricted  stock,  and  stock  bonuses  that  in the  aggregate  do not  exceed
1,700,000  shares,  the grant of stand-alone stock  appreciation  rights (SARs),
shares of phantom  stock and cash  awards,  the  shares  related to which in the
aggregate do not exceed  1,700,000  shares,  and the grant of limited and tandem
SARs (all terms as defined in the 1993 Plan).  The types of incentives which may
be awarded are  comprehensive  and are intended to enable the Board of Directors
to structure the most  appropriate  incentives and to address  changes in income
tax laws which may be enacted over the term of the plan.  The  Company  has also
awarded  stock  option  grants  outside  the 1993  Plan  to certain  non-officer
employees and to certain officers at the time of their hire.

                                       54
<PAGE>

     The  Southwestern  Energy  Company  1993 Stock  Incentive  Plan for Outside
Directors  provides for annual stock option grants of 12,000 shares (with 12,000
limited SARs) to each  non-employee  director.  Options may be awarded under the
plan on no more than 240,000 shares.

     The Company's 1985  Nonqualified  Stock Option Plan expired in 1992, except
with respect to awards then  outstanding.  The following  tables summarize stock
option activity for the years 1999,  1998, and 1997 and provide  information for
options outstanding at December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             1999                   1998                   1997
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  Weighted               Weighted               Weighted
                                        Number     Average     Number     Average     Number     Average
                                          of      Exercise       of      Exercise       of      Exercise
                                        Shares      Price      Shares      Price      Shares      Price
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>
Options outstanding at January 1      1,634,901    $12.15    1,619,114    $13.37    1,501,641    $13.39
Granted                                 562,250     $6.18      394,900     $8.00      433,248    $12.58
Exercised                                 1,333     $7.31       22,200     $5.58       56,850     $5.96
Canceled                                134,619    $12.68      356,913    $13.48      258,925    $13.82
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Options outstanding at December 31    2,061,199    $10.49    1,634,901    $12.15    1,619,114    $13.37
========================================================================================================

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Options Outstanding                     Options Exercisable
                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Weighted
                                        Weighted      Average                          Weighted
                           Options       Average     Remaining            Options       Average
   Range of              Outstanding    Exercise    Contractual         Exercisable    Exercise
Exercise Prices          at Year End      Price     Life (Years)        at Year End      Price
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>           <C>
$6.00 - $9.44               880,550       $6.59         9.5               110,758        $7.35
$10.06 - $13.38             636,934      $12.09         6.1               480,153       $12.14
$14.00 - $17.50             543,715      $14.95         5.4               393,048       $15.09
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          2,061,199      $10.49         7.4               983,959       $12.78
===============================================================================================

</TABLE>

     All options are issued at fair market value at the date of grant and expire
ten years  from the date of  grant.  Options  generally  vest to  employees  and
directors over a three to four year period from the date of grant.  Of the total
options  outstanding,  325,000  performance  accelerated options were granted in
1994 at an option price of $14.63.  These  options vest over a four-year  period
beginning  six years  from the date of grant or  earlier  if  certain  corporate
performance criteria are achieved.

     The Company has granted  303,240  shares of  restricted  stock to employees
through 1999. Of this total,  260,690  shares vest over a three-year  period and
the  remaining  shares vest over a five-year  period.  The related  compensation
expense is being  amortized over the vesting  periods.  As of December 31, 1999,
103,213  shares have vested to employees and 11,246  shares have been  cancelled
and returned to treasury shares.

                                       55
<PAGE>

     The  Company  applies  the  disclosure-only  provisions  of SFAS  No.  123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." Accordingly, no compensation cost has
been  recognized  for the stock  option  plans.  Had  compensation  cost for the
Company's stock option plans been  determined  consistent with the provisions of
SFAS No. 123, the  Company's  net income  (loss) and  earnings  (loss) per share
would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1999        1998        1997
                                                  ------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>       <C>          <C>
Net income (loss), in thousands
     As reported                                  $9,927    $(30,597)    $18,715
     Pro forma                                    $9,241    $(31,201)    $18,378
Basic earnings (loss) per share
     As reported                                    $.40      $(1.23)       $.76
     Pro forma                                      $.37      $(1.25)       $.74
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
     As reported                                    $.40      $(1.23)       $.76
     Pro forma                                      $.37      $(1.25)       $.74
================================================================================

</TABLE>

     Because  the SFAS No.  123  method of  accounting  has not been  applied to
options  granted prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma  compensation
cost may not be  representative of that to be expected in future years. The fair
value  of each  option  grant  is  estimated  on the  date of  grant  using  the
Black-Scholes   option   pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted-average
assumptions:  dividend  yield of 2.3% to 4.0%;  expected  volatility of 37.0% to
39.0%; risk-free interest rate of 6.0% to 6.6%; and expected lives of 6 years.

(10) COMMON STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS

     In 1999, the Company's  Common Share  Purchase  Rights Plan was amended and
extended for an additional  ten years.  Per the terms of the amended  plan,  one
common  share  purchase  right  is  attached  to each  outstanding  share of the
Company's common stock.  Each right entitles the holder to purchase one share of
common stock at an exercise price of $40.00, subject to adjustment. These rights
will  become  exercisable  in the  event  that a  person  or group  acquires  or
commences  a  tender  or  exchange  offer  for  15% or  more  of  the  Company's
outstanding  shares or the Board  determines that a holder of 10% or more of the
Company's  outstanding  shares  presents a threat to the best  interests  of the
Company. At no time will these rights have any voting power.

     If any person or entity  actually  acquires 15% of the common stock (10% or
more if the Board determines such acquiror is adverse), rightholders (other than
the 15% or 10% stockholder) will be entitled to buy, at the right's then current
exercise  price,  the  Company's  common  stock with a market value of twice the
exercise  price.  Similarly,  if the  Company is  acquired  in a merger or other
business  combination,  each right will entitle its holder to  purchase,  at the
right's then current exercise price, a number of the surviving  company's common
shares having a market value at that time of twice the right's exercise price.

     The rights may be redeemed by the Board for $.01 per right or exchanged for
common  shares  on a  one-for-one  basis  prior to the  time  that  they  become
exercisable.  In the event, however, that redemption of the rights is considered
in connection with a proposed  acquisition of the Company,  the Board may redeem
the  rights   only  on  the   recommendation

                                       56
<PAGE>

of its  independent  directors  (nonmanagement  directors who are not affiliated
with the proposed acquiror). These rights expire in 2009.

(11) CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

     The  Company  and  the  other  general  partner  of  NOARK  have  severally
guaranteed the principal and interest  payments on NOARK's 7.15% Notes due 2018.
The  Company's  share of the several  guarantee is 60%. At December 31, 1999 and
1998,  the  principal  outstanding  for these Notes was $77.0  million and $79.0
million,   respectively.  The  Notes  were  issued  in  June  1998  and  require
semi-annual  principal payments of $1.0 million.  The proceeds from the issuance
of the  Notes  were  used to repay  temporary  financing  provided  by the other
general  partner and  outstanding  amounts under an unsecured  revolving  credit
agreement.  The temporary  financing  provided by the other general  partner was
incurred in connection with the prepayment in early 1998 of NOARK's 9.74% Senior
Secured notes. Under the several guarantee,  the Company is required to fund its
share of NOARK's debt service which is not funded by operations of the pipeline.
As a result of the integration of NOARK Pipeline with the Ozark Gas Transmission
System,  as discussed further in Note 7, management of the Company believes that
it will realize its investment in NOARK over the life of the system.  Therefore,
no  provision  for  any  loss  has  been  made  in  the  accompanying  financial
statements.   Additionally,   the  Company's  gas  distribution  subsidiary  has
transportation  contracts for firm capacity of 82.3 MMcfd on NOARK's  integrated
pipeline  system.  These  contracts  expire in 2002 and 2003,  and are renewable
year-to-year thereafter until terminated by 180 days' notice.

     In May 1996, a class action suit was filed against the Company on behalf of
royalty owners alleging  improprieties in the disbursements of royalty proceeds.
A trial was held on the class action suit  beginning in late September 1998 that
resulted  in  a  verdict  against  the  Company  and  two  of  its  wholly-owned
subsidiaries,  SEECO,  Inc. and Arkansas  Western Gas Company,  in the amount of
$62.1 million. The trial judge subsequently awarded pre-judgment  interest in an
amount of $31.1 million, and post-judgment interest accrued from the date of the
judgment  at the rate of 10% per annum  simple  interest.  The  Company has been
required by the state  court to post a judgment  bond which now stands at $109.3
million   (verdict   amount  plus   pre-judgment   interest  and  20  months  of
post-judgment  interest) in order to stay the jury's verdict and proceed with an
appeal process.  The bond was placed by a surety company and was  collateralized
by unsecured letters of credit.

     The  verdict  was  returned  following  a trial on the  issues of the class
action lawsuit  brought by certain  royalty  owners of SEECO,  Inc., who contend
that since 1979 the defendants breached implied covenants in certain oil and gas
leases,  misrepresented  or failed to disclose  material facts to royalty owners
concerning gas purchase contracts between the Company's subsidiaries, and failed
to fulfill other  alleged  common law duties to the members of the royalty owner
plaintiff  class.  The litigation was commenced in May 1996 and was disclosed by
the Company at that time.

     The Company  believes that the jury's  verdict was wrong as a matter of law
and fact and that incorrect  rulings by the trial judge  (including  evidentiary
rulings and prejudicial jury  instructions)  provide  significant  grounds for a
successful  appeal.  The Company had asked the trial judge to recuse himself due
to his apparent bias toward the  plaintiffs and had also filed a motion with the
trial court for judgment notwithstanding the verdict or, in the alternative, for
a new  trial.  These  motions  were  denied.  The  Company  has  filed  and will
vigorously  prosecute  an  appeal  in  the  Arkansas  Supreme  Court.  Based  on
discussions  with outside legal counsel  management  remains  confident that the
jury's verdict will be overturned and the case remanded for a new trial.  If the
Company is not  successful  in its appeal from the jury  verdict,  the Company's
financial  condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely
affected. However,

                                       57
<PAGE>

management  believes that the Company's  ultimate  liability,  if any, resulting
from this case will not be material to its  financial  position,  but in any one
year could be significant to the results of operations. At December 31, 1999 and
1998, no amounts had been accrued on this matter.

     In its Form 8-K filed July 2, 1996,  the Company  disclosed  that a lawsuit
relating  to  overriding  royalty  interests  in  certain  Arkansas  oil and gas
properties had been filed against it and two of its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.
The lawsuit,  which was brought by a party who was  originally  included in (but
opted out of) the class  action  litigation  described  above,  involves  claims
similar to those upon which  judgment was  rendered  against the Company and its
subsidiaries.  In  September  1998,  another  party  who  opted out of the class
threatened  the  Company  with  similar  litigation.  While the amounts of these
pending and threatened claims could be significant,  management believes,  based
on its extensive  investigations  and trial  preparation,  that these claims are
without merit, and that the Company's  ultimate  liability,  if any, will not be
material to its consolidated  financial position or results of operations.  This
matter  went to a non-jury  trial as to  liability  on January  10, 2000 and the
Company is awaiting the court's ruling.

     The United States  Minerals  Management  Service  (MMS),  a federal  agency
responsible  for  the   administration   of  federal  oil  and  gas  leases,  is
investigating  the Company and its  subsidiaries in respect of claims similar to
those in the class  action  litigation.  MMS was  included  in the class  action
litigation against its objections,  but has not pursued further action to remove
itself from the class. If MMS does remove itself from the class,  its claims may
be brought separately under federal statutes that provide for treble damages and
civil penalties. In such event, the Company believes it would have defenses that
were not available in the class action litigation. While the aggregate amount of
MMS's  claims  could  be  significant,   management   believes,   based  on  its
investigations,  that the  Company's  ultimate  liability,  if any,  will not be
material to its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

     As previously  reported,  the  Company's  subsidiary,  Southwestern  Energy
Production  Company  (SEPCO),  filed  suit  in  1997  against  several  parties,
including an outside consultant previously employed by SEPCO, alleging breach of
contract,  fraud,  and  other  causes  of action  in  connection  with  services
performed on SEPCO's south Louisiana exploration projects. On June 23, 1998, the
outside consultant filed a counterclaim  against SEPCO. In 1999, this matter was
settled  for an  amount  that was not  material  to the  Company's  consolidated
financial position or results of operations.

     The Company is subject to laws and  regulations  relating to the protection
of the environment.  The Company's policy is to accrue environmental and cleanup
related  costs of a noncapital  nature when it is both probable that a liability
has been  incurred and when the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  Management
believes any future  remediation or other compliance related costs will not have
a material effect on the financial position or reported results of operations of
the Company.

     The Company is subject to other  litigation  and claims that have arisen in
the  ordinary  course of  business.  The  Company  accrues for such items when a
liability is both  probable and the amount can be reasonably  estimated.  In the
opinion of management, the results of such litigation and claims will not have a
material  effect on the results of operations  or the financial  position of the
Company.

                                       58
<PAGE>

(12) SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The  Company  applies  SFAS No.  131,  "Disclosures  About  Segments  of an
Enterprise and Related  Information." The Company's reportable business segments
have been identified based on the differences in products or services  provided.
Revenues  for the  exploration  and  production  segment  are  derived  from the
production  and  sale  of  natural  gas  and  crude  oil.  Revenues  for the gas
distribution  segment arise from the  transportation  and sale of natural gas at
retail.  The marketing  segment  generates revenue through the marketing of both
Company and third party produced gas volumes.

     Summarized  financial  information for the Company's reportable segments is
shown in the  following  table.  The "Other"  column  includes  items related to
non-reportable  segments  (real estate and pipeline  operations)  and  corporate
items.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Exploration
                                                        and           Gas
                                                    Production    Distribution   Marketing   Other       Total
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (in thousands)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>           <C>       <C>        <C>
1999
Revenues from external customers                     $ 51,533       $132,293      $96,570   $     -    $280,396
Intersegment revenues                                  23,506            127       40,956       416      65,005
Operating income                                       16,451         17,187        2,142       278      36,058
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense       34,230          7,186           92        95      41,603
Interest expense (1)                                   11,345          5,027            -       979      17,351
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (1)                1,806          4,569          859      (785)      6,449
Assets                                                435,022        190,731       11,212    34,481(2)  671,446
Capital expenditures                                   59,004          7,124            9       830      66,967
===============================================================================================================
1998
Revenues from external customers                     $ 55,347       $134,579      $76,367   $    12    $266,305
Intersegment revenues                                  30,885            132       20,808       608      52,433
Operating income (loss)                               (47,273)        16,029        1,800       493     (28,951)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense       39,444          7,296           41       136      46,917
Write-down of oil and gas properties                   66,383              -            -         -      66,383
Interest expense (1)                                   10,906          5,299           38       943      17,186
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (1)              (23,238)         4,028          704      (990)    (19,496)
Assets                                                408,193        192,396        8,905    38,126(2)  647,620
Capital expenditures                                   52,376         10,108            8     1,867      64,359
===============================================================================================================
1997
Revenues from external customers                     $ 56,658       $153,993      $65,435   $   103    $276,189
Intersegment revenues                                  43,471            162       17,372       601      61,606
Operating income                                       33,303         16,941        1,315       377      51,936
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense       40,777          7,227           26       178      48,208
Interest expense (1)                                   10,090          5,484          100       740      16,414
Provision (benefit) for income taxes (1)                9,054          4,157          476    (1,897)     11,790
Assets                                                460,193        204,223        7,085    39,365(2)  710,866
Capital expenditures                                   73,526         12,561           45     2,689      88,821
===============================================================================================================

<FN>
(1) Interest expense and the provision  (benefit) for income taxes by segment is
an allocation of corporate  amounts as debt and income tax expense (benefit) are
incurred at the corporate level.

(2) Other assets includes the Company's  equity  investment in the operations of
NOARK (see Note 7), corporate  assets not allocated to segments,  and assets for
non-reportable segments.

</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       59
<PAGE>

     Intersegment  sales by the exploration and production segment and marketing
segment to the gas  distribution  segment are priced in accordance with terms of
existing contracts and current market conditions.  Parent company assets include
furniture and fixtures,  prepaid debt costs,  and prepaid pension costs.  Parent
company general and administrative  costs,  depreciation expense and taxes other
than income are  allocated  to segments.  All of the  Company's  operations  are
located within the United States.

(13) QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)

     The following is a summary of the quarterly  results of operations  for the
years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Quarter Ended                                  March 31      June 30    September 30    December 31
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     (in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                                                       1999
                                               ----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>              <C>            <C>
Operating revenues                              $78,220      $56,039         $60,400        $85,737
Operating income                                $19,929       $1,541          $1,664        $12,924
Net income (loss)                                $9,132      $(1,704)        $(1,935)        $4,434
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share        $.37        $(.07)          $(.08)          $.18

                                                                       1998
                                               ----------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues                              $82,956      $56,334         $53,551        $73,464
Operating income (loss)                         $19,923     $(63,835)         $2,914        $12,047
Net income (loss)                                $9,072     $(42,058)        $(1,331)        $3,720
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share        $.37       $(1.70)          $(.05)          $.15
===================================================================================================

</TABLE>

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     There  have  been  no  changes  in or  disagreements  with  accountants  on
accounting and financial disclosure.

Part III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     The definitive  Proxy Statement to holders of the Company's Common Stock in
connection  with the  solicitation of proxies to be used in voting at the Annual
Meeting of  Shareholders on May 24, 2000 (the 2000 Proxy  Statement),  is hereby
incorporated  by reference  for the purpose of providing  information  about the
identification of directors.  Refer to the sections  "Election of Directors" and
"Security  Ownership  of  Directors,   Nominees,  and  Executive  Officers"  for
information concerning the directors.

     Information concerning executive officers is presented in Part I, Item 4 of
this Form 10-K.

                                       60
<PAGE>

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The 2000  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose of providing  information  about  executive  compensation.  Refer to the
section "Executive Compensation."

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     The 2000  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose of providing  information about security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and  management.  Refer to the  sections  "Security  Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners" and "Security Ownership of Directors, Nominees, and Executive
Officers" for information about security  ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The 2000  Proxy  Statement  is hereby  incorporated  by  reference  for the
purpose  of  providing  information  about  related  transactions.  Refer to the
section "Security Ownership of Directors,  Nominees, and Executive Officers" for
information about transactions with members of the Company's Board of Directors.

Part IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  (1)  The  consolidated   financial   statements  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  and the report of independent  public  accountants are included in
Item 8 of this Report.

     (2) The  consolidated  financial  statement  schedules  have  been  omitted
because  they  are not  required  under  the  related  instructions,  or are not
applicable.

     (3) The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index (pages 63 and 64)
are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

(b) Reports on Form 8-K:
     A Current  Report on Form 8-K was filed on October 20, 1999,  referencing a
press release  issued on October 19, 1999,  announcing the sale of the Company's
Missouri utility assets to Atmos Energy for $32.0 million.

                                       61
<PAGE>

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly caused the report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY
                                                ---------------------------
                                                        (Registrant)

Dated: March 29, 2000                        BY:    /s/ Greg D. Kerley
                                                ---------------------------
                                                      Greg D. Kerley
                                                 Executive Vice President
                                                and Chief Financial Officer

     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 29, 2000.

   /s/ Harold M. Korell                  President, Chief Executive Officer
- ---------------------------              and Director
     Harold M. Korell

    /s/ Greg D. Kerley                   Executive Vice President
- ---------------------------              and Chief Financial Officer
     Greg D. Kerley

  /s/ Stanley T. Wilson                  Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
- ---------------------------
    Stanley T. Wilson

  /s/ Charles E. Scharlau                Director and Chairman
- ---------------------------
    Charles E. Scharlau

  /s/ Lewis E. Epley, Jr.                Director
- ---------------------------
   Lewis E. Epley, Jr.

/s/ John Paul Hammerschmidt              Director
- ---------------------------
  John Paul Hammerschmidt

   /s/ Robert L. Howard                  Director
- ---------------------------
    Robert L. Howard

   /s/ Kenneth R. Mourton                Director
- ---------------------------
     Kenneth R. Mourton

     Supplemental  Information  to be Furnished  With Reports Filed  Pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Act by  Registrants  Which Have Not  Registered  Securities
Pursuant of Section 12 of the Act.

                                 Not Applicable

                                       62
<PAGE>

EXHIBIT INDEX

   Exhibit
     No.                            Description
   -------                          -----------
    3.     Articles of Incorporation  and  Bylaws of the  Company  (amended  and
           restated  Articles of  Incorporation  incorporated  by  reference  to
           Exhibit 3 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December
           31,  1993);  Bylaws of the  Company  (amended  Bylaws of the  Company
           incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 3 to Annual Report on Form 10-K
           for the year ended December 31, 1994).

    4.1    Amended and Restated  Rights  Agreement, dated  April 12, 1999 (filed
           herewith).


    4.2    Prospectus,  Registration  Statement,  and Indenture  on 6.70% Senior
           Notes due December 1, 2005 and issued December 5, 1995  (incorporated
           by reference to the  Company's  Forms S-3 and S-3/A filed on November
           1,  1995,  and  November  17,  1995,  respectively,  and  also to the
           Company's  filings  of a  Prospectus  and  Prospectus  Supplement  on
           November 22, 1995, and December 4, 1995, respectively).

    4.3    Prospectus  Supplement  and  Form  of   Distribution    Agreement  on
           $125,000,000 of Medium-Term Notes dated February 21, 1997 (Prospectus
           Supplement  incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  filing of a
           Prospectus  Supplement  on February  21, 1997,  Form of  Distribution
           Agreement  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10 filed with the
           Company's Form 8-K dated February 21, 1997).

           Material Contracts:
   10.1    Gas Purchase Contract between SEECO,  Inc. and Associated Natural Gas
           Company,  dated  October 1, 1990,  and as amended  September 30, 1997
           (original contract  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual
           Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31, 1990;  amendment
           incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit 10.2 to Annual  Report on Form
           10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

   10.2    Compensation Plans:
           (a) Summary of Southwestern  Energy  Company  Annual  and   Long-Term
               Incentive  Compensation  Plan,  effective  January  1,  1985,  as
               amended July 10, 1989  (replaced by  Southwestern  Energy Company
               Incentive Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 1993) (original
               plan  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1984;  first  amendment
               thereto  incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989).

           (b) Southwestern  Energy   Company   Incentive   Compensation   Plan,
               effective January 1, 1993, and Amended and Restated as of January
               1, 1999  (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.2(b) to Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).

           (c) Nonqualified Stock Option  Plan, effective  February 22, 1985, as
               amended July 10, 1989  (replaced by  Southwestern  Energy Company
               1993 Stock  Incentive  Plan,  dated April 7, 1993) (original plan
               incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report on Form
               10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1985;   amended  plan
               incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10 to Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989).

           (d) Southwestern  Energy  Company 1993  Stock  Incentive  Plan, dated
               April 7, 1993 and  Amended and  Restated as of February  18, 1998
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(d) to Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).

           (e) Southwestern Energy Company 1993 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside
               Directors,  dated April 7, 1993 (incorporated by reference to the
               appendix filed with the Company's  definitive  Proxy Statement to
               holders of the  Registrant's  Common Stock in connection with the
               solicitation  of  proxies  to be used  in  voting  at the  Annual
               Meeting of Shareholders on May 26, 1993).

                                       63
<PAGE>

   Exhibit
     No.                            Description
   -------                          -----------
   10.3    Southwestern  Energy Company  Supplemental  Retirement Plan,  adopted
           May 31, 1989,  and Amended and Restated as of December 15, 1993,  and
           as further  amended  February  1, 1996  (amended  and  restated  plan
           incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit 10.5 to Annual  Report on Form
           10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993;  amendment  dated February
           1, 1996,  incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Annual Report
           on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).

   10.4    Southwestern Energy Company Supplemental Retirement Plan Trust, dated
           December  30, 1993  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit  10.6 to
           Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993).

   10.5    Southwestern Energy Company Nonqualified  Retirement Plan,  effective
           October 4, 1995  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Annual
           Report of Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).

   10.6    Employment and  Consulting Agreement for  Charles E. Scharlau,  dated
           May 21, 1998  (incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 10.9 to Annual
           Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998).

   10.7    Employment  Agreement for  Harold M. Korell, effective April 28, 1997
           (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Annual Report on Form
           10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

   10.8    Form of Indemnity  Agreement,  between the  Company and  each officer
           and  director of the Company  (incorporated  by  reference to Exhibit
           10.20 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year ended  December 31,
           1991).

   10.9    Form of Executive  Severance  Agreement for the Executive Officers of
           the Company,  effective  February 17, 1999 (incorporated by reference
           to  Exhibit  10.12 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended
           December 31, 1998).

   10.10   Omnibus  Project  Agreement  of   NOARK  Pipeline   System,   Limited
           Partnership  by  and  among  Southwestern  Energy  Pipeline  Company,
           Southwestern  Energy Company,  Enogex Arkansas Pipeline  Corporation,
           and Enogex Inc., dated January 12, 1998 (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit  10.17 to  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the year  ended
           December 31, 1997).


   10.11   Amended and Restated Limited Partnership  Agreement of NOARK Pipeline
           System,  Limited  Partnership dated January 12, 1998 and amended June
           18, 1998 (amended and restated agreement incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit  10.18 to  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the year  ended
           December 31, 1997; first amendment thereto  incorporated by reference
           to  Exhibit  10.14 to Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the year  ended
           December 31, 1998).

   10.12   Asset Sale and  Purchase Agreement by  and among Southwestern  Energy
           Company,  Arkansas Western Gas Company and Atmos Energy  Corporation,
           dated October 15, 1999 (filed herewith).

   21.     Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit
           21  to  Annual  Report  on Form 10-K  for the year ended December 31,
           1996).

   23.     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP (filed herewith).

   27.     Financial Data Schedule for the  year ended December 31, 1999  (filed
           herewith).

                                       64







                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

                                       AND

                     FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                                  Rights Agent

                            -------------------------

                      Amended and Restated Rights Agreement

                           Dated as of April 12, 1999


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

     Section                                                                                                   Page
     <S>                                                                                                         <C>
     Section l.   Certain Definitions.............................................................................1

     Section 2.   Appointment of Rights Agent.....................................................................6

     Section 3.   Issue of Right Certificates.....................................................................6

     Section 4.   Form of Right Certificates......................................................................7

     Section 5.   Countersignature and Registration...............................................................8

     Section 6.   Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates;
                  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates.........................................8

     Section 7.   Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights...................................9

     Section 8.   Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates.............................................10

     Section 9.   Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock..................................................10

     Section 10.   Holders of Record.............................................................................12

     Section 11.   Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights............................12

     Section 12.   Certification of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares..................................19

     Section 13.   Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power..........................20

     Section 14.   Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.......................................................23

     Section 15.   Rights of Action..............................................................................24

     Section 16.   Agreement of Right Holders....................................................................24

     Section 17.   Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder.............................................25

     Section 18.   Concerning the Rights Agent...................................................................25

     Section 19.   Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.....................................25

     Section 20.   Duties of Rights Agent........................................................................26

     Section 21.   Change of Rights Agent........................................................................28

                                        i
<PAGE>

     Section                                                                                                   Page

     Section 22.   Issuance of New Right Certificates............................................................28

     Section 23.   Redemption....................................................................................29

     Section 24.   Exchange......................................................................................30

     Section 25.   Notice of Certain Events......................................................................31

     Section 26.   Notices.......................................................................................32

     Section 27.   Supplements and Amendments....................................................................32

     Section 28.   Successors....................................................................................33

     Section 29.   Benefits of this Agreement....................................................................33

     Section 30.   Severability..................................................................................33

     Section 31.   Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors, etc.....................................33

     Section 32.   Governing Law.................................................................................34

     Section 33.   Counterparts..................................................................................34

     Section 34.   Descriptive Headings..........................................................................34


     Exhibit A        Form of Right Certificate

     Exhibit B        Summary of Rights to Purchase Shares of Common Stock

</TABLE>






                                       ii
<PAGE>



                      AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  This Amended and Restated Rights Agreement (this "Agreement or
"Amended and Restated Rights  Agreement"),  dated as of April 12, 1999,  between
Southwestern Energy Company, an Arkansas corporation (the "Company"),  and First
Chicago Trust Company of New York (the "Rights Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                               - - - - - - - - - -

                  WHEREAS, on May 5, 1989 (the "Declaration Date"), the Board of
Directors  of the  Company  authorized  and  declared  a  dividend  of one right
representing  the right to purchase one share of Common Stock upon the terms and
subject to the  conditions set forth in a Rights  Agreement,  dated May 5, 1989,
between the Company and the Rights Agent (the "1989 Rights  Agreement") for each
outstanding share of common stock,  $2.50 par value, of the Company  outstanding
at the close of business on May 19, 1989 (the "Record Date"), and authorized the
issuance of one Right with respect to each share of Common Stock (as hereinafter
defined) that shall become  outstanding  between the Record Date and the earlier
of the Distribution  Date and the Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter
defined),  each Right initially  representing the right to purchase one share of
Common Stock upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;

                  WHEREAS,  the Company declared a three-for-one  stock split in
1993 and,  in  connection  with such  split,  the number of Rights was  adjusted
pursuant to Section 11 of the 1989 Rights  Agreement such that each  certificate
for Common Stock  outstanding as of the date of this Amended and Restated Rights
Agreement also represents one Right under the 1989 Rights Agreement representing
the right to  purchase  one share of Common  Stock upon the terms and subject to
the conditions set forth in the 1989 Rights Agreement;

                  WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors have  authorized and approved
the amendment and  restatement  in its entirety of the 1989 Rights  Agreement in
order to extend  the  Expiration  Date  until  April 11,  2009 and to make other
changes and provisions  that they have determined are necessary or desirable and
do not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Rights;

                  WHEREAS,  in  compliance  with the terms of  Section 26 of the
1989  Rights  Agreement,  the Company has (i)  delivered  to the Rights  Agent a
certificate  from an  appropriate  officer of the Company which states that this
Agreement  has been  approved  by the  Company's  Board of  Directors  and is in
compliance  with the terms of Section 26 of the 1989 Rights  Agreement  and (ii)
instructed the Rights Agent to execute this Agreement;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and the
mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                  Section l.    Certain  Definitions.    For  purposes  of  this
Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:

                  (a)  "Acquiring   Person"  shall  mean   (i)  any  Person  (as
hereinafter defined), together with all Affiliates and Associates (as such terms
are hereinafter  defined) of such Person,

<PAGE>

who or which shall,  subsequent to the Declaration  Date,  become the Beneficial
Owner (as hereinafter defined) of 15% or more of the shares of Common Stock then
outstanding  (other  than as a  result  of an  Approved  Offer  (as  hereinafter
defined),  or (ii) any Person who is an Adverse Person (as hereinafter  defined)
or (iii) any Person, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person,
who or which is, on the Declaration Date, the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of
the shares of Common Stock then  outstanding  if,  subsequent to the Declaration
Date,  such Person,  together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person,
shall  increase  its  Beneficial  Ownership  of  shares  of  Common  Stock by an
additional 1% or more of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding;  provided,
however,  that (x) a Person shall not become an Acquiring Person if such Person,
together with its Affiliates and Associates,  shall become the Beneficial  Owner
of 15% or more (in the case of clause (i) above) or an additional 1% or more (in
the case of clause (iii)  above) of the shares of Common Stock then  outstanding
solely  as a result of a  reduction  in the  number  of  shares of Common  Stock
outstanding  due to the  repurchase  of shares of Common  Stock by the  Company,
unless and until such time as such Person shall purchase or otherwise become (as
a result of actions taken by such Person or its  Affiliates or  Associates)  the
Beneficial Owner of additional shares of Common Stock constituting 1% or more of
the then outstanding  shares of Common Stock;  (y) "Acquiring  Person" shall not
include any Company Entity (as defined below);  and (z) "Acquiring Person" shall
not include any Person who  becomes the  Beneficial  Owner of 15% or more (or an
additional  1% or more),  of the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock but who
acquired   beneficial   ownership  of  shares  of  Common  Stock   inadvertently
(including,  without  limitation,  because (i) such  Person was unaware  that it
Beneficially Owned 15% or more of the Common Stock or (ii) such Person was aware
of the extent of such beneficial  ownership but such Person acquired  beneficial
ownership of such shares of Common Stock without any plan or intention to change
or influence the control of the Company),  and such Person  promptly (and in any
event within ten Business  Days after being so requested by the Company)  enters
into an irrevocable commitment  satisfactory to the Company's Board of Directors
promptly (and in any event within twenty Business Days or such shorter period as
shall  be  determined  by the  Company's  Board of  Directors)  to  divest,  and
thereafter promptly divests as required by such commitment, sufficient shares of
Common  Stock so that  such  Person  (together  with all of its  Affiliates  and
Associates)  ceases to be a Beneficial  Owner of 15% or more of shares of Common
Stock.

                  (b)  "Adverse  Person" shall mean any Person declared to be an
Adverse  Person by the Board of Directors  of the Company  upon a  determination
that such Person, alone or together with its Affiliates and Associates,  has, at
any time after the Declaration  Date, become the Beneficial Owner of a number of
shares of Common Stock that the Board of Directors  determines to be substantial
(which  amount  shall in no event be less than 10% of the shares of Common Stock
then  outstanding)  and a determination  by a majority of the Board of Directors
after reasonable inquiry and an investigation,  including consultation with such
persons  as the Board of  Directors  shall  deem  appropriate,  that (a) as such
Beneficial  Ownership  by such  Person  is  intended  to cause  the  Company  to
repurchase  the shares of Common Stock  beneficially  owned by such Person or to
cause  pressure  on the Company to take  action or enter into a  transaction  or
series of transactions intended to provide such Person with short-term financial
gain under circumstances  where the Board of Directors  determines that the best
long-term  interest of the Company and its  shareholders  would not be served by
taking such action or entering into such

                                       2
<PAGE>

transaction  or  series  of  transactions  at that  time or (b) such  Beneficial
Ownership is causing or reasonably  likely to cause a material adverse impact on
the business or prospects of the Company.  The failure by the Board of Directors
of the Company to declare a Person to be an Adverse Person following such Person
becoming the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock  shall not imply that such  Person is not an  Adverse  Person or limit the
Board's  right at any time in the future to declare such Person to be an Adverse
Person.

                  (c)  "Affiliate" shall have the meaning  ascribed to such term
in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  as in effect on the date of this
Amended and Restated Rights Agreement.

                  (d)  "Approved Offer"  shall mean a  tender or  exchange offer
for all  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  that is at a price and on terms
approved,  prior to the  acceptance  for payment of shares  under such tender or
exchange  offer,  by the Board of Directors of the Company  based upon the prior
recommendation  of a majority of its  Independent  Directors  at a time at which
there are at least two Independent Directors.

                  (e)  "Associate"  shall include (x) any Person included in the
definition of  "Associate" in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on
the date of this Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, and (y) any Affiliate of
any such Person.

                  (f)  A Person  shall be  deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of, and
shall be deemed to "beneficially own," any securities:

                           (i)  which  such  Person  or  any  of  such  Person's
         Affiliates or Associates  beneficially owns, directly or indirectly (as
         determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 or 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in
         effect on the date of this Agreement);

                           (ii)  which  such  Person  or  any of  such  Person's
         Affiliates or Associates has, directly or indirectly:  (A) the right to
         acquire  (whether such right is  exercisable  immediately or only after
         the passage of time or the  satisfaction  of one or more  conditions or
         both) pursuant to any agreement  (other than customary  agreements with
         and between  underwriters  and selling  group members with respect to a
         bona fide public offering of securities),  arrangement or understanding
         (whether in writing or not), or upon the exercise of conversion rights,
         exchange  rights,  rights  (other  than the Rights  described  herein),
         warrants or options,  or otherwise  (provided,  however,  that a Person
         shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial  Owner of, or to  beneficially
         own,  any security  solely  because  such  security  has been  tendered
         pursuant  to a tender or  exchange  offer made by such Person or any of
         such Person's  Affiliates or Associates until such tendered security is
         accepted for payment or exchange);  or (B) the right to vote or dispose
         of, or to direct the vote or  disposition  of, alone or in concert with
         others,  pursuant  to  any  agreement,   arrangement  or  understanding
         (whether in writing or not); provided, however, that a Person shall not
         be deemed  pursuant to this clause (ii)(B) to be the  Beneficial  Owner
         of, or to beneficially own, any security if the agreement,  arrangement
         or  understanding  to vote,  or direct the vote of, such  security  (1)
         arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person or
         any of such  Person's  Affiliates or Associates in response to a public
         proxy or

                                       3
<PAGE>

         consent  solicitation  made  pursuant to,  and in  accordance with, the
         applicable rules and regulations  under the Exchange Act and (2) is not
         also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act; or

                           (iii)  which  are  beneficially  owned,  directly  or
         indirectly,  by any other  Person with which such Person or any of such
         Person's  Affiliates  or  Associates  has  any  agreement  (other  than
         customary  agreements with and between  underwriters  and selling group
         members  with  respect to a bona fide public  offering of  securities),
         arrangement  or  understanding  (whether  or not in  writing)  for  the
         purpose of acquiring,  holding,  voting (except pursuant to a revocable
         proxy or consent as described in clause (ii) (B) of this paragraph (c))
         or disposing of any securities of the Company.

         If a  Person  shall  be  deemed  to be  the  Beneficial  Owner  of  any
         securities which are not  outstanding,  such securities shall be deemed
         to be outstanding  for purposes of determining the percentage of Common
         Stock  beneficially  owned  by such  Person  but all  other  securities
         (including securities of the same class) not actually outstanding shall
         not be deemed outstanding for such purposes.

                  (e)  "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of
the Company.

                  (f)  "Business  Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,
Sunday,  or a day on  which  banking  institutions  in the  State of New York or
Illinois are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

                  (g)  "Close of  business"  on any given  date  shall mean 5:00
P.M., New York City time, on such date; provided,  however, that if such date is
not a  Business  Day it shall mean 5:00  P.M.,  New York City time,  on the next
succeeding Business Day.

                  (h)  "Common  Stock"  shall  mean the common  stock  $0.10 par
value,  of the  Company (as it may be  constituted  from time to time during the
term of this Agreement),  except that "Common Stock" when used with reference to
any Person other than the Company (or, in the case of a transaction  referred to
in Section 13  hereof,  if the  Company  is the  successor  to the other  Person
referred  to in  clause  (a),  (b) or (c) of  Section  13,  or is the  surviving
corporation,  when thereafter used with reference to the Company) shall mean the
capital (or, in the case of a partnership or other  unincorporated  entity,  the
equivalent  equity  interest)  with the  greatest  voting  power of such Person,
together  with all rights and  benefits  (however  denominated  or  constituted)
relating to such capital stock  (including,  without  limitation,  any rights or
warrants to acquire  additional shares of such capital stock or other securities
or assets,  or to  participate  in any trust for the  benefit of holders of such
shares, or to share in the benefits of any agreements or other  arrangements for
the benefit of such  holders),  whether or not such rights are yet  exercisable,
and together with any other securities which are represented by the certificates
for such shares or are transferred in connection with transfers of such shares.

                  (i)  "Company Entity" shall mean the Company, any wholly owned
Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) of the Company, any employee benefit plan or
employee  stock plan of the Company or of any of its wholly owned  Subsidiaries,
or any Person holding Common Stock

                                       4
<PAGE>

which was organized,  appointed or  established  by the  Company  or any  of its
wholly  owned  Subsidiaries  for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan

                  (j)  "Person" shall  mean any  individual, firm,  corporation,
partnership or other entity.

                  (k)  "Stock  Acquisition  Date" shall mean the time and day of
the first  public  announcement  (which for purposes of this  definition,  shall
include,  without  limitation,  the filing of a report  pursuant to the Exchange
Act) by the Company or an Acquiring  Person  containing  information  indicating
that an Acquiring Person has become such. For purposes hereof, in the event that
it is publicly  announced that any Person has acquired  beneficial  ownership of
sufficient  shares of Common  Stock to cause such Person to become an  Acquiring
Person under clause (i) or clause (iii) of the  definition of Acquiring  Person,
such Person shall not be deemed an Acquiring  Person for up to ten Business Days
(or such shorter  period as shall be  determined  by the Board of  Directors) if
such  Person  advises  the  Company  that  it  acquired   beneficial   ownership
inadvertently (within the meaning of clause (z) of the proviso to the definition
of an Acquiring  Person) and the Board of Directors is  continuing  to determine
whether such Person qualifies for the exclusion contained in such clause (z).

                  (l)  "Subsidiary"  shall mean, with respect to any Person, any
corporation or other entity as to which such Person beneficially owns sufficient
voting  securities or other  ownership  interests  having  ordinary voting power
sufficient, in the absence of contingencies, to elect at least a majority of its
directors (or individuals performing similar functions).

                  (m)  The terms  set forth  below are  defined in  the Sections
indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           Term                                                 Section
<S>                                                          <C>
Act                                                          7 (c)
Common Stock Equivalent                                      11 (a) (iv) (B)
current market price                                         11 (d)
Current Value                                                11 (a) (iv) (A)
Declaration Date                                             Recitals
Distribution Date                                            3 (a)
Exchange Act                                                 1 (c)
Exchange Ratio                                               24
Expiration Date                                              7 (a)
Final Expiration Date                                        7 (a)
Independent Director                                         23
Principal Party                                              13(b)
Proposed Acquiror                                            23
Purchase Price                                               7 (b)
Record Date                                                  Recitals
Redemption Price                                             23
Right                                                        Recitals
Right Certificates                                           3 (a)

                                       5
<PAGE>

Rights Agent                                                 Recitals
Section 13 Event                                             13(a)
Security                                                     11 (d) (i)
Spread                                                       11 (a) (iv) (A)
Substitution Period                                          11 (a) (iv)
Summary of Rights                                            3 (b)
Trading Day                                                  11(d)(i)

</TABLE>

                  Section 2.  Appointment  of Rights Agent.  The Company  hereby
appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company and the holders of the
Rights in accordance with the terms and conditions  hereof, and the Rights Agent
hereby accepts such appointment.  The Company may from time to time appoint such
Co-Rights  Agents as it may deem  necessary or desirable.  In the event that the
Company  appoints one or more Co-Rights  Agents,  the  respective  duties of the
Rights Agent and any Co-Rights Agents shall be as the Company shall determine.

                  Section 3.  Issue of Right Certificates.  (a)  Until the close
of business on the  earlier of (i)  the  tenth  Business  Day  after  the  Stock
Acquisition  Date (including any such date which is after the  Declaration  Date
even if prior to the  Record  Date),  and (ii) the tenth  Business  Day (or such
later  day as may be  determined  by action  of the  Board of  Directors  of the
Company prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring  Person) after the
date of the commencement  of, or the first public  announcement of the intent of
any  Person  (other  than a Company  Entity) to  commence  (which  intention  to
commence  remains in effect for five Business Days after such  announcement),  a
tender or exchange  offer the  consummation  of which would result in any person
becoming an Acquiring  Person (the  earlier of the dates  referred to in clauses
(i) and (ii) above being herein referred to as the "Distribution Date"), (x) the
Rights will be evidenced  (subject to the  provisions  of paragraph  (b) of this
Section 3) by the  certificates  for the Common Stock registered in the names of
the holders of the Common Stock (which  certificates for Common Stock shall also
be deemed  (other than for purposes of this Section 3 and any  provision of this
Agreement  referring  to  the  issuance  of  Rights  Certificates)  to be  Right
Certificates  (as such term is  hereinafter  defined)) and not by separate Right
Certificates,  and (y) the Rights (and the right to receive Right  Certificates)
will be transferable only  simultaneously  and together with the transfer of the
underlying shares of Common Stock. As soon as practicable after the Distribution
Date,  subject to Section  11(a)(iii)  hereof,  the  Company  shall  prepare and
execute and the Rights  Agent will  countersign,  and the  Company  will send or
cause to be sent, by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of
the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution  Date, as shown
by the  records of the  Company,  at the  address of such  holder  shown on such
records, a right  certificate,  substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a
"Right  Certificate"),  evidencing  one Right for each share of Common  Stock so
held,  subject to  adjustment as herein  provided.  As of and after the close of
business on the  Distribution  Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such
Right  Certificates  and may be  transferred  only by the transfer of the Rights
Certificates as permitted hereby,  separately and apart from any transfer of one
or more shares of Common Stock.

                  (b)  As soon as practicable after the date of this Amended and
Restated  Agreement,  the  Company  will mail a copy of the Summary of Rights to
Purchase  Common Stock

                                       6
<PAGE>

in the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B (the  "Summary  of  Rights"),  by
first-class,  postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of the Common Stock as
of the close of  business  on the Record  Date,  as shown by the  records of the
Company,  at the address of such holder shown on such  records.  With respect to
certificates  for Common  Stock  outstanding  as of the close of business on the
date of this Amended and Restated  Agreement or issued prior to the Distribution
Date, until the  Distribution  Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such
certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof (whether or not such
certificates  contain the legend contemplated by Section 3(c) of the 1989 Rights
Agreement). Until the Distribution Date (or the earlier redemption or expiration
of the Rights),  the surrender for transfer of any  certificate for Common Stock
outstanding as of the close of business on the Record Date shall also constitute
the  transfer  of  the  Rights  associated  with  the  shares  of  Common  Stock
represented thereby.

                  The  Company  will  mail  to  any  record  holder  of a  Right
(including,  prior to the Distribution Date, a record holder of shares of Common
Stock) a copy of this Rights Agreement, without charge, within ten Business Days
of a written request therefor.

                  (c)  Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common
Stock  that  become  outstanding  after the date of this  Amended  and  Restated
Agreement and prior to the earlier of the  Distribution  Date and the Expiration
Date,  and all  certificates  for shares of Common  Stock issued or which become
outstanding  after the date of this Amended and Restated  Agreement but prior to
the  earlier  of the  Distribution  Date and the  Expiration  Date,  shall  have
impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them  substantially
the following legend:

         This  certificate  also  evidences  and entitles  the holder  hereof to
         certain Rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between  Southwestern
         Energy Company and First Chicago Trust Company of New York, dated as of
         May 5, 1989,  as amended by the Amended and Restated  Rights  Agreement
         dated as of April 12,  1999 and as it may from time to time be  further
         supplemented or amended pursuant to its terms (the "Rights Agreement"),
         the terms of which are hereby  incorporated  by reference and a copy of
         which is on file at the  principal  executive  offices of  Southwestern
         Energy Company.  Under certain circumstances as set forth in the Rights
         Agreement,  such Rights will be evidenced by separate  certificates and
         will no longer be evidenced by this  certificate.  Southwestern  Energy
         Company will mail to the registered  holder of this  certificate a copy
         of the Rights  Agreement  without charge within ten business days after
         receipt of a written  request  therefor.  Under  certain  circumstances
         provided for in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to, or beneficially
         owned by any  Person  who is an  Acquiring  Person or an  Affiliate  or
         Associate  thereof (as such terms are defined in the Rights  Agreement)
         or any subsequent holder of such Rights shall become null and void.

                  Section 4.  Form of Right Certificates. The Right Certificates
(and the forms of election to purchase shares and of assignment to be printed on
the reverse  thereof) shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and
may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries
or endorsements  printed thereon as the Company may deem  appropriate and as are
not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to
comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with
any

                                       7
<PAGE>

rule or regulation of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Rights
may  from  time to time be  listed,  or to  conform  to  usage.  Subject  to the
provisions  of  Sections  11 and 22  hereof,  the Right  Certificates,  whenever
distributed,  shall be dated as of the  Record  Date,  and on their  face  shall
entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock as
shall be set forth  therein at the Purchase  Price (as such term is  hereinafter
defined), but the number and type of securities purchasable upon the exercise of
each Right and the Purchase  Price  thereof  shall be subject to  adjustment  as
provided herein. To the extent provided in Section  11(a)(iii)  hereof,  certain
Right Certificates shall contain the legend provided for therein.

                  Section 5.  Countersignature  and Registration.  (a) The Right
Certificates  shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its  Chairman of the
Board,  its President , its Chief Executive  Officer,  any Vice  President,  its
Treasurer or its Secretary,  either manually or by facsimile signature, and have
affixed  thereto  the  Company's  seal or a  facsimile  thereof  which  shall be
attested by the  Secretary  or an Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company,  either
manually or by facsimile  signature.  The Right  Certificates  shall be manually
countersigned  by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless
so  countersigned.  In case any  officer of the Company who shall have signed or
attested  any of the Right  Certificates  shall cease to be such  officer of the
Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by
the Company, such Right Certificates,  nevertheless, may be countersigned by the
Rights Agent,  and issued and delivered with the same force and effect as though
the person who signed or attested such Right  Certificates  had not ceased to be
such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed or attested
on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the  execution
of such Right  Certificate,  shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign or
attest such Right  Certificate,  although at the date of the  execution  of this
Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.

                  (b)  Following  the  Distribution  Date, the Rights Agent will
keep  or  cause  to be  kept,  at its  principal  office  or such  other  office
designated by it for such purpose,  books for  registration  and transfer of the
Right  Certificates  issued  hereunder.  Such books  shall show the  name(s) and
address(es)  of the  holder(s) of each Right  Certificate,  the number of Rights
evidenced on its face by each Right Certificate,  the certificate number of each
Right Certificate and the date of each Right Certificate.

                  Section 6.  Transfer,  Split Up,  Combination  and Exchange of
Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates. (a)
Subject to the  provisions of Sections 7(e),  11(a)(iii)  and 14 hereof,  at any
time after the close of business on the  Distribution  Date,  and at or prior to
the close of business on the  Expiration  Date,  any Right  Certificate or Right
Certificates  may be  transferred,  split up,  combined or exchanged for another
Right  Certificate or Right  Certificates,  entitling the  registered  holder to
purchase  a like  number of shares of Common  Stock (or other  securities,  cash
and/or  assets,  as  the  case  may  be),  as the  Right  Certificate  or  Right
Certificates  surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase.  Any registered
holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate
shall make such  request in writing  delivered  to the Rights  Agent,  and shall
surrender the Right Certificate or Right  Certificates to be transferred,  split
up,  combined or exchanged at the  principal  office or such other office of the
Rights  Agent  designated  for such  purpose.  Neither the Rights  Agent nor the
Company  shall be  obligated to take any action  whatsoever  with respect to the
transfer  of any  such

                                       8
<PAGE>

surrendered Right Certificate  unless and until the registered holder shall have
completed and signed the certificate  contained in the form of assignment on the
reverse side thereof and shall have  provided  such  additional  evidence of the
identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former  Beneficial Owner) or Associates and
Affiliates of the foregoing as the Company shall reasonably  request.  Thereupon
the Rights Agent shall  countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a
Right  Certificate or Right  Certificates,  as the case may be, as so requested.
The Company may require payment, by the holder of Rights, of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or governmental  charge that may be imposed in connection with any
transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.

                  (b)  Upon  receipt  by the  Company  and the  Rights  Agent of
evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to them of the loss,  theft,  destruction or
mutilation of a Right  Certificate,  and, in case of loss, theft or destruction,
of an  indemnity  or  security  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Company and the
Rights  Agent,  and  reimbursement  to the Company  and the Rights  Agent of all
reasonable expenses  incidental thereto,  and upon surrender to the Rights Agent
and  cancellation of the Right  Certificate if mutilated,  the Company will make
and  deliver a new  Right  Certificate  of like  tenor to the  Rights  Agent for
countersignature  and  delivery  to the  registered  holder in lieu of the Right
Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

                  Section 7.  Exercise of  Rights;  Purchase  Price;  Expiration
Date of Rights.  (a) Subject to Sections  11(a)(iii)  and (iv),  the  registered
holder of any Right  Certificate  may exercise the Rights  evidenced  thereby in
whole or in part at any time after the  Distribution  Date upon surrender of the
Right Certificate,  with the form of election to purchase and certificate on the
reverse side thereof duly executed,  to the Rights Agent at its principal office
or such other office designated by it for such purpose, together with payment of
the  Purchase  Price for each share of Common Stock (or other  securities,  cash
and/or assets,  as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised,  at or
prior to the earliest of (i) the close of business on April 11, 2009 (the "Final
Expiration  Date"),  and (ii) the date and time at which the Rights are redeemed
as  provided  in Section 23 hereof,  (iii) the date and time at which the Rights
are  exchanged  as provided in Section 24 hereof,  or (iv) the time at which the
rights  expire  pursuant  to Section  13(d) (such  earliest  date and time being
referred to herein as the "Expiration Date").

                  (b)  The purchase price (the "Purchase  Price") for each share
of Common  Stock  pursuant to the  exercise of a Right shall  initially  be $40,
shall be subject to adjustment  from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and
13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful  money of the United  States of America
in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

                  (c)  Except as otherwise  provided  herein,  upon receipt of a
Right Certificate  representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to
purchase and certificate  duly executed,  accompanied by payment of the Purchase
Price for the shares (or other  securities,  cash and/or assets, as the case may
be) to be  purchased  and an amount  equal to any  applicable  transfer  tax (as
determined  by the Rights  Agent) in cash,  or by certified  check or bank draft
payable to the order of the Company,  the Rights Agent shall thereupon  promptly
(i)  requisition  from any transfer agent of the shares of Common Stock (or make
available,  if the Rights  Agent is the  transfer  agent)  certificates  for the
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock to be  purchased  and the  Company  hereby
irrevocably  authorizes  such transfer  agent to comply with all such  requests,
(ii) when  appropriate,

                                       9
<PAGE>

requisition  from the  Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance
of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof,  (iii) promptly after
receipt  of such  certificates,  cause the same to be  delivered  to or upon the
order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate registered in such name
or names as may be designated by such holder, and (iv) when appropriate, deliver
any  such  cash,  promptly  after  its  receipt,  to or upon  the  order  of the
registered  holder of such Right  Certificate.  In the event that the Company is
obligated to issue other securities of the Company,  pay cash and/or  distribute
other  property  pursuant to Section  11(a)  hereof,  the Company  will make all
arrangements  necessary so that such other securities,  cash and/or property are
available  for  distribution  by the  Rights  Agent,  if and  when  appropriate.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing  provisions of this Section 7(c), the Company may
suspend the issuance of shares of Common Stock or other securities upon exercise
of a Right for a reasonable  period,  not in excess of 90 days, during which the
Company  seeks to register  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 (the  "Act"),  as
amended, and any applicable securities law of any other jurisdiction, the shares
of Common Stock or such other securities to be issued pursuant to the Rights.

                  (d)  In case the registered  holder of any  Right  Certificate
shall  exercise  less  than  all  the  Rights  evidenced  thereby,  a new  Right
Certificate  evidencing  Rights  equivalent to the Rights remaining  unexercised
shall be issued  by the  Rights  Agent to the  registered  holder of such  Right
Certificate  or to his duly  authorized  assigns,  subject to the  provisions of
Sections 7(e), 11(a)(iii) and 14 hereof.

                  (e)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this  Agreement,
neither the Rights  Agent nor the Company  shall be obligated to take any action
whatsoever with respect to a registered holder of any Right Certificate upon the
occurrence of any purported  transfer or exercise as set forth in this Section 7
unless  and until the  registered  holder  shall have  completed  and signed the
certificate  contained  in the form of election to purchase  shares set forth on
the reverse side thereof and shall have provided such additional evidence of the
identity of the Beneficial Owner and former Beneficial Owner (and Associates and
Affiliates of the foregoing) as the Company shall reasonably request.

                  Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates.
All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise,  transfer, split
up,  combination or exchange  shall,  if surrendered to the Company or to any of
its agents,  be delivered to the Rights Agent for  cancellation  or in cancelled
form, or, if  surrendered to the Rights Agent,  shall be cancelled by it, and no
Right Certificate shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly  permitted
by any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement.  The Company shall deliver to
the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement,  and the Rights Agent shall so
cancel and retire,  any other  Right  Certificate  purchased  or acquired by the
Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver
all  cancelled  Right  Certificates  to the  Company,  or shall,  at the written
request of the Company,  destroy such cancelled Right Certificates,  and in such
case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

                  Section 9.  Reservation and Availability of Capital Stock. (a)
The Company  covenants  and agrees  that it will cause to be  reserved  and kept
available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock or other securities or
any Common Stock or other securities held in its treasury,  the number of shares
of  Common  Stock or  shares  of other  securities  that,  as  provided  in

                                       10
<PAGE>

this Agreement  (including  Section 11(a) (iv)  hereof),  will be  sufficient to
permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

                  (b)  The Company  covenants  and agrees  that it will take all
such action as may be  necessary  to insure that all Common  Stock  and/or other
securities  delivered upon exercise of Rights shall,  at the time of delivery of
the certificates for such shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price),  be
duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.

                  (c)  The Company  covenants  and agrees  that it will pay when
due and payable any and all federal and state  transfer  taxes and charges which
may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right  Certificates
or any  Common  Stock  and/or  other  securities,  as the case may be,  upon the
exercise  of Rights.  The  Company  shall not  however,  be  required to pay any
transfer  tax which may be payable in respect of any  transfer  involved  in the
transfer  or  delivery  of Right  Certificates  or the  issuance  or delivery of
certificates or depositary receipts for Common Stock and/or other securities, as
the case may be, in a name other than that of the registered holder of the Right
Certificate  evidencing  Rights  surrendered for exercise or to issue or deliver
any   certificates  or  depositary   receipts  for  Common  Stock  and/or  other
securities,  as the case may be, upon the  exercise of any Rights until any such
tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right
Certificate  at the time of surrender) or until it has been  established  to the
Company's satisfaction that no such tax is due.

                  (d)  So long as the Common  Stock  (and/or  other  securities)
issuable  upon  the  exercise  of the  Rights  may  be  listed  on any  national
securities  exchange,  the Company shall use its best efforts to cause, from and
after such time as the Rights become  exercisable,  all shares reserved for such
issuance to be listed on such  exchange  upon  official  notice of issuance upon
such exercise.

                  (e)  The Company  shall use its best  efforts to (i) file,  as
soon as  practicable  following the earliest date after  occurrence of the Stock
Acquisition  Date as of which the  consideration  to be delivered by the Company
upon  exercise of the Rights has been  determined  in  accordance  with  Section
11(a)(iv)  hereof,  or as soon as is required by law following the  Distribution
Date, as the case may be, a registration statement under the Act with respect to
the securities  purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate  form,
(ii)  cause  such  registration   statement  to  become  effective  as  soon  as
practicable  after such filing and (iii) cause such  registration  statement  to
remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the
Act and the rules and regulations  thereunder) until the earlier of (A) the date
as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and (B) the
expiration  of the  Rights.  The  Company  will also take such  action as may be
appropriate to ensure  compliance  with the securities or "blue sky" laws of the
various  states.  The  Company  may  temporarily  suspend,  in  accordance  with
applicable  law,  for a period of time not to exceed 90 days  after the date set
forth  in  clause  (i)  of  the  first   sentence  of  this  Section  9(e),  the
exercisability  of the  Rights in order to  prepare  and file such  registration
statement  and  permit it to become  effective.  Upon any such  suspension,  the
Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the exercisability of the
Rights has been temporarily suspended,  as well as a public announcement at such
time as the suspension is no longer in effect.  Notwithstanding any provision of
this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  the Rights shall not be  exercisable  in any
jurisdiction if the requisite  qualification in such

                                       11
<PAGE>

jurisdiction  shall not have been  obtained,  the exercise  thereof shall not be
permitted under  applicable law or a registration  statement shall not have been
declared effective.

                  Section 10.  Holders of Record.  Each person in whose name any
certificate  for Common Stock and/or  other  securities,  as the case may be, is
issued  upon the  exercise  of Rights  shall for all  purposes be deemed to have
become the holder of record of the Common Stock and/or other securities,  as the
case may be,  represented  thereby  on, and such  shall be dated,  the date upon
which the Right  Certificate  evidencing  such Rights was duly  surrendered  and
payment of the  Purchase  Price (and any  applicable  transfer  taxes) was made;
provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon
which the transfer books of the Company are closed,  such Person shall be deemed
to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such  certificate  shall
be dated,  the next  succeeding  Business Day on which the transfer books of the
Company are open.  Prior to the exercise of the Rights  evidenced  thereby,  the
holder  of a  Right  Certificate  shall  not  be  entitled  to any  rights  of a
stockholder  of the Company with respect to shares for which the Rights shall be
exercisable,  including,  without  limitation,  the  right to vote,  to  receive
dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall
not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company,  except
as provided herein.

                  Section 11.  Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or
Number of Rights.  The Purchase  Price,  the number and kind of  securities,  or
fractions  thereof,  covered by each Right and the number of Rights  outstanding
are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

                  (a)  (i) In the event the Company  shall at any time after the
date of this  Agreement  (A)  declare  or pay a dividend  on the  Common  Stock,
payable in shares of Common  Stock,  (B)  subdivide  the  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock, (C) combine or consolidate the outstanding  shares of Common Stock
into a smaller  number of shares of Common  Stock or (D) issue any shares of its
capital  stock in a  reclassification  of the Common Stock  (including  any such
reclassification  in  connection  with a  consolidation  or  merger in which the
Company  is the  continuing  or  surviving  corporation),  except  as  otherwise
provided  in this  Section 11, the  Purchase  Price in effect at the time of the
record date for such  dividend  or of the  effective  date of such  subdivision,
split, combination,  consolidation or reclassification,  and the number and kind
of shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of a Right on such date, shall
be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such
time shall be entitled to receive,  upon payment of the  Purchase  Price then in
effect,  the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such
Right had been exercised  immediately  prior to such date and at a time when the
transfer books of the Company were open,  such holder would have owned upon such
exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such  dividend,  subdivision,
split, combination,  consolidation or reclassification. If an event occurs which
would  require  an  adjustment  under both this  Section  11(a)(i)  and  Section
11(a)(ii),  the  adjustment  provided for in this Section  11(a)(i)  shall be in
addition  to, and shall be made prior to, any  adjustment  required  pursuant to
Section 11(a)(ii).

                       (ii)  In the event that a Stock Acquisition Date  occurs,
         proper  provision  shall be made so that each holder of a Right (except
         as otherwise  provided in clause (iii) below) thereafter shall have the
         right to receive,  upon exercise  thereof at the then current

                                       12
<PAGE>

         Purchase  Price in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  such
         number  of shares of Common  Stock of the  Company  as shall  equal the
         result obtained by (x)  multiplying the then current  Purchase Price by
         the then  number of  shares  of Common  Stock for which a Right is then
         exercisable  and (y) dividing that product by 50% of the current market
         price per share of the Common  Stock  (determined  pursuant  to Section
         11(d)  hereof) on the Stock  Acquisition  Date,  and,  at the time such
         provision  is made the Company  shall  cause to be reserved  out of its
         authorized  but  unissued (or  treasury)  shares of Common  Stock,  the
         lesser  of (m) the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  that will be
         sufficient  to permit the  exercise in full of all  outstanding  Rights
         (other than those referred to in clause (iii) below) and (n) the number
         of  shares of  Common  Stock  which  are  authorized  by the  Company's
         certificate  of  incorporation  but not  outstanding  or  reserved  for
         issuance for purposes other than upon exercise of the Rights.

                       (iii)  Notwithstanding any  provision of this  Agreement,
         from and after the Stock  Acquisition  Date,  any  Rights  beneficially
         owned by (p) an Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate thereof,
         (q) a  transferee  of an  Acquiring  Person (or  Associate or Affiliate
         thereof) who becomes the  transferee of such Rights  concurrently  with
         such Acquiring Person becoming such or at any time thereafter, or (r) a
         transferee of an Acquiring  Person (or Associate or Affiliate  thereof)
         who becomes a transferee  prior to the Acquiring  Person  becoming such
         and receives such Rights pursuant to either (A) a transfer (whether not
         for  consideration)  by the Acquiring Person to holders of its stock or
         other  equity or to any Person with whom the  Acquiring  Person has any
         continuing agreement,  arrangement or understanding,  whether or not in
         writing,  regarding the transferred  Rights or (B) a transfer which the
         Board of  Directors  of the Company has  determined  is part of a plan,
         arrangement or understanding, whether or not in writing, which has as a
         primary  purpose or effect the  avoidance of this  Section  11(a)(iii),
         shall become null and void,  and any existing or  subsequent  holder of
         such Rights  shall  thereafter  have no right to  exercise  such Rights
         under any provision of this  Agreement.  Any Right  Certificate  issued
         pursuant  to  Section 3 or  Section 22 hereof  that  represents  Rights
         beneficially  owned by any Person referred to in clause (p), (q) or (r)
         above,  and any  Right  Certificate  issued  pursuant  to  Section 6 or
         Section 11 hereof upon transfer, exchange, replacement or adjustment of
         any other Right Certificate referred to in this sentence, shall contain
         (to the extent feasible) the following legend:


         The  Rights   represented  by  this  Right   Certificate  are  or  were
         beneficially  owned by a  Person  who is,  was or be came an  Acquiring
         Person or an Affiliate or an Associate of an Acquiring Person (as those
         terms are defined in the Rights Agreement).  This Right Certificate and
         the Rights represented hereby may be or may become null and void in the
         circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement.

The Company shall use all  reasonable  efforts to comply with this clause (iii),
but neither it nor the Rights Agent shall have any  liability to any Person as a
result of the failure to make any  determination  with  respect to an  Acquiring
Person, or its Associates, Affiliates or to transferees of the foregoing.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                           (iv)  In  the  event  that  the  number  of shares of
         Common  Stock  which  are  authorized  by  the  Company's  articles  of
         incorporation but not outstanding or reserved for issuance for purposes
         other than upon exercise of the Rights is not  sufficient to permit the
         exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing  clause
         (ii) of this Section 11(a), the Company shall:

                  (A)  determine  the  excess  of (1) the  value  (the  "Current
         Value") of the shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of a
         Right  pursuant  to the  foregoing  clause (ii) of this  Section  11(a)
         (assuming  that  there  were a  sufficient  number  of  authorized  but
         unissued shares to permit  exercise in full of all  outstanding  Rights
         for Common Stock) over (2) the then current Purchase Price (such excess
         being referred to herein as the "Spread"), and

                  (B)  with respect to each Right,  to the extent  permitted  by
         applicable law and any contractual restrictions binding on the Company,
         make adequate  provision to substitute  for such shares of Common Stock
         issuable upon exercise of a Right pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii)
         of this Section 11(a),  upon payment of the Purchase Price,  (1) Common
         Stock or other equity  securities  of the Company  (including,  without
         limitation,  shares,  or units of shares,  of preferred stock which the
         Board of  Directors of the Company has deemed to have the same value as
         shares of Common Stock (such shares of preferred  stock being  referred
         to herein as "Common Stock  Equivalents")),  (2) debt securities of the
         Company,  (3) cash,  (4) other assets,  or (5) any  combination  of the
         foregoing (provided,  that in making any such provision,  Rights shall,
         to the  fullest  extent  feasible  in view of the  number  of shares of
         authorized  Common Stock not  outstanding  or reserved for issuance for
         purposes  other than upon exercise of the Rights,  be  exercisable  for
         Common  Stock),  in each case  having an  aggregate  value equal to the
         Current Value,  where such aggregate  value has been  determined by the
         Board of Directors of the Company based upon the advice of a nationally
         recognized  investment  banking firm selected by the Board of Directors
         of the Company;

provided, however, that if the Company shall not have made adequate provision to
deliver value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the
Stock Acquisition Date, then the Company shall be obligated to deliver, upon the
surrender for exercise of a Right and without  requiring payment of the Purchase
Price,  shares of Common Stock (to the extent available) and then, if necessary,
cash,  which  shares  and/or cash have an  aggregate  value equal to the Spread.
Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if the Board of Directors of
the Company  shall  determine  in good faith that it is likely  that  sufficient
additional shares of Common Stock could be authorized for issuance upon exercise
in full of the  Rights,  the  thirty  (30) day  period  set  forth  above may be
extended  to the extent  necessary,  but not to more than ninety (90) days after
the Stock  Acquisition  Date,  in order that the  Company  may seek  stockholder
approval for the authorization of such additional shares (such period, as may be
extended,  being referred to herein as the "Substitution Period"). To the extent
that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to the first
and/or  second  sentences  of this  Section  11(a)(iv),  the  Company  (x) shall
provide,  subject to the foregoing clause (iii) of this Section 11(a), that such
action shall apply uniformly to all  outstanding  Rights and (y) may suspend the
exercisability of the Rights until the expiration of the Substitution  Period in
order to seek any  authorization  of  additional  shares  and/or

                                       14
<PAGE>

to decide the appropriate form of distribution to be made pursuant to such first
sentence  and to  determine  the  value  thereof.  In  the  event  of  any  such
suspension,  the Company  shall  issue a public  announcement  stating  that the
exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well as a public
announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. For purposes
of this Section  11(a)(iv),  the terms of any Common Stock  Equivalent  shall be
determined so that such Common Stock Equivalent shall have the same value as the
Common Stock on the Stock Acquisition Date.

                  (b)  In case  the  Company  shall  fix a  record  date for the
issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Common Stock entitling
them (for a period  expiring  within 45 calendar days after such record date) to
subscribe  for or  purchase  shares of Common  Stock (or shares  having the same
rights,  privileges,  and  preferences as the Common Stock  ("equivalent  common
shares"))  or  securities  convertible  into Common Stock or  equivalent  common
shares  at a price  per share of Common  Stock or  equivalent  common  share (or
having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Common Stock
or  equivalent  common  shares) less than the current  market price per share of
Common  Stock (as  defined in Section  11(d)  hereof) on such record  date,  the
Purchase  Price to be in effect  after such record date shall be  determined  by
multiplying the Purchase Price in effect  immediately  prior to such record date
by a fraction,  of which the  numerator  shall be the number of shares of Common
Stock and  equivalent  common  shares  outstanding  on such record date plus the
number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate offering price of the total
number of  shares  of Common  Stock  and/or  equivalent  common  shares to be so
offered  (and/or  the  aggregate  initial  conversion  price of the  convertible
securities to be so offered)  would  purchase at such current market price an of
which  the  denominator  shall be the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock and
equivalent  common  shares  outstanding  on such  record date plus the number of
additional  shares of Common Stock and/or equivalent common shares to be offered
for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible  securities so to be
offered are initially convertible).  In case such subscription price may be paid
in a  consideration  part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash the
value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors of the Company,  whose determination shall be described in a statement
filed with the Rights  Agent.  Common  Stock owned by or held for the account of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries  shall not be deemed  outstanding for the
purpose of any such  computation.  Such  adjustment  shall be made  successively
whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options
or warrants are not so issued,  the  Purchase  Price shall be adjusted to be the
Purchase  Price  which  would then be in effect if such  record the date had not
been fixed.

                  (c)  In case  the Company  shall  fix a  record  date  for the
making of a  distribution  to all holders of Common  Stock  (including  any such
distribution  made in  connection  with a  consolidation  or merger in which the
Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness
or assets  (other than a regular  periodic cash dividend at a rate per share not
in  excess  of the  greater  of (x) 200% of the rate of the last  periodic  cash
dividend  theretofore  paid and (y) $0.10 per  quarter  (as such  amount  may be
appropriately  adjusted to reflect any stock split,  stock dividend,  or similar
transaction)  or a dividend  payable in shares of Common Stock) or  subscription
rights or warrants  (excluding  those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof),  the
Purchase  Price to be in effect  after such record date shall be  determined  by
multiplying the Purchase Price in effect  immediately  prior to such record date
by a fraction,  the  numerator  of which shall be the

                                       15
<PAGE>

current  market  price per share of Common  Stock (as  defined in Section  11(d)
hereof) on such record date,  less the fair market value (as  determined in good
faith by the Board of  Directors of the Company,  whose  determination  shall be
described  in a  statement  filed with the Rights  Agent) of the  portion of the
assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription
rights or  warrants  applicable  to one  share of Common  Stock and of which the
denominator  shall be such current market price per share of Common Stock.  Such
adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and
in the event that such  distribution  is not so made,  the Purchase  Price shall
again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such
record date had not been fixed.

                  (d)  (i) For the  purpose  of any  computation  hereunder, the
"current  market  price" for any  security (a  "Security"  for  purposes of this
Section  1l(d)(i))  on any date  shall be deemed to be the  average of the daily
closing  prices  per share of such  Security  for the  thirty  (30)  consecutive
Trading Days (as such term is  hereinafter  defined)  immediately  prior to such
date;  provided,  however,  that in the event that the current  market price per
share of the Security is determined  during a period  following the announcement
by the issuer of such  Security of a dividend or  distribution  on such Security
payable  in  shares  of  such  Security  or  securities   convertible  into  (or
exercisable or exchangeable  for) shares of such Security,  or any  subdivision,
split,  combination,  consolidation or  reclassification  of such Security,  and
prior to the expiration of 30 Trading Days after the  ex-dividend  date for such
dividend  or  distribution  or the  record  date  for such  subdivision,  split,
combination, consolidation or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the
current market price shall be appropriately  adjusted to reflect  ex-dividend or
ex-distribution  trading.  The closing price for each day shall be the last sale
price,  regular  way,  or, in case no such  sale  takes  place on such day,  the
average of the  closing  bid and asked  prices,  regular  way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect
to securities  listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock  Exchange or,
if the  Security  is not  listed or  admitted  to  trading on the New York Stock
Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system
with respect to securities listed on the principal national  securities exchange
on which the shares of the Security are listed or admitted to trading or, if the
shares of the  Security  are not listed or admitted  to trading on any  national
securities exchange,  the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of
the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by
the National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. Automated Quotation System
or any successor ("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or, if on any such
date the shares of the  Security  are not quoted by any such  organization,  the
average of the  closing  bid and asked  prices as  furnished  by a  professional
market maker making a market in the Security  selected by the Board of Directors
of the  Company.  If on such date no such market maker is making a market in the
Security, the fair value of such shares on such date as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used, such determination to be
described in a statement  filed with the Rights  Agent.  The term  "Trading Day"
shall mean a day on which the principal  national  securities  exchange on which
the shares of the  Security  are listed or  admitted  to trading is open for the
transaction  of  business  or, if the shares of the  Security  are not listed or
admitted  to  trading  on any  national  securities  exchange  but are quoted on
NASDAQ,  a day on which  NASDAQ is in operation or if the shares of the Security
are neither listed nor admitted to trading on any national  securities  exchange
nor quoted on NASDAQ, a Business Day.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                  (ii)  For  the  purpose  of  any  computation  hereunder,  the
"current  market  price" of the Common Stock shall be  determined  in accordance
with the method set forth in Section  11(d)(i),  except that if the Common Stock
is not publicly traded, the "current per share market price" shall mean the fair
value per share as  determined  in good faith by the Board of  Directors  of the
Company,  whose  determination  shall be described in a statement filed with the
Rights Agent and shall be conclusive for all purposes.

                   (e)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to the  contrary,  no
adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment  would
require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price; provided,  however
that any  adjustments  which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to
be made  shall be carried  forward  and taken  into  account  in any  subsequent
adjustment.  All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest
cent  or  to  the   nearest   one-thousandth   of  a  share  of  Common   Stock.
Notwithstanding  the  first  sentence  of this  Section  11(e),  any  adjustment
required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three
years from the date of the  transaction  which mandates such adjustment and (ii)
the date of the expiration of the right to exercise any Rights.

                  (f)  In  the  event  that  at  any  time,  as a  result  of an
adjustment  made pursuant to Section 11(a) or Section  13(a),  the holder of any
Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any securities other
than Common Stock,  thereafter the number or amount of such other  securities so
receivable  upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment  from time
to time in a manner  and on terms as nearly  equivalent  as  practicable  to the
provisions with respect to the securities contained in Sections 11(a), (b), (c),
(e), (g),  (h), (i), (j), (k) and (m), and the  provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10,
13 and 14 of this Agreement with respect to the Common Stock shall apply on like
terms to any such other securities.

                  (g)  All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to
any adjustment  made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to
purchase,  at the adjusted  Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock
purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject
to further adjustment as provided herein.

                  (h)  Unless the Company  shall have exercised  its election as
provided  in  Section  11(i) of this  Agreement,  upon  each  adjustment  of the
Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c) of
this Agreement,  each Right outstanding  immediately prior to the making of such
adjustment  shall  thereafter  evidence the right to  purchase,  at the adjusted
Purchase Price, that number of shares of Common Stock (calculated to the nearest
one-thousandth  of a share of Common Stock)  obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the
number of shares of Common Stock  covered by a Right  immediately  prior to such
adjustment  by (y) the  Purchase  Price  in  effect  immediately  prior  to such
adjustment  of the Purchase  Price and (ii)  dividing the product so obtained by
the Purchase Price in effect  immediately  after such adjustment of the Purchase
Price.

                  (i)  The  Company  may  elect  on or  after  the  date  of any
adjustment  of the  Purchase  Price to adjust the number of Rights  held by each
holder of Rights,  in substitution for any adjustment in the number of shares of
Common  Stock  purchasable  upon the  exercise  of a Right.  Each of the  Rights
outstanding  after such  adjustment of the number of Rights shall be

                                       17
<PAGE>

exercisable  for  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  which  it was
exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each holder of a Right held of
record prior to such  adjustment of the number of Rights shall become the holder
of that number of Rights  (calculated to the nearest one hundredth)  obtained by
dividing the Purchase  Price in effect  immediately  prior to  adjustment of the
Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect  immediately  after adjustment of
the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election
to adjust the number of Rights,  indicating the record date for the  adjustment,
and,  if known  at the  time,  the  amount  of the  adjustment  to be made,  and
information  as to the manner in which such  adjustment is to be effected.  This
record date may be the date on which the  Purchase  Price is adjusted or any day
thereafter,  but, if the Right Certificates have been issued,  shall be at least
10 days later than the date of the public  announcement.  If Right  Certificates
have not been issued,  in the case of a stock split,  stock  dividend or similar
event,  such  adjustment in the number of Rights held by each existing holder of
Rights shall be effected (unless the Board of Directors  otherwise  elects),  by
allocating the adjusted number of Rights  proportionately  among all shares held
by such  holder  immediately  after such stock  split,  stock  dividend or other
event.  If Right  Certificates  have been issued,  upon each  adjustment  of the
number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i),  the Company shall, as promptly
as  practicable,  cause  to  be  distributed  to  holders  of  record  of  Right
Certificates  on such record date,  Right  Certificates  evidencing,  subject to
Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled
as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to
be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the
Right  Certificates  held by such holders prior to the date of  adjustment,  and
upon  surrender  thereof,  if required by the  Company,  new Right  Certificates
evidencing  all the Rights to which such  holders  shall be entitled  after such
adjustment.  Right  Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued,  executed
and countersigned in the manner provided for herein (and may bear, at the option
of the Company,  the adjusted  Purchase  Price) and shall be  registered  in the
names  of the  holders  of  record  of Right  Certificates  on the  record  date
specified in the public announcement.

                  (j)  Irrespective  of any adjustment or change in the Purchase
Price or the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of the
Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to
express the Purchase Price per share of Common Stock and the number of shares of
Common  Stock which were  expressed  in the initial  Right  Certificates  issued
hereunder.

                  (k)  Before taking any action that would  cause an  adjustment
reducing  the  Purchase  Price  below the then par value,  if any, of the Common
Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate
action which may, in the opinion of its counsel,  be necessary in order that the
Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable  Common Stock
at such adjusted Purchase Price.

                  (1)  In any case  in which this  Section 11 shall require that
an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made  effective as of a record date for a
specified  event,  the Company may elect to defer until the  occurrence  of such
event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of
the Common Stock and other capital  stock or securities of the Company,  if any,
issuable  upon such  exercise  over and above the Common Stock and other capital
stock or securities of the Company,  if any,  issuable upon such exercise on the
basis of the  Purchase  Price in

                                       18
<PAGE>

effect  prior to such  adjustment;  provided,  however,  that the Company  shall
deliver to such  holder a due bill or other  appropriate  instrument  evidencing
such holder's right to receive such  additional  shares of Common Stock upon the
occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

                  (m)  Anything   in   this   Section   11  to   the    contrary
notwithstanding,  the Company  shall be entitled to make such  reductions in the
Purchase  Price,  in addition to those  adjustments  expressly  required by this
Section 11, as and to the extent that the Company's Board of Directors shall, in
its  sole  discretion,   determine  to  be  advisable  in  order  that  any  (i)
consolidation or subdivision of the Common Stock,  (ii) issuance wholly for cash
of any Common Stock at less than the current market price, (iii) issuance wholly
for cash of Common Stock or securities which by their terms are convertible into
or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock,  (iv) Common Stock dividends or
(v)  issuance of rights,  options or warrants  referred to  hereinabove  in this
Section 11,  hereafter  made by the Company to holders of its Common Stock shall
not be taxable to such stockholders.

                  (n)  The Company  covenants and  agrees that it  shall not, at
any time after the  Distribution  Date,  (i)  consolidate  with any other Person
(other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which does
not violate  Section  11(o)  hereof),  (ii) merge with or into any other  Person
(other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction which does
not violate  Section  11(o)  hereof),  or (iii) sell or transfer  (or permit any
Subsidiary  to sell or  transfer),  in one  transaction,  or a series of related
transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or
earning  power of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  (taken as a whole) to any
other Person or Persons (other than the Company  and/or any of its  Subsidiaries
in one or more  transactions  each of  which  does  not  violate  Section  11(o)
hereof), if (x) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation,  merger,
sale or  transfer  there are any  charter or by-law  provisions  or any  rights,
warrants or other instruments or securities  outstanding or agreements in effect
or other actions taken, which would materially  diminish or otherwise  eliminate
the  benefits   intended  to  be  afforded  by  the  Rights  or  (y)  prior  to,
simultaneously with or immediately after such consolidation, merger or sale, the
stockholders of the Person who constitutes,  or would constitute, the "Principal
Party" for purposes of Section 13(a) hereof shall have  received a  distribution
of  Rights  previously  owned  by  such  Person  or any of  its  Affiliates  and
Associates.  The Company shall not  consummate any such  consolidation,  merger,
sale or transfer  unless  prior  thereto the Company and such other Person shall
have  executed  and  delivered  to the  Rights  Agent a  supplemental  agreement
evidencing compliance with this Section 11(n).

                  (o)  The Company  covenants  and  agrees  that,  after a Stock
Acquisition  Date it will not,  except as  permitted by Section 24 or Section 27
hereof,  take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action the purpose of which
is to, or if at the time such action is taken it is reasonably  foreseeable that
the effect of such action is to,  materially  diminish or eliminate the benefits
intended to be afforded by the Rights.

                  Section 12. Certification of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number
of Shares.  Whenever  an  adjustment  is made as  provided  in Sections 11 or 13
hereof, the Company shall (a) promptly prepare a certificate  setting forth such
adjustment and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment and
(b)  promptly  file with the Rights Agent and with each  transfer  agent for the
Common Stock a copy such certificate.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                  Section  13.  Consolidation,  Merger  or Sale or  Transfer  of
Assets or Earning Power. (a) In the event (a "Section 13 Event") that, following
the Stock  Acquisition  Date,  directly or  indirectly,  (x) the  Company  shall
consolidate with, or merge with and into, any Person or Persons, (y) the Company
shall  consolidate  with or merge with and into, any Person or Persons,  and the
Company shall be the continuing or surviving  corporation of such  consolidation
or merger (other than, in a case of any  transaction  described in (x) or (y), a
merger or  consolidation  which would result in all of the securities  generally
entitled  to vote in the  election of  directors  ("voting  securities")  of the
Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
remaining  outstanding or by being  converted  into  securities of the surviving
entity)  all of the  voting  securities  of  Company  or such  surviving  entity
outstanding  immediately  after such merger or consolidation and holders of such
securities not having changed as a result of such merger or  consolidation),  or
(z)  the  Company  shall  sell  or  otherwise  transfer  (or  one or more of its
Subsidiaries  shall sell or otherwise  transfer),  in one or a series of related
transactions, assets or earning power aggregating more than 50% of the assets or
earning  power  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  (taken  as a  whole  and
calculated  on the  basis  of  the  Company's  most  recent  regularly  prepared
financial  statements)  to any Person or Persons  (other than the Company or any
Subsidiary  of the  Company in one or more  transactions  each of which does not
violate  Section 11(o) hereof),  then, and in each such case (except as provided
in Section 13(d) hereof), proper provision shall be made so that (i) each holder
of a Right,  except as provided in Section 11(a)(iii)  hereof,  shall thereafter
have the  right  to  receive,  upon the  exercise  thereof  at the then  current
Purchase Price in accordance  with the terms of this Agreement  Common Stock and
other securities or assets of the Company, such number of validly authorized and
issued,  fully paid,  non-assessable and freely tradeable shares of Common Stock
of the  Principal  Party (as  hereinafter  defined),  not  subject to any liens,
encumbrances, rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall be equal
to the result obtained by (A) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the
number of shares of Common Stock for which a Right was  exercisable  immediately
prior to the first occurrence of a Section 13 Event (without taking into account
any adjustment  previously made pursuant to Section  11(a)(ii)) and (y) dividing
that product by 50% of the current market price per share of the Common Stock of
such Principal Party  (determined  pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date
of  consummation  of such  Section 13 Event;  (ii) such  Principal  Party  shall
thereafter be liable for, and shall assume,  by virtue of such Section 13 Event,
all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement;  (iii)
the term "Company" shall  thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party,
it being  specifically  intended that the  provisions of Section 11 hereof shall
apply only to such Principal Party  following the first  occurrence of a Section
13 Event;  and (iv) such Principal Party shall take such steps  (including,  but
not limited to, the  reservation of a sufficient  number of shares of its Common
Stock in accordance with Section 9 hereof (applying the provisions  thereof with
respect to Common  Stock of the  Company to the Common  Stock of such  Principal
Party)) in connection with such  consummation as may be necessary to assure that
the provisions  hereof shall  thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as reasonably
may be  possible,  in  relation  to the  shares of its Common  Stock  thereafter
deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights.

                  (b) "Principal Party" shall mean:

                                    (i) in the case of any transaction described
                  in clause (x) or (y) of the first  sentence of Section  13(a):
                  (A) the Person that is the issuer of any

                                       20
<PAGE>

                  securities  into  which  Common  Shares  of  the  Company  are
                  converted  in such  merger or  consolidation,  or, if there is
                  more than one such issuer, the issuer of Common Stock of which
                  has  the  greatest   aggregate  market  value  or  (B)  if  no
                  securities  are so issued,  the Person that is the other party
                  to such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one
                  such  Person,  the Person  the  Common  Stock of which has the
                  greatest aggregate market value (including, if applicable, the
                  Company if it is the surviving corporation); and

                                    (ii)  in  the   case   of  any   transaction
                  described  in clause  (z) of the  first  sentence  of  Section
                  13(a),  the Person that is the party  receiving  the  greatest
                  portion of the assets or earning power transferred pursuant to
                  such  transaction or transactions  or if the Person  receiving
                  the greatest  portion of the assets or earning power cannot be
                  determined,  whichever of such Persons  which is the issuer of
                  Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value;

provided,  however,  that in any of the cases  described  in 13(b)(i) or (b)(ii)
above, (1) if the shares of Common Stock of such Person are not at such time and
have  not  been  continuously  over  the  preceding  twelve  (12)  month  period
registered  under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, and such Person is a direct or
indirect  Subsidiary  of another  Person the shares of Common Stock of which are
and have been so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to such other Person;
(2) in case such Person is a Subsidiary,  directly or  indirectly,  of more than
one Person, the shares of Common Stock of two or more of which are and have been
so registered, "Principal Party" shall refer to whichever of such Persons is the
issuer of the shares of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value;
and (3) in case such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture
formed by two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the
same Person, the rules set forth in (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the
chains of  ownership  having an interest in such joint  venture as if such party
were a  "Subsidiary"  of both or all of such joint  ventures  and the  Principal
Parties in each such chain shall bear the  obligations set forth in this Section
13 in the same ratio as their  direct or indirect  interests in such Person bear
to the total of such interests.

                  (c) The Company shall not consummate  any such  consolidation,
merger,  sale or transfer  unless the  Principal  Party shall have a  sufficient
number of its  authorized  shares of Common  Stock which have not been issued or
reserved for issuance to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance
with this  Section 13 and unless  prior  thereto the Company and such  Principal
Party shall have  executed  and  delivered  to the Rights  Agent a  supplemental
agreement  providing for the terms set forth in  paragraphs  (a) and (b) of this
Section 13 and that all rights of first refusal or preemptive  rights in respect
of the issuance of shares of Common Stock of the  Principal  Party upon exercise
of the outstanding  Rights have been waived and that such transaction  shall not
result in a default by the  Principal  Party under this  Agreement,  and further
providing  that,  as soon as  practicable  after the date of any  consolidation,
merger,  sale or transfer  mentioned  in  paragraph  (a) of this Section 13, the
Principal Party at its own expense shall:

                                    (i)   prepare   and   file  a   registration
                  statement  under the Act with  respect  to the  Rights and the
                  securities  purchasable  upon the exercise of the Rights on an
                  appropriate  form,  and use its best  efforts  to  cause  such
                  registration

                                       21
<PAGE>

                  statement  to become  effective as soon as  practicable  after
                  such filing and to remain  effective (with a prospectus at all
                  times  meeting  the  requirements  of the Act) until the Final
                  Expiration Date;

                                    (ii)  use its best  efforts  to  qualify  or
                  register  the  Rights  and  the  securities  purchasable  upon
                  exercise  of the  Rights  under  the  blue  sky  laws  of such
                  jurisdictions as may be necessary or appropriate;

                                    (iii)  deliver  to  holders  of  the  Rights
                  historical  financial statements for the Principal Party which
                  comply in all respects with the  requirements for registration
                  on Form 10 under the Exchange Act; and

                                    (iv)  use  its  best  efforts  to  list  (or
                  continue  the  listing  of)  the  Rights  and  the  securities
                  purchasable   upon  exercise  of  the  Rights  on  a  national
                  securities exchange or to meet the eligibility requirement for
                  quotation on NASDAQ.

                  The  provisions  of this Section 13 shall  similarly  apply to
successive  mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers.  In the event
that a Section 13 Event shall occur at any time after the  occurrence of a Stock
Acquisition Date, the Rights which have not theretofore been exercised  pursuant
to Section 11(a)(ii) shall thereafter become exercisable in the manner described
in Section 13(a).

                  (d)   Notwithstanding   anything  in  this  Agreement  to  the
contrary,  Section 13 shall not be  applicable  to a  transaction  described  in
subparagraphs  (x)  and  (y) of  Section  13(a)  if:  (i)  such  transaction  is
consummated  with a Person or Persons who acquired  Common Stock  pursuant to an
Approved  Offer (or an  Affiliate  of any such Person or Persons) as promptly as
reasonably  practical (and in any event within one year) following  consummation
of such Approved Offer; (ii) the price per share of Common Stock offered in such
transaction  is not less than the price  per share of Common  Stock  paid to all
holders of Common Stock whose shares were  purchased  pursuant to such  Approved
Offer;  and (iii) the form of  consideration  offered in such transaction is the
same as the form of  consideration  paid pursuant to such Approved  Offer.  Upon
consummation of any such  transaction  contemplated  by this Section 13(d),  all
Rights hereunder shall expire.

                  (e)  In case the Principal  Party  which is to be a party to a
transaction  referred  to in  this  Section  13  has  provision  in  any  of its
authorized securities or in its Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws or other
instrument  governing  its corporate  affairs,  which  provision  would have the
effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue, in connection with, or as a
consequence of, the  consummation  of a transaction  referred to in this Section
13, shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party at less than the then current
market  price per  share  (determined  pursuant  to  Section  11(d)  hereof)  or
securities  exercisable for, or convertible into, Common Stock of such Principal
Party at less than such then  current  market  price  (other  than to holders of
Rights  pursuant to this Section 13) or (ii) providing for any special  payment,
tax or similar provisions in connection with the issuance of the Common Stock of
such  Principal  Party  pursuant to the  provisions of Section 13, then, in such
event,  the Company  shall not  consummate  any such  transaction  unless  prior
thereto the Company and such  Principal  Party shall have

                                       22
<PAGE>

executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a  supplemental  agreement  providing
that the provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been canceled,
waived or amended, or that the authorized  securities shall be redeemed, so that
the  applicable  provision  will  have no  effect in  connection  with,  or as a
consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.

                  Section 14.  Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.  (a) The
Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights (except, prior to the
Distribution  Date,  as  provided in Section 11 hereof) or to  distribute  Right
Certificates  which  evidence  fractional  Rights.  In lieu  of such  fractional
Rights,  there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates
with regard to which such  fractional  Rights would  otherwise  be issuable,  an
amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole
Right.  For the purposes of this Section  14(a),  the current  market value of a
whole  Right  shall be the  closing  price of the  Rights  for the  Trading  Day
immediately  prior to the date on which such  fractional  Rights would have been
otherwise  issuable.  The  closing  price of the Rights for any day shall be the
last sale price,  regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day,
the average of the closing bid and asked prices,  regular way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect
to securities  listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock  Exchange or,
if the  Rights  are not  listed or  admitted  to  trading  on the New York Stock
Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system
with respect to securities listed on the principal national  securities exchange
on which the Rights are listed or  admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not
listed or  admitted to trading on any  national  securities  exchange,  the last
quoted  price or, if not so  quoted,  the  average of the high bid and low asked
prices in the  over-the-counter  market,  as  reported  by NASDAQ or such  other
system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such
organization,  the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a
professional  market  maker  making a market in the  Rights,  as selected by the
Board of Directors of the Company. If on any such date the Rights are not quoted
by any such  organization  and no  professional  market  maker is making  such a
market in the Rights, the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.

                  (b)  Following the occurrence of the Stock Acquisition Date or
a Section 13 Event,  the Company  shall not be required  to issue  fractions  of
shares  of its  Common  Stock  upon  exercise  of the  Rights  or to  distribute
certificates  which evidence  fractional  shares of its Common Stock. In lieu of
fractional  shares of its Common  Stock,  the Company may pay to the  registered
holders of Right  Certificates  at the time such Rights are  exercised as herein
provided  an amount in cash equal to the same  fraction  of the  current  market
value of one share of Common  Stock.  For  purposes of this Section  14(b),  the
current  market value of a share of Common  Stock shall be the closing  price of
one share of Common Stock of the Company (as  determined  pursuant to the second
sentence of Section  11(d)(i)  hereof) for the Trading Day immediately  prior to
the date of such exercise.

                  (c) The holder of a Right by the acceptance  thereof expressly
waives any right to receive any fractional  Rights or any fractional shares upon
exercise of a Right (except as provided above).

                                       23
<PAGE>

                  Section 15. Rights of Action.  All rights of action in respect
of this  Agreement,  other than the rights of action  vested in the Rights Agent
pursuant to Section 18, are vested in the respective  registered  holders of the
Right  Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders
of the Common Stock);  and any registered  holder of any Right  Certificate (or,
prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock), without the consent of the
Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right  Certificate  (or, prior to the
Distribution  Date, any holder of the Common Stock),  may, on his own behalf and
for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or
proceeding  against the Company to enforce,  or otherwise act in respect of, his
right to exercise the Rights  evidenced by such Right  Certificate in the manner
provided in such Right  Certificate and in this Agreement.  Without limiting the
foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically
acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law
for any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of
the  obligations  under,  and  injunctive  relief  against  actual or threatened
violations of the obligations of any Person subject to, this Agreement.

                  Section 16.  Agreement  of Right  Holders.  Every  holder of a
Right by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights
Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

                  (a)  prior  to  the  Distribution  Date,  the  Rights  will be
         transferable only  simultaneously  and  together  with the  transfer of
         Common Stock;

                  (b)  after the Distribution  Date, the Right  Certificates are
         transferable  only  on the  registry  books  of  the  Rights  Agent  if
         surrendered at the principal  office or such other office of the Rights
         Agent  designated  for such purpose,  duly endorsed or accompanied by a
         proper  instrument  of  transfer  and with the  appropriate  forms  and
         certificates fully executed;

                  (c)  subject to  Section 6,  Section  7(e) and  Section  11(a)
         hereof,  the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person
         in whose  name the Right  Certificate  (or,  prior to the  Distribution
         Date, the  associated  Common Stock  certificate)  is registered as the
         absolute   owner   thereof   and  of  the  Rights   evidenced   thereby
         (notwithstanding  any  notations  of  ownership or writing on the Right
         Certificates or the associated  Common Stock certificate made by anyone
         other  than  the  Company  or  the  Rights   Agent)  for  all  purposes
         whatsoever,  and  neither  the  Company  nor the Rights  Agent shall be
         affected by any notice to the contrary; and

                  (d)   notwithstanding   anything  in  this  Agreement  to  the
contrary,  neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any  liability to
any holder of a Right or other  Person as a result of its  inability  to perform
any of its  obligations  under this  Agreement by reason of any  preliminary  or
permanent  injunction  or other  order,  decree or  ruling  issued by a court of
competent jurisdiction or by a governmental, regulatory or administrative agency
or commission,  or any statute,  rule, regulation or executive order promulgated
or enacted by any governmental  authority,  prohibiting or otherwise restraining
performance of such obligation; provided, however, that the Company must use its
best  efforts  to have any such  injunction,  order,  decree or  ruling  lifted,
dissolved or otherwise overturned as soon as possible.

                                       24
<PAGE>

                  Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder.
No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote,  receive
dividends  or be deemed for any purpose the holder of shares of Common  Stock or
any other  securities  of the  Company  which may at any time be issuable on the
exercise of the Rights represented  thereby, nor shall anything contained herein
or in any Right  Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right
Certificate,  as such,  any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any
right to vote for the  election of  directors  or upon any matter  submitted  to
stockholders  at any  meeting  thereof,  or to give or  withhold  consent to any
corporate  action,  or to receive notice of meetings or other actions  affecting
stockholders (except as provided in Section 25 of this Agreement), or to receive
dividends or other  distributions  or to exercise any preemptive or subscription
rights,  or  otherwise,  until  the  Right or  Rights  evidenced  by such  Right
Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

                  Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent. The Company agrees to
pay to the Rights Agent reasonable  compensation for all services rendered by it
hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent,  its reasonable
expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration
and execution of this  Agreement and the exercise and  performance of its duties
hereunder.  The Company  also agrees to  indemnify  the Rights Agent for, and to
hold it harmless  against,  any loss,  liability  or expense,  incurred  without
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for
anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection  with the  acceptance
and  administration  of this  Agreement,  including  the costs and  expenses  of
defending against any claim of liability.

                  The  Rights  Agent  shall  be  protected  and  shall  incur no
liability  for or in respect of any action  taken,  suffered or omitted by it in
connection with its  administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right
Certificate or certificate for shares of Common Stock or for other securities of
the  Company,   instrument  of  assignment  or  transfer,   power  of  attorney,
endorsement,   affidavit,  letter,  notice,  direction,   consent,  certificate,
statement,  or other  paper or  document  believed by it to be genuine and to be
signed, executed and, where necessary,  verified or acknowledged,  by the proper
person or persons.

                  Section  19.  Merger  or  Consolidation  or  Change of Name of
Rights  Agent.  Any  corporation  into which the Rights  Agent or any  successor
Rights  Agent  may be  merged  or  with  which  it may be  consolidated,  or any
corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent
or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to
the  corporate  trust or stock  transfer  business  of the  Rights  Agent or any
successor  Rights  Agent,  shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this
Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of any of the  parties  hereto,  provided  that such  corporation  would be
eligible for  appointment  as a successor  Rights Agent under the  provisions of
Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed
to the agency created by this  Agreement,  any of the Right  Certificates  shall
have been  countersigned but not delivered,  any such successor Rights Agent may
adopt the  countersignature  of the  predecessor  Rights  Agent and deliver such
Right  Certificate so  countersigned;  and in case at that time any of the Right
Certificates shall not have been  countersigned,  any successor Rights Agent may
countersign such Right Certificate  either in the name of the predecessor Rights
Agent

                                       25
<PAGE>

or in the name of the successor Rights Agent;   and in all such cases such Right
Certificate shall have the  full force provided in the  Right Certificate and in
this Agreement.

                  In case at any  time  the name of the  Rights  Agent  shall be
changed  and at  such  time  any of  the  Right  Certificates  shall  have  been
countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature
under its prior name and deliver Right  Certificates  so  countersigned;  and in
case at that time the  Rights  Agent may  countersign  such  Right  Certificates
either in its prior  name or in its  changed  name;  and in all such  cases such
Right  Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates
and in this Agreement.

                  Section  20.  Duties  of  Rights   Agent.   The  Rights  Agent
undertakes the duties and obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, and
no implied duties or obligations  shall be read into this Agreement  against the
Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations  imposed by
this  Agreement  upon the following  terms and  conditions,  by all of which the
Company  and the holders of Right  Certificates,  by their  acceptance  thereof,
shall be bound:

                  (a)  The Rights Agent may consult with legal  counsel (who may
         be legal  counsel for the  Company),  and the  opinion of such  counsel
         shall be full and complete  authorization  and protection to the Rights
         Agent as to any  action  taken or  omitted  by it in good  faith and in
         accordance with such opinion.

                  (b)  Whenever  in the  performance  of its  duties  under this
         Agreement  the Rights Agent shall deem it  necessary or desirable  that
         any fact or matter (including,  without limitation, the identity of any
         Acquiring  Person or any  Affiliate or Associate  thereof) be proved or
         established  by the  Company  prior to taking or  suffering  any action
         hereunder,  such fact or  matter  (unless  other  evidence  in  respect
         thereof  be  herein  specifically  prescribed)  may  be  deemed  to  be
         conclusively  proved and  established  by a  certificate  signed by the
         Chairman of the Board,  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer or the
         Vice  President-Treasurer  and Secretary or the Assistant  Treasurer or
         the  Assistant  Secretary  of the Company and  delivered  to the Rights
         Agent; and such certificate  shall be full  authorization to the Rights
         Agent for any action  taken or  suffered  in good faith by it under the
         provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

                  (c)  The Rights Agent  shall be liable  hereunder only for its
         own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

                  (d)  The Rights Agent  shall not be liable for or by reason of
         any of the  statements of fact or recitals  contained in this Agreement
         or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature  thereof), or
         be required to verify the same,  but all such  statements  and recitals
         are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

                  (e)  The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in
         respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery
         hereof  (except  the due  execution  hereof by the Rights  Agent) or in
         respect of the validity or execution of any Right  Certificate  (except
         its  countersignature  thereof);  nor shall it be  responsible  for any
         breach by the Company of any  covenant or  condition  contained in this
         Agreement or in any Right

                                       26
<PAGE>

         Certificate;  nor  shall  it be  responsible  for  any  change  in  the
         exercisability  of the Rights  (including Rights becoming null and void
         pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) hereof); nor shall it be responsible for
         any  adjustment  required  under the  provisions  of  Sections 11 or 13
         hereof  or  responsible  for the  manner,  method or amount of any such
         adjustment  or the  ascertaining  of the  existence of facts that would
         require any such  adjustment  (except  with  respect to the exercise of
         Rights evidenced by Right  Certificates after actual notice of any such
         adjustment);  nor shall it by any act  hereunder  be deemed to make any
         representation  or warranty as to the  authorization  or reservation of
         Common  Stock  or  other  securities  to be  issued  pursuant  to  this
         Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any Common Stock or
         other securities will, when issued,  be validly  authorized and issued,
         fully paid and nonassessable.

                  (f)  The Company agrees  that it will inform the Rights  Agent
         promptly upon the Company's  determination  that a Person has become an
         Acquiring  Person and the  Rights  Agent  will not be  responsible  for
         determining the status of a Person as an Acquiring Person prior to such
         notification  except as such status may be indicated in the  assignment
         or election to purchase of a Right Certificate. The Company agrees that
         it will  perform,  execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver  or  cause to be
         performed,  executed,  acknowledged  and delivered all such further and
         other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by
         the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent
         of the provisions of this Agreement.

                  (g)  The Rights Agent is hereby  authorized  and  directed  to
         accept  instructions  with  respect  to the  performance  of its duties
         hereunder from the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
         Officer, or the Vice  President-Treasurer and Secretary of the Company,
         and to apply to such officers for advice or  instructions in connection
         with its  duties,  and it shall not be liable for any  action  taken or
         suffered  to  be  taken  by  it  in  good  faith  in  accordance   with
         instructions of any such officer.

                  (h)  The Rights Agent  and any  stockholder, director, officer
         or  employee  of the Rights  Agent may buy,  sell or deal in any of the
         Rights  or  other  securities  of the  Company  or  become  pecuniarily
         interested in any  transaction  in which the Company may be interested,
         or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully
         and freely as though it were not  Rights  Agent  under this  Agreement.
         Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other
         capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity.

                  (i)  The Rights  Agent may  execute  and  exercise  any of the
         rights or powers  hereby  vested in it or  perform  any duty  hereunder
         either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents,  and the Rights
         Agent shall not be  answerable  or  accountable  for any act,  default,
         neglect or misconduct  of any such  attorneys or agents or for any loss
         to the  Company  resulting  from  any such  act,  default,  neglect  or
         misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and
         continued employment thereof.

                  (j)  If, with respect to any Right Certificate  surrendered to
         the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer,  the certificate attached to
         the form of assignment or form of election

                                       27
<PAGE>

         to  purchase,  as the case may be,  has either  not been  completed  or
         indicates an affirmative response to any item therein, the Rights Agent
         shall  not take any  further  action  with  respect  to such  requested
         exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

                  Section 21.  Change of Rights  Agent.  The Rights Agent or any
successor  Rights Agent may resign and be discharged  from its duties under this
Agreement  upon 30 days'  notice in writing  mailed to the  Company  and to each
transfer  agent of the Common Stock by registered or certified  mail, and to the
holders of the Right  Certificates  by first class mail.  The Company may remove
the Rights Agent or any successor  Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing,
mailed to the Rights Agent or successor  Rights Agent:,  as the case may be, and
to each transfer agent of the Common Stock by registered or certified  mail, and
to the holders of the Right  Certificates  by first  class  mail.  If the Rights
Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise  become incapable of acting,
the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent.  If the Company shall
fail to make such  appointment  within a period of 30 days after such removal or
after it has been notified in writing of such  resignation  or incapacity by the
resigning or incapacitated  Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate
(who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the
Company),  then the registered  holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any
court of competent  jurisdiction  for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any
successor  Rights  Agent,  whether  appointed by the Company or by such a court,
shall be (i) a corporation,  bank or trust company  organized and doing business
under the laws of the United States or of any state  thereof,  in good standing,
having its principal office in the United States of America, which is authorized
under  applicable laws to exercise  corporate trust or stock transfer powers and
is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which
has at the time of its  appointment  as  Rights  Agent a  combined  capital  and
surplus of at least $50,000,000 or (ii) an Affiliate of a corporation  described
in clause (i) of this sentence.  After  appointment,  the successor Rights Agent
shall be vested with the same powers,  rights, duties and responsibilities as if
it had been  originally  named as Rights Agent without  further act or deed; but
the  predecessor  Rights Agent shall,  upon payment of its charges,  deliver and
transfer  to the  successor  Rights  Agent any  property  at the time held by it
hereunder,  and execute and deliver any further  assurance,  conveyance,  act or
deed  necessary for the purpose.  Not later than the effective  date of any such
appointment,  the  Company  shall  file  notice  thereof  in  writing  with  the
predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock, and mail a
notice thereof in writing to the registered  holders of the Right  Certificates.
Failure to give any notice  provided  for in this  Section 21,  however,  or any
defect therein,  shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or
removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as
the  case may be.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provision,  in the  event of
resignation,  removal or incapacity of the Rights Agent,  the Company shall have
the  authority to act as the Rights  Agent until a successor  Rights Agent shall
have assumed the duties of the Rights Agent hereunder.

                  Section   22.    Issuance    of   New   Right    Certificates.
Notwithstanding  any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the
contrary,  the  Company  may,  at  its  option,  issue  new  Right  Certificates
evidencing  Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of  Directors to
reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or
class of shares of stock or other securities or property  purchasable  under the
Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                  In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of shares
of Common Stock  following  the  Distribution  Date (other than upon exercise or
exchange of a Right) and prior to the Expiration  Date, the Company,  subject to
Section  11(a)(iii) hereof, (a) shall, with respect to shares of Common Stock so
issued or sold  pursuant to the exercise of stock  options or under any employee
plan or arrangement, or upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of securities,
notes or  debentures  issued by the Company,  and (b) may, in any other case, if
deemed  necessary  or  appropriate  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  issue  Right
Certificates  representing  the appropriate  number of Rights in connection with
such  issuance or sale;  provided,  however,  that (i) the Company  shall not be
obligated to issue any Right Certificate if, and to the extent that, the Company
shall be advised by counsel that such issuance  would create a significant  risk
of material  adverse tax  consequences to the Company or the Person to whom such
Rights Certificate would be issued, and (ii) no such Rights Certificate shall be
issued if, and to the extent that,  appropriate  adjustment shall otherwise have
been made in lieu of the issuance thereof.

                  Section 23.  Redemption. (a) The Company may, by resolution of
its Board of Directors,  at its option,  at any time prior to the earlier of (x)
the Stock  Acquisition Date or (y) the close of business on the Final Expiration
Date,  redeem  all but not less  than all of the then  outstanding  Rights  at a
redemption  price  of $0.01  per  Right,  as such  amount  may be  appropriately
adjusted  to reflect any stock  split,  stock  dividend  or similar  transaction
occurring  after the date of this Amended and Restated  Rights  Agreement  (such
redemption  price  being  hereinafter  referred to as the  "Redemption  Price");
provided,  however,  that  in the  event  that a  redemption  of the  Rights  is
proposed,  requested  or  considered  at a time at which any Person (a "Proposed
Acquiror")  has  proposed  or  publicly  announced  an  intention  to  propose a
transaction that, if consummated, would cause a Stock Acquisition Date or any of
the events listed in Sections 13(a), (b) or (c) to occur, the Board of Directors
may only act to redeem the rights upon the prior recommendation of a majority of
its Independent  Directors at a time at which there are at least two Independent
Directors.  "Independent  Director"  shall  mean  any  member  of the  Board  of
Directors  of the  Company  who  is not a  proposed  Acquiror  or an  Affiliate,
Associate,  representative  or nominee of a Proposed  Acquiror and who is not an
officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The redemption of
Rights by the Board of Directors  shall be made  effective at such time, on such
basis and with such  conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion
may  establish.  The Company may , at its option,  pay the  Redemption  Price in
cash, shares of Common Stock (based on the "current market price", as defined in
Section  11(d)(i)  hereof,  of the  Common  Stock  at the  time  of  such  Board
resolution) or any other form of consideration  deemed  appropriate by the Board
of Directors.

                  (b)  Immediately  upon adoption of an effective  resolution of
the Board of Directors of the Company  ordering the  redemption of the Rights in
compliance  with  Section  23(a)  (or upon the  subsequent  satisfaction  of all
conditions to such redemption established by such resolution), evidence of which
shall have been filed with the Rights Agent,  and without any further action and
without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only
right  thereafter  of the holders of Rights  shall be to receive the  Redemption
Price.  Within  10  Business  Days  after the  action of the Board of  Directors
ordering the redemption of the Rights (or such  subsequent  satisfaction  of all
such  conditions),  the  Company  shall give  notice of such  redemption  to the
holders  of the then  outstanding  Rights  by  mailing  such  notice to all such
holders at their last  addresses as they appear upon the  registry  books of the
Rights Agent or, prior

                                       29
<PAGE>

to the  Distribution  Date, on the registry  books of the transfer agent for the
Common Stock.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be
deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of
redemption  will state the method by which the payment of the  Redemption  Price
will be made.  Neither the Company nor any of its  Affiliates or Associates  may
redeem, acquire or purchase any Rights at any time in any manner other than that
specifically set forth in this Section 23, and other than in connection with the
repurchase of Common Stock of the Company prior to the Distribution Date.

                  (c)  In the  event  that  the  Board  of  Directors  adopts an
effective  resolution  ordering the redemption of the Rights in compliance  with
Section 23(a), the Company may, at its option,  discharge all of its obligations
with respect to the Rights by (i) issuing a press release  announcing the manner
of redemption of the Rights in accordance  with this  Agreement and (ii) mailing
payment of the Redemption Price to the registered holders of the Rights at their
last  addresses  as they appear on the  registry  books of the Rights  Agent or,
prior to the  Distribution  Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent of
the  Common  Stock,  and upon such  action,  all  outstanding  Rights  and Right
Certificates shall be null and void without any further action by the Company.

                  Section  24.  Exchange.  (a) The  Board  of  Directors  of the
Company  may,  at its  option,  at any time  after  the Stock  Acquisition  Date
exchange all or part of the then-outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall
not include  Rights that have become void pursuant to the  provisions of Section
11(a)(iii) hereof) for Common Stock (or Common Stock Equivalents) at an exchange
ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right,  appropriately adjusted to reflect
any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction  occurring after the date
of this  Amended  and  Restated  Rights  Agreement  (such  exchange  ratio being
hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio") (provided that if there is then
a  Proposed  Acquiror,  the  Rights  may  not be  exchanged  without  the  prior
recommendation  of a majority of its  Independent  Directors  at a time at which
there are at least two Independent  Directors).  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
the Board of  Directors  of the Company  shall not be  empowered  to effect such
exchange at any time after any Person  (other than a Company  Entity),  together
with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person,  becomes the Beneficial Owner
of 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding.

                  (b)  Immediately  upon the action of the Board of Directors of
the Company  ordering the exchange of Rights  pursuant to and in compliance with
subsection (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any
notice,  the right to exercise  such Rights shall  terminate  and the only right
thereafter of a holder of such Rights,  which  excludes  Rights that have become
void  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Section  11(a)(iii)  hereof,  shall be to
receive  that number of shares of Common  Stock,  or Common  Stock  Equivalents,
equal  to the  number  of such  Rights  held by such  holder  multiplied  by the
Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly file notice of such Board action with
the Rights Agent and give public notice of any such exchange; provided, however,
that the failure to give,  or any defect in,  such  notice  shall not affect the
validity of such exchange.  The Company shall promptly mail a notice of any such
exchange to all of the holders of such  Rights at their last  addresses  as they
appear upon the registry  books of the Rights Agent.  Any notice which is mailed
in the manner herein  provided shall be deemed given,  whether or not the holder
receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which
the exchange of the Common  Stock for Rights will be effected  and, in the event
of any  partial  exchange,  the number of Rights  which will be  exchanged.  Any
partial exchange shall be

                                       30
<PAGE>

effected  pro rata based on the number of Rights  (other than Rights  which have
become  void  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section  11(a)(iii))  held by each
holder of Rights.

                  (c)  In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of
Common Stock issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any
exchange  of Rights as  contemplated  in  accordance  with this  Section 24, the
Company  shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize  additional
Common Stock for issuance upon exchange of the Rights.

                  (d)  The  Company  shall  not be  required,  pursuant  to this
Section 24, to issue shares of Common Stock or to distribute  certificates which
evidence fractional shares of Common Stock. In lieu of such fractional shares of
Common  Stock,  the  Company  shall pay to the  registered  holders of the Right
Certificates,  with regard to which such fractional shares of Common Stock would
otherwise  be  issuable,  an amount in cash  equal to the same  fraction  of the
current market value of a whole share of Common Stock.  For the purposes of this
paragraph  (d), the current  market value of a whole share of Common Stock shall
be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (as  determined  pursuant to the
second  sentence of Section  11(d)(i)  hereof)  for the Trading Day  immediately
prior to the date of exchange  pursuant to this Section 24, and the value of any
Common Stock Equivalent shall be deemed to have the same current market value as
the Common Stock on such date.

                  Section  25.  Notice of Certain  Events.  In case the  Company
shall propose,  at any time after the Distribution Date, (a) to pay any dividend
payable in stock of any class to the holders of its Common  Stock or to make any
other  distribution  described  to the holders of its Common Stock (other than a
regular quarterly cash dividend at a rate per share not in excess of the greater
of (x) 200% of the rate of the last quarterly dividend  theretofore paid and (y)
$0.10 per quarter (as such amount may be  appropriately  adjusted to reflect any
stock split, stock dividend,  or similar  transaction)),  or (b) to offer to the
holders of its Common Stock  rights,  options or warrants to subscribe for or to
purchase any  additional  Common  Stock or  securities  convertible  into Common
Stock, or (c) to effect any  reclassification  of its Common Stock (other than a
reclassification  involving only the subdivision of outstanding Common Stock) or
any other  event  described  in Section  11(a)(i)  hereof,  or (d) to effect any
merger, consolidation or other combination into or with any Person (other than a
Subsidiary of the Company in a transaction  which does not violate Section 11(o)
hereof),  or to effect any sale or other  transfer  (or to permit one or more of
its  Subsidiaries  to  effect  any  sale  or  other  transfer),  in one or  more
transactions, of more than 50% of the assets or earning power of the Company and
its  Subsidiaries  (taken as a whole) to any Person or Persons  (other  than the
Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries in one or more transactions each of which
does not  violate  Section  11(o)  hereof),  or (e) to effect  the  liquidation,
dissolution  or winding up of the Company,  then, in each such case, the Company
shall give to each holder of a Right,  in accordance  with Section 26 hereof,  a
notice of such  proposed  action to the extent  feasible and file a  certificate
with the Rights  Agent to that effect,  which shall  specify the record date for
the purposes of such stock dividend,  distribution  of rights or Rights,  or the
date on which such  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  sale,  transfer,
liquidation,  dissolution,  or  winding  up is to take  place  and  the  date of
participation  therein by the holders of Common Stock, if any such date is to be
fixed,  and such notice  shall be so given in the case of any action  covered by
clause (a) or (b) above at least  twenty  (20) days prior to the record date for
determining  holders of the Common Stock for purposes of such action, and in the
case of any

                                       31
<PAGE>

such other action,  at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of the taking of
such  proposed  action or the date of  participation  therein by the  holders of
Common Stock, whichever shall be earlier.

                  (b)  The Company shall, on the Stock  Acquisition  Date, or as
soon as practicable thereafter,  give each holder of a Right, in accordance with
Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event,  which notice shall
describe the event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under
Sections  11(a)(ii),  (iii) and (iv) hereof. The failure to give notice required
by this  Section 25 or any defect  therein  shall not  affect  the  legality  or
validity of the action taken by the Company or the vote upon any such action.

                  Section 26.  Notices.  Notices or demands  authorized  by this
Agreement  to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right
Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently  given or made if sent by
first class mail, postage prepaid,  addressed (until another address is filed in
writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

                  Southwestern Energy Company
                  1083 Sain Street
                  P.O.  Box 1408
                  Fayetteville, Arkansas  72703
                  Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

Subject to the provisions of Section 21, any notice or demand authorized by this
Agreement  to be given or made by the  Company  or by the  holder  of any  Right
Certificate  to or on the Rights  Agent shall be  sufficiently  given or made if
sent by first class mail,  postage prepaid,  addressed (until another address is
filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

                  First Chicago Trust Company of New York
                  525 Washington Boulevard
                  Suite 4660
                  Jersey City, New Jersey  07311
                  Attention:  Corporate Actions Administration

Notices  or  demands  authorized  by this  Agreement  to be given or made by the
Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate (or, if prior
to the Distribution  Date, to the holder of any certificate for shares of Common
Stock) shall be sufficiently  given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage
prepaid,  addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the
registry books of the Company.

                  Section 27.  Supplements and  Amendments.  The Company and the
Rights Agent shall,  if the Company so directs,  from time to time supplement or
amend this Agreement  without the approval of any holders of Rights in order (i)
to cure any  ambiguity,  (ii) to correct or supplement  any provision  contained
herein which may be defective or inconsistent  with any other provisions  herein
(provided  that any amendment made pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) hereof after a
Stock Acquisition Date or at any time that there is a Proposed  Acquiror,  shall
not  materially   adversely  affect  the  interests  of  the  holders  of  Right
Certificates  (other  than an  Acquiring  Person,  a  Proposed  Acquiror  or any
Affiliate or Associate thereof)),  (iii) prior to the Stock Acquisition

                                       32
<PAGE>

Date,  to effect any other  change or  modification  which the  Company may deem
necessary or desirable (provided that if there is then a Proposed Acquiror, this
Agreement may not be amended  pursuant to this Section 27(iii) without the prior
recommendation  of a majority of Independent  Directors at a time at which there
are at least two  Independent  Directors),  or (iv) after the Stock  Acquisition
Date or at any  time  that  there is a  Proposed  Acquiror,  to make  any  other
provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company
may deem  necessary  or  desirable  and which  shall not  adversely  affect  the
interests of the holders of Right Certificates  (other than an Acquiring Person,
a Proposed  Acquiror or any  Affiliate  or Associate  thereof).  Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary,  this Agreement may not be
amended or supplemented (x) to reinstate a right of redemption if the Rights are
not then redeemable or (y) to decrease the Redemption  Price.  Upon the delivery
of a certificate  from an  appropriate  officer of the Company which states that
the proposed supplement or amendment has been approved by the Company's Board of
Directors  and is in  compliance  with the terms of this  Section 27, the Rights
Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment;  provided,  however,  that the
Rights Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such  supplement
or amendment that adversely affects its rights,  duties or immunities under this
Agreement.  Prior to the  Distribution  Date,  the  interests  of the holders of
Rights  shall be deemed to coincide  with the  interests of holders of shares of
Common Stock  (other than an Acquiring  Person,  an Adverse  Person,  a Proposed
Acquiror or any Affiliate or Associate thereof).

                  Section 28.  Successors.   All the covenants and provisions of
this Agreement  by or for the benefit  of the Company  or the Rights Agent shall
bind  and  inure  to the benefit  of their  respective  successors  and  assigns
hereunder.

                  Section  29.  Benefits  of  this  Agreement.  Nothing  in this
Agreement shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than the
Company,  the Rights Agent and the registered  holders of the Right Certificates
(and,  prior to the  Distribution  Date, of the Common Stock of the Company) any
legal or  equitable  right,  remedy  or claim  under  this  Agreement;  but this
Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights
Agent and the registered  holders of the Right  Certificates  (and, prior to the
Distribution Date, of the Common Stock of the Company).

                  Section 30.  Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or
restriction  of this  Agreement  or the  Rights is held by a court of  competent
jurisdiction  or other  authority  to be  invalid,  void or  unenforceable,  the
remainder of this Agreement and the Rights shall remain in full force and effect
and shall in no way be affected,  impaired or  invalidated;  provided,  however,
that  notwithstanding  anything in this  Agreement to the contrary,  if any such
term,  provision,  covenant or restriction is held by such court or authority to
be invalid,  void or  unenforceable  and the Board of  Directors  of the Company
determines in its good faith  judgment  that severing the invalid  language from
this Agreement would  adversely  affect the purpose or effect of this Agreement,
the right of redemption  set forth in Section 23 hereof shall be reinstated  and
shall not expire until the close of business on the tenth Business Day following
the date of such determination by the Board of Directors.

                  Section  31.  Determinations  and  Actions  by  the  Board  of
Directors,  etc. The Board of Directors of the Company  shall have the exclusive
power and authority to administer

                                       33
<PAGE>

this Agreement and to exercise all rights and powers specifically granted to the
Board of Directors or to the Company, or as may be necessary or advisable in the
administration of this Agreement,  including,  without limitation, the right and
power to (i)  interpret  the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  and (ii) make all
determinations  deemed  necessary or advisable  for the  administration  of this
Agreement  (including,  without limitation,  a determination to redeem or not to
redeem the Rights  pursuant to Section 23 hereof or to  supplement  or amend the
Agreement and whether any proposed supplement or amendment adversely affects the
interests  of  the  holders  of  Right   Certificates   and  comports  with  the
requirements  of Section 27 hereof or to find or to announce  publicly  that any
Person has become an Acquiring Person, an Adverse Person or Proposed  Acquiror).
For all purposes of this  Agreement,  any calculation of the number of shares of
Common Stock or other securities  outstanding at any particular time,  including
for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such outstanding shares
of Common Stock or any other  securities  of which any Person is the  Beneficial
Owner, shall be made in accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i)
of the General Rules and Regulations  under the Exchange Act as in effect on the
date of this  Agreement.  All such actions,  calculations,  interpretations  and
determinations  (including  for purpose of clause (y) below,  all omissions with
respect to the  foregoing)  which are done or made by the Board of  Directors of
the Company in good  faith,  shall (x) be final,  conclusive  and binding on the
Company,  the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights and all other parties, and
(y) not subject the Board of Directors  or any director to any  liability to the
holders of the Rights.

                  Section  32.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  and each Right
Certificate  issued  hereunder  shall be deemed to be a contract  made under the
laws of the State of  Arkansas  and for all  purposes  shall be  governed by and
construed in accordance  with the laws of such state  applicable to contracts to
be made and performed entirely within such state.

                  Section 33.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts  shall for all purposes
be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute
but one and the same instrument.

                  Section 34.  Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the
several Sections of this  Agreement are inserted  for convenience only and shall
not control  or affect  the meaning  or construction  of any  of the  provisions
hereof.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement  to be duly  executed  and  their  respective  corporate  seals  to be
hereunto  affixed  and  attested,  all as of the date and the year  first  above
written.









                                       34
<PAGE>




Attest:                                          SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

By:   /s/ JEFF DANGEAU                           By:   /s/ GREG D. KERLEY
   --------------------------                       --------------------------
    Jeff Dangeau                                     Greg D. Kerley
    Assistant Secretary                              Senior Vice President and
                                                     Chief Financial Officer

                                                 FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF
Attest:                                          NEW YORK

By:  /s/ MARY E. GARCIA                          By:   /s/ JOANNE GOROSTIOLA
   --------------------------                       --------------------------
     Mary E. Garcia                                  Joanne Gorostiola
     Customer Service Officer                        Assistant Vice President












                                       35
<PAGE>



                                                                     EXHIBIT A

                           (Form of Right Certificate)

Certificate No.  R-                                    ___________ Rights



                  NOT  EXERCISABLE  AFTER APRIL 11, 2009 OR EARLIER IF NOTICE OF
REDEMPTION IS GIVEN. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION,  AT THE OPTION OF THE
COMPANY AT $.01 PER RIGHT ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS  AGREEMENT  UNDER
CERTAIN  CIRCUMSTANCES,  RIGHTS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY AN ACQUIRING PERSON OR ANY
ASSOCIATES  OR  AFFILIATES  THEREOF  (AS SUCH  TERMS ARE  DEFINED  IN THE RIGHTS
AGREEMENT)  OR ANY  SUBSEQUENT  HOLDER OF SUCH  RIGHTS MAY BECOME NULL AND VOID.
[THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED BY THIS RIGHT CERTIFICATE ARE OR WERE BENEFICIALLY OWNED
BY A PERSON  WHO IS, WAS OR BECAME AN  ACQUIRING  PERSON OR AN  AFFILIATE  OR AN
ASSOCIATE  OF AN  ACQUIRING  PERSON  (AS THOSE  TERMS ARE  DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS
AGREEMENT).  THIS RIGHT CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BECOME
NULL AND VOID IN THE CIRCUMSTANCES SPECIFIED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.]1

                                Right Certificate

                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

                  This certifies that            , or registered assigns, is the
registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles
the owner  thereof,  subject  to the terms,  provisions  and  conditions  of the
Amended and Restated  Rights  Agreement  dated as of April 12, 1999 (the "Rights
Agreement") between  Southwestern  Energy Company, an Arkansas  corporation (the
"Company"),  and The First  National  Bank of Chicago (the "Rights  Agent"),  to
purchase from the Company at any time after the  Distribution  Date and prior to
5:00 P.M. (New York City time) on the Expiration Date (as such terms are defined
in the Rights  Agreement)  at the  principal  office or such other office of the
Rights Agent designated for such purpose,  or of its successors as Rights Agent,
one  fully-paid,  nonassessable  share of Common  Stock,  $0.10  par value  (the
"Common  Stock") of the Company,  at a purchase price of $40 per share of Common
Stock (the  "Purchase  Price"),  upon  presentation  and surrender of this Right
Certificate  with the  appropriate  Form of  Election  to  Purchase  Shares duly
executed. The number of Rights evidenced

____________________
[FN]
1     The portion of the legend in brackets shall be inserted only if applicable
      and shall replace the preceding sentence.
</FN>

<PAGE>

by this Right  Certificate  and the number of shares which may be purchased upon
exercise hereof) set forth above,  and the Purchase Price set forth above,  have
been determined as of April 7, 1999.

                  As provided in the Rights  Agreement,  the Purchase  Price and
the number of shares of Common Stock or other  securities which may be purchased
upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right  Certificate are subject
to  modification  and adjustment  upon the happening of certain  events,  and in
certain  circumstances may be exercised to purchase  securities of issuers other
than the Company.

                  This  Right  Certificate  is  subject  to all  of  the  terms,
provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement,  which terms,  provisions and
conditions  are hereby  incorporated  herein by reference and made a part hereof
and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of
the rights, limitations of rights, obligations,  duties and immunities hereunder
of the Rights  Agent,  the Company  and the  holders of the Right  Certificates.
Copies of the Rights  Agreement are on file at the above mentioned office of the
Rights  Agent and are  available  free of charge upon  written  request from the
Company at:

                  Southwestern Energy Company
                  1083 Sain Street
                  P.O.  Box 1408
                  Fayetteville, Arkansas  72703
                  Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

                  This  Right   Certificate,   with  or  without   other   Right
Certificates, upon surrender at the office of the Rights Agent, may be exchanged
for  another  Right  Certificate  or Right  Certificates  of like tenor and date
evidencing  Rights  entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate  number of
shares of Common Stock as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right
Certificates  surrendered  shall have entitled such holder to purchase.  If this
Right  Certificate  shall be exercised in part,  the holder shall be entitled to
receive, upon surrender hereof,  another Right Certificate or Right Certificates
for the number of whole Rights not exercised.

                  Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement,  the Rights
evidenced  by  this  Right  Certificate  may be  redeemed  by the  Company  at a
redemption  price of $.01 per Right (payable in cash,  shares of Common Stock or
other consideration),  appropriately adjusted to reflect any Common Stock split,
Common Stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof.

                  Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement,  the Rights
evidenced by this Right  Certificate  (and the Rights  Agreement  itself) may be
amended by action of the Company's Board of Directors.

                  No  fractional  shares of Common Stock will be issued upon the
exercise of any Right or Rights  evidenced  hereby,  but in lieu  thereof a cash
payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

                  No  holder  of this  Right  Certificate,  as  such,  shall  be
entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of
shares of Common Stock or of any other  securities  of the Company  which may at
any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the
Rights  Agreement or herein be construed  to confer upon the holder  hereof,  as
such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for
the election of directors or upon any matter  submitted to  stockholders  at any
meeting thereof,  or to give or withhold consent to any corporate  action, or to
receive notice of meetings or other actions  affecting  stockholders  (except as
provided  in the Rights  Agreement),  or to receive  dividends  or  subscription
rights,  or  otherwise,  until  the  Right or  Rights  evidenced  by this  Right
Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement.

                  This Right  Certificate  shall not be valid or obligatory  for
any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

                  WITNESS the facsimile signature  of the proper officers of the
Company and its corporate seal.  Dated as of _________________, _____.

Attest:                                         SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

By:_________________________                    By_________________________
        Secretary                                  Title:

Countersigned:
FIRST CHICAGO TRUST COMPANY OF
NEW YORK

By:__________________________
      Authorized Signature










                                      A-3
<PAGE>


                   [Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate]

                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

         (To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires
                       to transfer the Right Certificate)

                 FOR VALUE RECEIVED ______________________ hereby sells, assigns
and transfers unto _____________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
                            (Please print name and address of transferee)

this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and
does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________ Attorney, to
transfer the within Right Certificate on the books of the within-named  Company,
with full power of substitution.

DATED: ________________, ________



                                               _____________________________
                                               Signature

Signature Guaranteed:









                                      A-4
<PAGE>


                                   Certificate

                  The undersigned  hereby  certifies by checking the appropriate
boxes that:

                  (1)  this  Right  Certificate  [ ] is [ ] is not  being  sold,
assigned and  transferred by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring
Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring  Person (as such terms
are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

                  (2)  after  due  inquiry  and to  the  best  knowledge  of the
undersigned,  it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights  evidenced by this Right
Certificate  from any  Person who is, was or  subsequently  became an  Acquiring
Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated:______________________, ________              __________________________
                                                    Signature

Signature Guaranteed:

                                     NOTICE

                  The signature of the foregoing  Assignment  must correspond to
the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular,
without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.













                                      A-5
<PAGE>


                       FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE SHARES

                      (To be executed if holder desires to
                         exercise the Right Certificate)

To Southwestern Energy Company:

                  The  undersigned   hereby   irrevocably   elects  to  exercise
__________  Rights  represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the Common
Stock of the  Company  (or such  other  securities  of the  Company or any other
person) and requests  that  certificates  for such Common Stock be issued in the
name of:

Please insert social security or other identifying number


________________________________________________________________________________
                         (Please print name and address)

________________________________________________________________________________


If such  number of Rights  shall not be all the Rights  evidenced  by this Right
Certificate,  a new Right  Certificate for the balance  remaining of such Rights
shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security or other identifying number

________________________________________________________________________________
                         (Please print name and address)

________________________________________________________________________________


Dated:______________________, _____




                                               ______________________________
                                               Signature


Signature Guaranteed:









                                      A-6
<PAGE>


                                   Certificate

                  The undersigned  hereby  certifies by checking the appropriate
boxes that:

                  (1) the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate [ ] are [ ]
are not being  exercised  by or on behalf of a Person who is or was an Acquiring
Person or an Affiliate or Associate of any such Acquiring  Person (as such terms
are defined pursuant to the Rights Agreement);

                  (2)  after  due  inquiry  and to  the  best  knowledge  of the
undersigned,  it [ ] did [ ] did not acquire the Rights  evidenced by this Right
Certificate  from any  Person who is,  was or became an  Acquiring  Person or an
Affiliate or Associate of an Acquiring Person.

Dated:________________________, ______       ____________________________
                                             Signature

Signature Guaranteed:


                                     NOTICE

                  The  signature  to the  foregoing  Election to  Purchase  must
correspond  to the name as written  upon the face of this Right  Certificate  in
every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.









                                      A-7
<PAGE>



                                                                   Exhibit B

                           SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY

                   SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

                  On April 7, 1999,  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Southwestern
Energy Company (the "Company") adopted an Amended and Restated Rights Agreement,
dated as of April 12,  1999 (the  "Rights  Agreement"),  between the Company and
First Chicago  Trust Company of New York as Rights Agent,  that amends the terms
of the  outstanding  rights (the  "Rights")  previously  issued.  The Rights are
currently  evidenced (on the basis of one right for each  outstanding  share) by
the existing  certificates  for  outstanding  shares of common stock,  $0.10 par
value, of the Company (the "Common Stock") and are not  exerciseable  and do not
trade  separately  from such  shares.  The  Summary  describes  the rights as so
amended.

                  Each Right,  when  exercisable,  will  entitle the  registered
holder to purchase from the Company one share of the Company's Common Stock at a
price of $40 per share (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment.

                  Until  the  close of  business  on  the  earliest  of: (i) the
tenth day after a public  announcement  that (A) a person or group of affiliated
or associated persons has acquired, or obtained the right to acquire, beneficial
ownership  ("Beneficial  Ownership") of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of
Common  Stock of the  Company  (other than  pursuant  to a tender  offer for all
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock at the price and on terms  approved  by the
Board  of  Directors  based  upon a  prior  recommendation  of  the  Independent
Directors at a time when there are at least two Independent  Directors or solely
as a result of a reduction of the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding
due to a  repurchase  of shares by the  Company),  (B) any person or group which
beneficially  owned  15% of the  outstanding  shares  on the date of the  Rights
Agreement,  or which  acquired  beneficial  ownership of 15% of the  outstanding
shares  as a result of any  repurchase  of  shares  by the  Company,  thereafter
acquired  beneficial  ownership of additional shares  constituting 1% or more of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (C) the Board of Directors  determines
that a holder of 10% or more of the Common Stock is an Adverse Person (each,  an
"Acquiring  Person");  and (ii) the tenth Business Day (or such later day as may
be  determined  by action of the Board of Directors of the Company prior to such
time  as  any  Person  becomes  an  Acquiring  Person)  after  the  date  of the
commencement  of, or the first public  announcement  of the intent of any person
(other than a Company  Entity (as defined in the Rights  Agreement)) to commence
(which intention to commence remains in effect for five business days after such
announcement)  a tender or  exchange  offer by any Person  (other than a Company
Entity) to  acquire  (when  added to any  shares as to which such  Person is the
Beneficial Owner immediately prior to such commencement) beneficial ownership of
15% or more of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (the earlier of
such dates being called the "Distribution  Date"), the Rights will be evidenced,
with respect to any of the Company's Common Stock certificates outstanding as of
the Record Date, by such Common Stock certificate and this Summary.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>

                  The Rights  Agreement  provides that,  until the  Distribution
Date,  the Rights will be transferred  with and only with the Common Stock.  New
Common  Stock  certificates  issued  after the Record Date upon  transfer or new
issuance of the Common  Stock will contain a notation  incorporating  the Rights
Agreement by reference.  Until the Distribution Date, the surrender for transfer
of any of the Common Stock certificates outstanding as of the date of the Rights
Agreement  (whether or not  containing a notation  contemplated  by the original
Rights  Agreement  dated May 5, 1989) will also  constitute  the transfer of the
Rights  associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificate and the
number  of  Rights   associated  with  each  share  of  Common  Stock  shall  be
proportionately  adjusted in the event of any  dividend  in Common  Stock on the
Common Stock or subdivision, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock
(except as otherwise provided in the Rights  Agreement).  As soon as practicable
following the Distribution  Date,  separate  certificates  evidencing the Rights
("Right  Certificates")  will be mailed to holders of record of the Common Stock
as of the  close  of  business  on  the  Distribution  Date  and  such  separate
certificates alone will evidence Rights.

                  The Rights are not exercisable  until the  Distribution  Date.
The Rights will expire on April 11, 2009, unless earlier redeemed by the Company
as described  below or unless further  extended  pursuant to an amendment in the
Rights Agreement as described below.

                  The Purchase Price payable, and the number of shares of Common
Stock or other securities or property issuable,  upon exercise of the Rights are
subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent  dilution (i) in the event of
a stock dividend on, or a subdivision,  combination or reclassification  of, the
Common Stock,  (ii) upon the grant to holders of Common Stock of certain  rights
or warrants to subscribe for shares of Common Stock or convertible securities at
less  than the  current  market  price  of the  Common  Stock or (iii)  upon the
distribution  to holders of Common Stock of evidences of  indebtedness or assets
(excluding regular periodic cash dividends or dividends payable in Common Stock)
or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those referred to above).

                  In the  event  that,  at any  time  after  the  Rights  become
exercisable,  the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination,
proper  provision shall be made so that each holder of a Right shall  thereafter
have the  right  to  receive,  upon the  exercise  thereof  at the then  current
exercise  price of the  Right,  that  number of  shares  of common  stock of the
surviving company (or its parent company or other  controlling  entity) which at
the time of such transaction would have a market value of two times the exercise
price of the Right.  In the event that any person  becomes an Acquiring  Person,
the Rights  Agreement  provides that proper provision would be made so that each
holder  of a  Right,  other  than  the  Acquiring  Person  (whose  Rights  would
thereafter be null and void) and certain of its  transferees,  would  thereafter
have the right to  receive  upon  exercise  that  number of shares of the Common
Stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

                  With certain  exceptions,  no adjustment in the Purchase Price
will be required until cumulative  adjustments require an adjustment of at least
1% in such  Purchase  Price.  No  fractional  shares will be issued and, in lieu
thereof,  an  adjustment  in cash will be made based on the market  price of the
Common Stock on the last trading date prior to the date of exercise.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>

                  At any time  prior to the close of  business  on the date that
Rights  holders become  entitled to purchase  Common Stock of the Company (or of
the  surviving  entity after a merger with the  Company)  with a market value of
twice the Purchase  Price (as  described  above),  the Board of Directors of the
Company may redeem the Rights in whole,  but not in part, at a price of $.01 per
Right  (payable  in cash,  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  other  consideration),
appropriately  adjusted to reflect any stock  split,  stock  dividend or similar
transaction  occurring after the date hereof (the  "Redemption  Price").  In the
event, however, that any person or group (a "Proposed Acquiror") has proposed or
publicly  announced an intention to propose a transaction  that, if consummated,
would  cause an  Acquiring  Person to become  such or cause  the  Company  to be
acquired in a merger or other business  combination,  the Board of Directors may
only redeem the Rights after receiving a  recommendation  from a majority of its
Independent Directors.  Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of
the Company  electing to redeem the Rights (unless  otherwise  specified in such
Board  action),  the right to exercise  the Rights will  terminate  and the only
right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

                  Upon  the  first  public  announcement   (including,   without
limitation,  the filing of a report  pursuant to the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934) by the Company or an Acquiring Person  containing  information  indicating
that an  Acquiring  Person has become  such and prior to the  acquisition  by an
Acquiring Person of 50% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding,  the Board
of Directors may, at its option and after receiving the prior  recommendation of
its  Independent  Directors,  exchange all or part of the then  outstanding  and
existing  Rights (other than Rights owned by such  Acquiring  Person which shall
become void) for Common Stock at an Exchange  Ratio of one share of Common Stock
per Right (subject to adjustment) (the "Exchange  Ratio").  Immediately upon the
action of the Board of Directors of the Company electing to exchange the Rights,
the right to  exercise  the  Rights  will  terminate  and the only  right of the
holders of Rights will be to receive  that  number of shares of Common  Stock or
Common  Stock  equivalents  equal to the  number of Rights  held by such  holder
multiplied by the Exchange Ratio.

                  Until a Right is exercised,  the holder thereof, as such, will
have no rights as a stockholder of the Company,  including,  without limitation,
no right to vote or to receive dividends.

                  At any time  prior to the time that an  Acquiring  Person or a
Potential  Acquiror has become such, the Company may amend the Rights  Agreement
and the  terms of the  Rights  in any  manner  deemed  necessary  or  desirable.
Thereafter,  the Rights  Agreement and the terms of the Rights may be amended by
the Company under certain  circumstances,  but not in any manner that  adversely
affects  the  interests  of the holders of the Rights  (other than an  Acquiring
Person or a Proposed Acquiror).

                  A copy  of the  Rights  Agreement  is  being  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit to a Registration  Statement on
Form 8-A. A copy of the Rights  Agreement  will be available free of charge from
the  Company.  This  summary  description  of the Rights  does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights  Agreement,
which is incorporated herein by reference.

                                      B-3





================================================================================


                        ASSET SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                  By and Among

                          SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY,


                          ARKANSAS WESTERN GAS COMPANY

                                       and

                            ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION

                          Dated as of October 15, 1999

================================================================================



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
<S>                                                                          <C>
I.    DEFINITIONS.............................................................1

II.   SALE AND PURCHASE.......................................................5

   2.1.  Sale and Purchase of Assets..........................................5

   2.2.  Excluded Assets......................................................6

   2.3.  Purchase Price; Adjustment...........................................7

   2.4.  Assumption of Liabilities............................................9

   2.5.  Closing.............................................................10

   2.6.  Nonassignable Contracts.............................................11

III.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS..............................11

   3.1.  Corporate Existence.................................................11

   3.2.  Authorization and Validity of Agreement.............................12

   3.3.  No Contravention....................................................12

   3.4.  Title to Assets; Adequacy; Condition................................12

   3.5.  Material Contracts..................................................12

   3.6.  Real Property.......................................................13

   3.7.  Permits.............................................................13

   3.8.  Litigation..........................................................13

   3.9.  Compliance with Laws................................................13

   3.10.    Governmental Consents............................................13

   3.11.    Tax Matters......................................................13

   3.12.    Financial Statements.............................................14

   3.13.    Employee Matters.................................................14

   3.14.    Brokerage........................................................15

   3.15.    Environmental Matters............................................15

   3.16.    No Undisclosed Liabilities; No Material Adverse Effect...........16

   3.17.    Customers; Suppliers.............................................16

   3.18.    Books and Records................................................16

   3.19.    Insurance........................................................16

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

   3.20.    Accounts Receivable..............................................16

   3.21.    Y2K Compliance...................................................16

   3.22.    No Other Representations.........................................16

IV.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER................................17

   4.1.  Organization........................................................17

   4.2.  Authorization and Validity of Agreement.............................17

   4.3.  No Contravention....................................................17

   4.4.  Consents............................................................17

   4.5.  Brokerage...........................................................17

   4.6.  Litigation..........................................................17

   4.7.  Financing...........................................................17

V.    OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS.................................................17

   5.1.  Consents............................................................18

   5.2.  Conduct of Business.................................................18

   5.3.  Access Before Closing...............................................18

   5.4.  Clearance Certificate...............................................18

VI.   OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER...................................................18

   6.1.  Consents............................................................18

VII.     EMPLOYEE MATTERS....................................................19

   7.1.  Employment of Employees.............................................19

   7.2.  Severance Benefits..................................................19

   7.3.  Transfer of Pension Assets and Liabilities..........................19

   7.4.  Savings Plan........................................................20

   7.5.  Indemnification for Plan Liabilities................................20

   7.6.  Service Credit......................................................21

   7.7.  Medical and Dental Plans............................................21

   7.8.  Vacation and Sick Day Benefits Accrued Through Closing Date.........22

   7.9.  Welfare Benefits....................................................22

   7.10.    Long Term Disability.............................................22

   7.11.    Flexible Spending Accounts.......................................22

   7.12.    WARN Act Liability...............................................22

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

   7.13.    Health Care Continuation Coverage................................22

   7.14.    Employment Taxes.................................................22

VIII.    ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS...................................23

   8.1.  Access After Closing................................................23

   8.2.  Further Assurances..................................................23

   8.3.  Confidentiality.....................................................23

   8.4.  Schedules...........................................................23

   8.5.  Tax Matters.........................................................23

   8.6.  Use of Name and Logos...............................................24

   8.7.  Environmental Matters...............................................24

   8.8.  Abstracts...........................................................24

   8.9.  Y2K.................................................................25

IX.   CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS......................................25

   9.1.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Sellers................25

   9.2.  No Prohibition......................................................25

   9.3.  Further Action......................................................25

   9.4.  No Material Adverse Effect..........................................25

   9.5.  Abstracts...........................................................25

   9.6.  Omnibus Gas Transportation and Supply Agreement.....................26

   9.7.  Other Documents.....................................................26

X.    CONDITIONS TO SELLERS' OBLIGATIONS.....................................26

   10.1.    Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Buyer...............26

   10.2.    No Prohibition...................................................26

   10.3.    Further Action...................................................26

   10.4.    Omnibus Gas Transportation and Supply Agreement..................26

   10.5.    Other Documents..................................................26

XI.   TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING...........................................26

   11.1.    Termination......................................................26

   11.2.    Effect of Termination............................................27

XII.     INDEMNIFICATION AND SURVIVAL........................................27

   12.1.    Indemnification by Sellers.......................................27

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>

   12.2.    Indemnification by Buyer.........................................27

   12.3.    Limitations on Liability.........................................27

   12.4.    Indemnification Procedure........................................28

   12.5.    Exclusive Remedies...............................................29

XIII.    MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................29

   13.1.    Entire Agreement.................................................29

   13.2.    Waiver of Bulk Transfer Requirements.............................29

   13.3.    Successors and Assigns...........................................29

   13.4.    Counterparts.....................................................29

   13.5.    Headings.........................................................29

   13.6.    Modification and Waiver..........................................29

   13.7.    No Third-Party Beneficiary Rights................................30

   13.8.    Sales and Transfer Taxes.........................................30

   13.9.    Expenses.........................................................30

   13.10.   Waiver of Conditions.............................................30

   13.11.   Notices..........................................................30

   13.12.   Knowledge of Sellers.............................................31

   13.13.   Governing Law....................................................31

   13.14.   Waiver of Jury Trial.............................................31

   13.15.   Announcements....................................................31

   13.16.   Severability.....................................................32


</TABLE>










                                      -iv-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SCHEDULES

<S>             <C> <C>
2.1.1           -   Owned Property
2.1.2           -   Leased Property
2.1.4           -   List of Machinery, Equipment, etc.
2.1.6           -   Contracts
2.1.13          -   Intellectual Property
2.2(c)          -   Names and Logos
2.2(k)          -   Other Excluded Assets
2.3.3           -   Financial Principles
2.4             -   Certain Excluded Liabilities
2.5.2(c)        -   Gas Transportation and Supply Matters
3.3             -   Sellers' Third Party Consents
3.4             -   Encumbrances on Transferred Assets
3.5             -   Material Contracts
3.6             -   Real Property
3.7             -   Permits
3.8             -   Litigation
3.9             -   Compliance with Laws
3.10            -   Seller Governmental Consents
3.12            -   Financial Statements
3.13.1          -   Employee Benefit Plans
3.13.2          -   Pension Plans
3.13.4          -   Labor Matters
3.15            -   Environmental Matters
3.16            -   Certain Liabilities
3.19            -   Insurance Policies
3.20            -   Accounts Receivable
4.4             -   Buyer's Consents
7.1             -   Transferred Employees
7.2             -   Severance Benefits
7.3.2           -   Accumulated Benefit Obligation and Calculation Assumption
7.11            -   Flexible Spending Accounts
9.3             -   Required Non-Governmental Third Party Consents

</TABLE>

<PAGE>



                        ASSET SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         ASSET SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") dated as of October
15, 1999, by and among  SOUTHWESTERN  ENERGY  COMPANY,  a corporation  organized
under  the laws of the  state  of  Arkansas  ("Parent"),  ARKANSAS  WESTERN  GAS
COMPANY, a corporation  organized under the laws of the state of Arkansas ("AWG"
and,  together with Parent,  the  "Sellers"),  and ATMOS ENERGY  CORPORATION,  a
corporation organized under the laws of Texas and Virginia ("Buyer").

                                   BACKGROUND

         Sellers  desire  to sell and  assign to Buyer,  and  Buyer  desires  to
purchase  and  assume  from  Sellers,   the   Transferred   Assets  (as  defined
hereinafter) and the Assumed  Liabilities (as defined  hereinafter),  all on the
terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

                                      TERMS

         NOW, THEREFORE, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree
as follows:

                                 I. DEFINITIONS.

         For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the  following  terms shall have the
following meanings:

         "Affiliate"  means,  when  used with  respect  to a  specified  Person,
another  Person  that,  either  directly  or  indirectly  through  one  or  more
intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the
Person specified.

         "Abstracts" has the meaning specified in Section 8.8.

         "Agreement" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph.

         "Assumed Contracts" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.6.

         "Assumed Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

         "Assumption Agreement" has the meaning specified in Section 2.5.3.

         "AWG" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph.

         "Business" means the gas distribution and transmission business and the
unregulated  operations  conducted  by  AWG's  Associated  Natural  Gas  Company
Division in the State of Missouri immediately prior to the date hereof; provided
that the Business  shall not be deemed to include any  operations of the Sellers
conducted in the State of Arkansas.

         "Buyer" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph.

         "Buyer Medical Plan" has the meaning specified in Section 7.7.1.

         "Buyer's Pension Plan" has the meaning specified in Section 7.3.1.

         "Buyer's  Post-Retirement  Trusts" has the meaning specified in Section
7.7.3.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>

         "Buyer's Savings Plan" has the meaning specified in Section 7.4.

         "Closing"  and "Closing  Date" have the  meanings  specified in Section
2.5.1.

         "Closing Purchase Price" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.1.

         "Closing Statement" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.3.

         "Code" has the meaning specified in Section 7.3.1.

         "Current  Assets" means the current  assets of the Sellers  reported as
(i) accounts  receivable,  (ii) inventory,  (iii) stores expense  undistributed,
(iv) deferred gas purchases and (v) (to the extent not exceeding $100,000) other
current assets that are included in the Transferred Assets, all as determined in
accordance with the Financial Principles applied consistently with the Financial
Statements.

         "Current  Liabilities"  means the  current  liabilities  of the Sellers
reported as (i) accounts payable,  (ii) other taxes payable,  (iii) deferred gas
purchases, (iv) customer deposits, (v) accrued vacation payable and (vi) (to the
extent  not  exceeding  $50,000)  other  current  liabilities  that are  Assumed
Liabilities,  all as  determined in  accordance  with the  Financial  Principles
applied consistently with the Financial Statements.

         "Current Period" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.4.

         "Eligible  Transferred  Employee" has the meaning  specified in Section
7.4.

         "Encumbrances" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

         "Environmental  Laws"  means  any  federal,  state,  local  or  foreign
statute,  law,  ordinance,  regulation,  rule, code, order,  common law, and any
enforceable  judicial or administrative  interpretation  thereof,  including any
judicial or administrative order, writ, consent decree or judgment, relating: to
(a)  emissions,   discharges,  releases  or  threatened  releases  of  Hazardous
Materials  into the natural  environment,  including  into  ambient  air,  soil,
sediments, land surface or subsurface,  buildings or facilities,  surface water,
groundwater,  publicly-owned  treatment  works,  septic systems or land; (b) the
generation,   treatment,   storage  disposal,   use,  handling,   manufacturing,
transportation or shipment of Hazardous  Materials;  (c) occupational health and
safety;  or  (d)  otherwise  relating  to the  pollution  or  protection  of the
environment,  health, safety or natural resources;  provided that "Environmental
Laws"  shall not mean or refer to any of the  foregoing  except to the extent in
existence  and in full  force  and  effect  on and as of the  Closing  Date and,
accordingly,  shall  not  include  any of the  foregoing  as it may be  enacted,
promulgated,  amended, changed or altered (by statute,  judicial interpretation,
official  interpretation or otherwise) at any time with effect after the Closing
Date.

         "Environmental  Permit"  means  any  permit,  approval,  identification
number,  license or other authorization required under or issued pursuant to any
Environmental Law.

         "ERISA" has the meaning specified in Section 3.13.2.

         "Excluded Assets" has the meaning specified in Section 2.2.

         "Excluded Liabilities" has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.

         "Financial Principles" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.3.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

         "Financial Statements" has the meaning specified in Section 3.12.

         "FSA's" has the meaning specified in Section 7.11.

         "Hazardous Material" means (a) any petroleum,  petroleum  hydrocarbons,
gas, gas liquids,  or any other  petroleum  products,  by-products  or breakdown
products,  radioactive materials,  asbestos-containing  materials in any form or
condition  or  polychlorinated  biphenyls  in any form or  condition  or (b) any
solid,  chemical,  material or substance regulated as toxic or hazardous or as a
pollutant, contaminant or waste under any Environmental Law.

         "Knowledge of Sellers" has the meaning specified in Section 13.12.

         "Leased Property" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.2.

         "Leave" has the meaning specified in Section 7.1.

         "Losses" has the meaning specified in Section 12.1.

         "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means any  change  in, or effect  on,  the
Business  or the  Transferred  Assets  that  is or is  reasonably  likely  to be
materially  adverse to the  Transferred  Assets  taken as a whole or the assets,
liabilities,  operations,  results of operations  or financial  condition of the
Business taken as a whole, except for any such changes or effects resulting from
(i) changes in general economic,  regulatory or political  conditions or changes
that affect the industry in general and (ii) this Agreement or the  transactions
contemplated hereby .

         "Material Contracts" has the meaning specified in Section 3.5.

         "Matters of Environmental Concern" has the meaning specified in Section
8.7(a).

         "Measurement Period" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.3.

         "Names and Logos" has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(c).

         "Net Working Capital" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.3.

         "Non-Assigned Contracts" has the meaning specified in Section 2.6.

         "Omnibus  Gas  Transportation  and Supply  Agreement"  has the  meaning
specified in Section 2.5.2.

         "Owned Property" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.1.

         "Parent" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph.

         "Pension Plans" has the meaning specified in Section 3.13.2.

         "Permits" has the meaning specified in Section 3.7.

         "Permitted Encumbrances" has the meaning specified in Section 3.4.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

         "Person"  means  any  individual,   partnership,   firm,   corporation,
association,  trust,  limited liability  company,  unincorporated  organization,
governmental authority or other entity.

         "Plans" has the meaning specified in Section 3.13.1.

         "Post-Retirement Benefits" has the meaning specified in Section 7.7.3.

         "Pre-Closing Returns" has the meaning specified in Section 8.5.

         "Purchase Price" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3.1.

         "Returns" has the meaning specified in Section 3.11.

         "Seller Medical Plans" has the meaning specified in Section 7.7.1.

         "Seller Pension Plan" has the meaning specified in Section 7.3.1.

         "Seller Pension Plan Trust" has the meaning specified in Section 7.3.1.

         "Seller Savings Plan" has the meaning specified in Section 7.4.

         "Sellers" has the meaning specified in the first paragraph.

         "Seller's  Post-Retirement Trusts" has the meaning specified in Section
7.7.3.

         "SFAS 106 Obligations" has the meaning specified in Section 3.13.5.

         "System Property" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.3.

         "Taxes"  means all  federal,  state,  local and other taxes and similar
levies,  fees,  charges and  assessments  imposed by a  governmental  authority,
including without  limitation,  income,  gross receipts,  sales, use,  transfer,
business and occupation,  franchise,  profits,  license, lease, service, service
use, duties, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, ad valorem, real and personal
property, withholding, payroll, and value added taxes.

         "Threshold" has the meaning specified in Section 8.7.

         "Transfer Taxes" has the meaning specified in Section 13.8.

         "Transferred Assets" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1.

         "Transferred  Employee" and  "Transferred  Employees" have the meanings
specified in Section 7.1.

         "Transferred  Pension Plan  Participants"  has the meaning specified in
Section 7.3.1.

         "Transition  Services  Agreement" has the meaning  specified in Section
2.5.2.

         "WARN Act" has the meaning specified in Section 7.12.

         "Welfare Plans" has the meaning specified in Section 3.13.3.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

                             II. SALE AND PURCHASE.

         2.1. Sale and Purchase of Assets.  Subject to the terms and  conditions
of this Agreement,  at the Closing,  each Seller shall sell, transfer and assign
to Buyer, free and clear of any lien, pledge, option, security interest,  claim,
charge or other encumbrance ("Encumbrances"), except Permitted Encumbrances, and
Buyer shall purchase and assume from each Seller,  the Transferred  Assets.  For
purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Transferred  Assets"  shall  mean the  following
assets:

                  2.1.1. The real property owned in fee by Sellers and listed on
         Schedule 2.1.1 (the "Owned Property"),  together with all improvements,
         fixtures, rights, and other appurtenances thereto of Sellers;

                  2.1.2.  The leasehold  interests of Sellers in all  possessory
         leases  of  real  property   listed  on  Schedule  2.1.2  (the  "Leased
         Property");

                  2.1.3. All rights of way, easements, appurtenances and similar
         realty  interests  of Sellers  relating  to the Owned  Property  or the
         Leased Property or necessary for or relating  primarily to the Business
         (the "System Property");

                  2.1.4. Machinery,  equipment,  tools and fixed assets owned by
         Sellers  listed  on  Schedule   2.1.4,   subject  to  such   additions,
         substitutions  or  deletions  thereto  as shall  have  occurred  in the
         ordinary  course of the  conduct of the  Business  prior to the Closing
         Date that is consistent with past practice;

                  2.1.5. All vehicles and other tangible assets of Sellers which
         are used primarily in or related primarily to the Business;

                  2.1.6.  All rights of Sellers  under the  contracts  listed on
         Schedule 2.1.6,  subject to such  additions,  substitution or deletions
         thereto as shall  have  occurred  in the  ordinary  course of  Sellers'
         conduct of the Business  prior to the Closing  Date that is  consistent
         with past practice (the "Assumed Contracts");

                  2.1.7.  To  the  extent   assignable  to  Buyer,  all  of  the
         governmental   permits,   franchises,   licenses,   consents  or  other
         authorizations issued or given to Sellers which relate primarily to the
         Business  or any of the  Transferred  Assets and which are  required in
         connection with the conduct, use, operation or ownership thereof;

                  2.1.8. Copies of all customer,  supplier and personnel records
         and other records as are in either Seller's possession or control which
         are used primarily in or related primarily to the Business;

                  2.1.9.  Accounts and notes  receivable  of Sellers which arose
         from the  operations  of the  Business  (other than  accounts and notes
         receivable  relating to  inter-company  accounts  between the  Sellers,
         which  accounts  and  notes  receivable  shall not be  included  on the
         Closing Statement);

                  2.1.10.  All inventories of gas,  materials and spare parts of
         Sellers used primarily in or relating primarily to the Business;

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

                  2.1.11.  All prepaid expenses of Sellers relating primarily to
         the Business,  except for prepaid expenses attributable to any Excluded
         Asset or Excluded Liability;

                  2.1.12.  To the extent the rights and benefits  thereunder are
         assignable to Buyer, all rights and benefits under any  manufacturer's,
         subcontractor's,   supplier's,   repairman's   or   other   third-party
         warranties,  guarantees,  and service and replacement programs, and all
         rights of indemnification,  insurance proceeds, claims against insurers
         and similar rights of Sellers relating to the Transferred Assets or the
         Business,  except to the extent any such rights or  benefits  relate to
         Excluded  Assets or losses  or  conditions  which  Sellers  have  fully
         remedied prior to the Closing;

                  2.1.13. All patents,  patent rights,  trademarks,  trade names
         and logos used in the Business  listed on Schedule  2.1.13,  other than
         the name "Associated  Natural Gas" or "ANG" or variants thereof and the
         associated logos; and

                  2.1.14.  All of  either  Seller's  other  assets,  properties,
         franchises,  interests,  and  rights and  privileges  of every kind and
         description, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, necessary
         for,  or  primarily  used  by the  Sellers  in,  the  operation  of the
         Business.

         2.2.     Excluded   Assets.    Anything   herein   to    the   contrary
notwithstanding, the  Transferred  Assets shall  not include  the following (the
"Excluded Assets"):

                           (a)      all   cash   on   hand,   cash  equivalents,
                  investments, and bank  accounts of Sellers  as of the  Closing
                  Date;

                           (b)      all  negotiable   instruments  (other   than
                  notes  receivable  of the  type  included  in the  Transferred
                  Assets pursuant to Section 2.1.9) and chattel paper of Sellers
                  as of the Closing Date;

                           (c)      all rights to the name  "Associated  Natural
                  Gas" (or  any  derivative  thereof) or  the  logos  identified
                  on Schedule  2.2(c) (the "Names and  Logos"),  subject  to the
                  provisions of Section 8.6;

                           (d)      refunds  or  claims  for  refunds  due  from
                  federal,  state,  local and  foreign  taxing  authorities with
                  respect to taxes paid or to be paid by Sellers;

                           (e)      all  insurance  policies  of Sellers, except
                  to the extent  provided  in Section  2.1.12,  and any  related
                  unearned premiums;

                           (f)      Sellers' rights under this Agreement;

                           (g)      each Seller's  corporate charter, minute and
                  stock record books and corporate seal;

                           (h)      each  Seller's  ledgers,  journals  and  tax
                  returns;

                           (i)      any   assets   relating   to   any  benefits
                  provided or  plans  maintained  by Sellers for any  employees,
                  subject to the provisions of Article VII;

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                           (j)      any  assets  of  Sellers  primarily  used in
                  Sellers'   gas   distribution   and   transmission    business
                  conducted in the State of Arkansas; and

                           (k)      the assets identified on Schedule 2.2(k).

         2.3.     Purchase Price; Adjustment.

                  2.3.1.   Determination   and  Payment.   In  addition  to  the
         assumption of the Assumed Liabilities  contemplated by Section 2.4, the
         consideration  to be paid by Buyer for the  Transferred  Assets will be
         $32,000,000 (the "Closing Purchase Price"),  payable at Closing by wire
         transfer of  immediately  available  funds to an account  designated by
         Sellers.  The Closing  Purchase  Price  shall be subject to  adjustment
         after Closing pursuant to Section 2.3.3 (as so adjusted,  the "Purchase
         Price").

                  2.3.2.  Allocation.  Within ninety (90) days after the Closing
         Date, the Purchase Price and the value of the Assumed  Liabilities will
         be  allocated  among the  Transferred  Assets by Buyer and Sellers in a
         mutually acceptable manner which is consistent with Section 1060 of the
         Code and the regulations  thereunder.  The parties agree that they will
         report the federal,  state and local and other tax  consequences of the
         purchase and sale hereunder (including,  without limitation, in filings
         on Internal Revenue Service Form 8594) in a manner consistent with such
         allocation  and that  they  will not  take  any  position  inconsistent
         therewith in connection with any tax return,  refund claim,  litigation
         or otherwise.  The  provisions of this Section 2.3.2 shall apply to any
         subsequent  adjustments  to  the  Purchase  Price,  including,  without
         limitation,  adjustment  pursuant  to  Sections  2.3.3 and 13.8 of this
         Agreement.

                  2.3.3.  Post-Closing  Adjustments.  Within  90 days  after the
         Closing Date,  Sellers shall deliver to Buyer a statement (the "Closing
         Statement")  of (i) the net  amount  of the  Current  Assets  minus the
         Current  Liabilities ("Net Working Capital") as at the Closing Date and
         (ii) capital expenditures with respect to the Business and depreciation
         with respect to the Business  during the period from the date hereof to
         and including the Closing Date ("Measurement  Period"), in each case in
         accordance with the accounting principles and assumptions set forth in,
         and in the form provided in, the document entitled Financial Principles
         which  is   included   as  Schedule   2.3.3   hereto  (the   "Financial
         Principles").












                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                  If Net Working  Capital is more than  $1,600,000,  the Closing
         Purchase  Price shall be  increased  by the amount by which Net Working
         Capital  exceeds  $1,600,000.  If Net  Working  Capital  is  less  than
         $1,600,000, the Closing Purchase Price shall be decreased by the amount
         by which Net  Working  Capital  is less  than  $1,600,000.  If  capital
         expenditures with respect to the Business during the Measurement Period
         exceed depreciation with respect to the Business during the Measurement
         Period,  the Closing Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount by
         which such  capital  expenditures  exceed such  depreciation,  but this
         amount shall not exceed $1,000,000. If depreciation with respect to the
         Business  during the Measurement  Period exceeds  capital  expenditures
         with respect to the Business during the Measurement Period, the Closing
         Purchase  Price  shall  be  decreased  by  the  amount  by  which  such
         depreciation exceeds such capital expenditures.  If the Purchase Price,
         as adjusted  as provided  above,  exceeds the Closing  Purchase  Price,
         Buyer shall pay the amount of such excess to Sellers.  If the  Purchase
         Price, as adjusted as provided above, is less than the Closing Purchase
         Price,  then Sellers shall pay the amount of such deficit to Buyer. Any
         such payment  shall be made by wire transfer of  immediately  available
         funds within 15 days after Buyer's  written  notification to Sellers of
         Buyer's  acceptance  of the Closing  Statement  or within 15 days after
         Buyer is deemed to have  accepted the Closing  Statement as provided in
         this Section 2.3.3.  The amount of any payment required by this Section
         2.3.3 shall bear  interest  from the Closing  Date  through the date of
         actual payment at the rate of 30-day LIBOR plus 50 basis points.

                  After delivery of the Closing Statement,  Sellers shall permit
         Buyer and  Buyer's  independent  accountants  access,  upon  reasonable
         notice and  during  reasonable  business  hours,  to review  their work
         papers  and all books and  records  of  Sellers  relevant  to the items
         covered  by the  Closing  Statement,  and  Sellers  shall  permit  such
         accountants  to perform  such tests as they may  reasonably  require to
         confirm the accuracy of such items.

                  In the event  Buyer  disputes  any  matter or  matters  on the
         Closing  Statement,  Buyer may  within  forty-five  (45) days after the
         delivery of the Closing  Statement  notify Sellers of such dispute in a
         writing  setting forth in reasonable  detail the nature of such dispute
         and the facts upon which it is based,  together with the application or
         treatment  proposed by Buyer and the reasons supporting the use of such
         application or treatment rather than that used by Sellers.  If both the
         Closing  Statement  as  delivered  by Sellers to Buyer and the  Closing
         Statement  as  proposed  by Buyer  would  require a payment by the same
         party pursuant to the second paragraph of this Section 2.3.3, then such
         party  shall  make a payment  of the  lesser  amount  reflected  on the
         respective  Closing  Statements  within 15 days of  delivery of Buyer's
         proposed Closing  Statement to Sellers,  together with interest thereon
         as  provided  by such  paragraph.  If no such  notice is given by Buyer
         within  the time  specified,  the  Closing  Statement  shall be  deemed
         accepted by Buyer.









                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                  If the  parties  have not  resolved  all  matters  in  dispute
         relating to the Closing  Statement  within  forty-five  (45) days after
         Sellers'  receipt of such notice from Buyer,  then any party may notify
         the others in writing that it elects to submit all remaining  issues to
         resolution by a neutral accounting firm of national reputation.  Within
         ten (10) days after receipt of such notice of election by a party,  the
         parties shall agree upon the selection of a neutral accounting firm or,
         if they are unable to agree,  Sellers  and Buyer  shall each submit the
         names of two neutral  firms and a firm shall be selected at random from
         among them. A firm shall be considered neutral if it has not within the
         past  three  years   performed  and  does  not  currently   perform  or
         contemplate performing any accounting, consulting or other services for
         any of the parties and their respective  Affiliates having an aggregate
         value in excess of $250,000.

                  As soon as reasonably  practicable,  the firm  selected  shall
         resolve all  matters  remaining  in dispute  solely on the basis of the
         Financial  Principles and the  provisions of this Section  2.3.3.  Such
         firm shall not be required to follow any particular rules of procedure,
         it being the  intention of the parties to create a feasible,  practical
         and expeditious  method for resolving any disagreement  hereunder.  The
         decision  of such firm  hereunder  shall be final and binding and shall
         not be  subject to review or  challenge  of any kind.  The  appropriate
         party shall pay to the other any disputed  amount that is determined to
         be due within 15 days after such determination,  together with interest
         thereon as provided in the second  paragraph of this Section 2.3.3. The
         fees and expenses of such firm shall be borne equally by Buyer,  on the
         one hand, and Sellers, on the other.

                  If the parties resolve all matters in dispute  relating to the
         Closing  Statement,  then the  Closing  Statement  shall be adjusted as
         required  by the  agreement  resolving  the  matters in dispute and the
         Closing Statement as modified shall be deemed accepted by Buyer.

                  2.3.4.  Proration  of  Certain  Expenses.  To the  extent  not
         reflected on the Closing  Statement,  real property,  personal property
         and other ad valorem Taxes, rents, utility charges and similar expenses
         of Sellers related to the Transferred Assets shall be allocated between
         Buyer,  on the one hand, and Sellers,  on the other,  on the basis of a
         daily  proration and the net amount owing from Buyer to Sellers or from
         Sellers  to Buyer on account  of such  proration  shall be paid at such
         time as the post-closing  adjustment is paid pursuant to Section 2.3.3.
         If an  assessment  for the period that  includes  the Closing Date (the
         "Current  Period")  has not been made by the time that  payment  is due
         under the preceding sentence, a tentative payment shall be made at that
         time based on the assessment for the immediately  preceding tax period,
         and Buyer or  Sellers,  as the case may be,  shall make an  appropriate
         adjusting  payment within 10 days  following  receipt of the assessment
         for the Current Period.

         2.4.     Assumption of Liabilities.  In addition  to the payment of the
Purchase Price in accordance  with Section  2.3.1,  Buyer  shall assume and pay,
perform  and  discharge in  accordance  with the  terms  thereof  the  following
liabilities  and  obligations  (the "Assumed Liabilities"):

                  2.4.1. The obligations of Sellers not required to be performed
         prior to or as of the Closing Date under the Assumed Contracts;

                  2.4.2. The Current  Liabilities  included in the determination
         of Net Working Capital;

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                  2.4.3. The obligations of Sellers not required to be performed
         prior to or as of the  Closing  Date  under the  governmental  permits,
         franchises,   consents   or  other   authorizations   included  in  the
         Transferred Assets pursuant to Section 2.1.7;

                  2.4.4. The obligations of Sellers not required to be performed
         prior  to  or  as  of  the  Closing  Date  under  the   agreements  and
         arrangements  giving  rise to the rights and  benefits  included in the
         Transferred Assets pursuant to Section 2.1.12; and

                  2.4.5.  The  obligations  of  Sellers to  customers  providing
         advances for  construction  to refund  portions of such advances to the
         extent additional  amounts are received by Buyer after the Closing Date
         from other customers with respect to reimbursement of such advances.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Assumed  Liabilities  shall  not
include any of the following (collectively, the "Excluded Liabilities"): (a) any
liabilities that AWG's Associated Natural Gas Company Division owes to either of
the Sellers or any of its other  Affiliates  (other than those  arising under an
Assumed  Contract for the payment of natural gas or  transportation  services to
the extent not  disallowed by any  regulatory  agency);  (b) any  liabilities or
obligations that relate primarily to the Excluded Assets; (c) any liabilities or
obligations  of  Sellers  with  respect to any  legal,  administrative  or other
action,  proceeding or  governmental  investigation  pending or threatened on or
prior to the Closing Date; (d) any Taxes  attributable to Tax periods that close
on or before the Closing  Date,  or to the extent a Tax period  closes after the
Closing Date but includes  the period on or before the Closing  Date,  any Taxes
attributable  to the portion of such Tax period that is on or before the Closing
Date; (e) any liability  relating to employee  benefits or employment  except as
provided in Article VII; (f) any liability or obligation  identified on Schedule
2.4; and (g) any other  contingent  liability or  obligation,  whether  known or
unknown,  of either  Seller to the  extent  arising  out of or  relating  to the
operation  or conduct of the  Business  on or prior to the  Closing  Date or the
ownership of the Transferred Assets on or prior to the Closing Date which is not
a liability or  obligation  specifically  referred to in Section  2.4.1,  2.4.2,
2.4.3,  2.4.4 or 2.4.5.  For the  avoidance  of doubt,  the  provisions  of this
paragraph  are not  intended to qualify the  obligations  of Buyer to the extent
provided in Section 2.3.4, Article VII, Section 8.7 or Section 13.8. The Sellers
shall  retain  and pay,  perform  or  discharge  when due,  all of the  Excluded
Liabilities.

         2.5.     Closing.

                  2.5.1.  Time  and  Place.  The  closing  of  the  transactions
         contemplated  hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of
         Parent, 1083 Sain Street, Fayetteville,  Arkansas 72703, at 11:00 a.m.,
         Central  Time (or at such  other  place and time as Buyer  and  Sellers
         shall  agree),  on the  last  day  of the  month  in  which  all of the
         conditions specified in Articles IX and X hereof have been satisfied or
         waived (the "Closing Date").

                  2.5.2.  Sellers'  Deliveries  at  Closing.   At  the  Closing,
         Sellers shall deliver to Buyer:

                           (a) Such bills of sale and instruments of conveyance,
                  transfer  and  assignment,  dated the Closing  Date,  as Buyer
                  shall  reasonably  request  to vest in Buyer  the  Transferred
                  Assets;

                           (b)   An   agreement   (the   "Transition    Services
                  Agreement") requiring Sellers to furnish to Buyer post-Closing
                  information technology, human resources,  billing, call center
                  and other  transition  services to be mutually  agreed upon by
                  Sellers and Buyer for a

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                  period not to exceed  ninety (90) days  following  the Closing
                  Date  for  consideration  and  upon  such  other  terms  to be
                  mutually agreed upon by Sellers and Buyer;

                           (c) An agreement (the "Omnibus Gas Transportation and
                  Supply Agreement") relating to certain arrangements  regarding
                  gas  transportation  contracts and related matters,  including
                  those matters identified on Schedule 2.5.2(c),  on terms to be
                  mutually agreed upon by Sellers and Buyer; and

                           (d) The closing  certificates and documents  required
                  by this Agreement and such other  documents and instruments as
                  may be reasonably requested by Buyer.

                  2.5.3.  Buyer's Deliveries at Closing.  At the Closing,  Buyer
         shall deliver to Sellers:

                           (a)      By wire transfer, the Closing Purchase Price
                  in the manner specified in Section 2.3.1 hereof;

                           (b)      An instrument of assumption of  liabilities,
                  dated the  Closing Date,  in a form  reasonably  acceptable to
                  Sellers (the "Assumption Agreement");

                           (c)      An  executed  counterpart  of  each  of  the
                  Transition   Services    Agreement   and   the   Omnibus   Gas
                  Transportation and Supply Agreement; and

                           (d) The closing  certificates and documents  required
                  by this Agreement and such other  documents and instruments as
                  may be reasonably requested by Sellers.

         2.6.  Nonassignable  Contracts.  In the case of any  contract  or other
agreement  (other  than  agreements  described  in Section  2.1.7) that would be
included  in the  Transferred  Assets but which by its terms or by virtue of its
subject matter is not assignable to Buyer as of the Closing Date  (collectively,
the  "Non-Assigned  Contracts"),   such  Non-Assigned  Contracts  shall  not  be
transferred  or  assigned  to  Buyer,  and  Sellers  agree  to use  commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain, as soon as is reasonably practicable following the
Closing Date, any consents necessary to convey to Buyer the benefit thereof,  it
being understood that such efforts shall not include any requirement to offer or
grant any  material  financial  accommodations  to any third  party or to remain
secondarily liable with respect to any such Non-Assigned Contract. Sellers agree
to use commercially  reasonable  efforts to provide Buyer with the same economic
and other benefits of each  Non-Assigned  Contract as if such contracts had been
assigned on the Closing Date. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as an
attempt or an agreement to assign or cause the  assignment  of any  Non-Assigned
Contract  which is not  assignable  without  the  consent of the other  party or
parties  thereto,  unless such consent shall have been given, or as to which all
the  remedies for the  enforcement  thereof  enjoyed by Sellers  would not, as a
matter of law, pass to Buyer as an incident of the assignments  provided by this
Agreement. The provision of benefits under this Section 2.6 shall not constitute
satisfaction of the conditions in Articles IX and X.

                 III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS.

         Sellers,  jointly and severally,  hereby represent and warrant to Buyer
as follows:

         3.1.  Corporate  Existence.  Each  Seller  (a)  is a  corporation  duly
incorporated,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State
of Arkansas, (b) has the requisite power and authority to

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

enter into and perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement,  and (c) is duly
qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation,  and is in good  standing in
each jurisdiction where the Business makes such qualification necessary,  except
where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

         3.2. Authorization and Validity of Agreement.  The execution,  delivery
and  performance by each Seller of this  Agreement have been duly  authorized by
all  necessary  corporate  action.  This  Agreement  has been  duly and  validly
executed  and  delivered  by each  Seller and  constitutes  a valid and  binding
obligation  enforceable against each Seller in accordance with its terms, except
to the  extent  that  such  enforceability  (i) may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or  other  similar  laws  relating  to
creditors' rights generally, or (ii) is subject to general principles of equity.

         3.3. No Contravention.  The execution, delivery and performance by each
Seller of this Agreement and the consummation by each Seller of the transactions
contemplated  on its part hereby will not,  subject to obtaining  the  consents,
approvals, authorizations, exemptions or waivers identified on Schedule 3.3, 3.7
or 3.10,  (i) violate any  provision of law,  rule or regulation to which either
Seller is subject,  (ii)  violate any order,  judgment or decree  applicable  to
either Seller or (iii)  conflict  with, or result in a breach or default  under,
any term or  condition  of any of the charter or bylaws of either  Seller or any
material term or condition of any contract,  agreement or instrument  (including
the  Assumed  Contracts)  to  which  it is a party  or by which it or any of the
Transferred Assets may be bound.

         3.4. Title to Assets; Adequacy;  Condition.  Each Seller has good title
to the Transferred Assets to be sold by it hereunder, subject to no Encumbrance,
except  Permitted  Encumbrances.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  "Permitted
Encumbrances"  shall  mean (i) liens for  Taxes and  assessments  not yet due or
being  contested  in good  faith by  appropriate  proceedings,  (ii) such  minor
imperfections of title and encumbrances that do not secure monetary  obligations
which individually or in the aggregate are not substantial and do not materially
detract  from the value or impair  the use of the  Transferred  Assets and (iii)
such  encumbrances as set forth in Schedule 3.4. The Transferred  Assets include
all assets and properties that are necessary for the supply and servicing of the
customers  of the  Business in  accordance  in all  material  respects  with the
historical supply and service standards of the Sellers, except for the functions
subject to the Transition  Services Agreement and the Omnibus Gas Transportation
and Supply Agreement. The tangible assets included in the Transferred Assets are
in good operating condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and are adequate
for the uses to which they are being put in the conduct of the Business.

         3.5. Material  Contracts.  Schedule 3.5 contains a list of each Assumed
Contract in  existence  as of  September  30,  1999,  (i) which is a gas supply,
transportation or storage agreement relating to the Business involving a minimal
annual  payment  of more than  $50,000,  (ii) which  involves  a minimum  annual
payment to or by a Seller  relating to the Business of more than $50,000,  (iii)
the loss of which would have a Material  Adverse Effect,  (iv) pursuant to which
either  Seller  is  subject  to  take-or-pay  obligations  with  respect  to gas
purchases or gas marketing in connection  with the Business which impose minimum
obligations of more than $50,000 over the remaining term thereof or (v) which is
otherwise material to the Business or the Transferred Assets (collectively,  the
"Material Contracts"). Except as set forth in Schedule 3.5, each of the Material
Contracts is in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable in accordance
with its terms, subject as to enforceability to the effects of any bankruptcy or
similar  laws.  Except as set forth in Schedule  3.5, each Seller is in material
compliance  with all  applicable  terms of each  Material  Contract,  and to the
Knowledge of each  Seller,  each other party  thereto

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

is in material  compliance with all applicable terms of each Material  Contract.
Neither  Seller has given to or received  from any other  party to any  Material
Contract  any  notice or other  written  communication  regarding  any actual or
alleged  material breach of or default under any Material  Contract that has not
been withdrawn, settled, or otherwise resolved.

         3.6. Real Property.  To the Knowledge of each Seller,  no condemnation,
expropriation,  eminent domain or similar  proceeding is pending or contemplated
with respect to the Owned Property,  the Leased Property or the System Property.
Except as set forth in  Schedule  3.6,  each  Seller  is in  compliance,  in all
material respects,  with all covenants,  restrictions,  rights of way, easements
and similar realty  interests  benefiting or encumbering the Real Property,  the
Leased Property and the System Property.  The Real Property, the Leased Property
and the System  Property,  and all improvements  thereon,  do not violate in any
material respect any applicable zoning,  construction code or other governmental
restriction.

         3.7. Permits.  Except with regard to Environmental Permits, as to which
the Sellers' sole  representations and warranties are set forth in Section 3.15,
each Seller  holds all material  permits,  franchises  and other  authorizations
necessary  to conduct the Business as  currently  conducted by such Seller.  The
Sellers are in compliance,  in all material respects,  with all of such permits,
franchises and other authorizations.  A list of all material permits, franchises
and other  authorizations,  other than  Environmental  Permits,  relating to the
Business is set forth in Schedule 3.7 (the "Permits").

         3.8.  Litigation.  Except as set  forth in  Schedule  3.8,  there is no
legal,  administrative or other action,  proceeding or, to the Knowledge of each
Seller,  governmental  investigation either pending or, to the Knowledge of each
Seller, threatened (i) against either Seller with respect to the Business or the
Transferred  Assets,  or (ii) which seeks to enjoin or obtain damages in respect
of the consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  which, in either
case,  if decided  adversely,  would  reasonably  be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

         3.9.  Compliance  with Laws.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.9, each
Seller  is in  compliance,  in all  material  respects,  with all  laws,  rules,
regulations,  ordinances,  judgments, injunctions, orders and decrees applicable
to the Transferred  Assets or the Business,  excluding,  however,  Environmental
Laws, as to which the Sellers' sole representations and warranties are set forth
in Section 3.15.

         3.10.  Governmental Consents.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10, no
consent,  approval  or  authorization  of,  or  exemption  by,  or  declaration,
registration  or filing  with,  any  governmental  or  regulatory  authority  is
required in connection  with the execution,  delivery and performance by Sellers
of this  Agreement  or the  taking  of any  other  action  contemplated  hereby,
excluding, however, consents, approvals, authorizations, exceptions and filings,
if any,  where the  failure  to obtain or make the same  would not impair in any
material  respect the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement  and  would  not  materially  affect  the  use  or  operation  of  the
Transferred Assets after the Closing Date.

         3.11.    Tax Matters.

         (a) Tax  Returns.  All  federal,  state,  local and other Tax  returns,
declarations,  statements,  reports or other documents required to be filed with
respect to Taxes  ("Returns") by Sellers on or before the Closing Date have been
filed  or will be  filed on a timely  basis  with the  appropriate  governmental

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

agencies in all  jurisdictions  in which such  Returns are required to be filed.
All such Returns are true, complete and correct in all material respects and all
Taxes  shown on such  Returns  as being due,  or  otherwise  due,  in respect of
material Taxes either (i) have been or will be fully paid or adequately provided
for or (ii) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

         (b)  Transferred  Asset  Status.  None of the  Transferred  Assets  (i)
secures any debt the interest on which is  tax-exempt  under  Section 103 of the
Code, (ii) is "tax-exempt use property"  within the meaning of Section 168(h) of
the code,  (iii) is "tax-exempt  bond financing  property" within the meaning of
Section 168(g)(5) of the Code, (iv) is "limited use property" within the meaning
of Revenue  Procedure  76-30, or (v) is required to be treated as being owned by
any other Person  pursuant to the provisions of former section  168(f)(8) of the
Code.

         3.12.  Financial  Statements.  Attached  hereto as Schedule  3.12 are a
balance  sheet and a statement of income for the Business as of and for the nine
months ended  September  30, 1999 and a balance  sheet and a statement of income
for  the  Business  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1998  (the  "Financial
Statements"). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the
Financial  Principles  and with the books and records of Sellers.  To the extent
relevant to the  Financial  Statements,  in all material  respects the books and
records of Sellers are true,  accurate and  complete;  have been  maintained  in
accordance  with  good  accounting  practices;  and,  except as set forth in the
Financial Principles,  have been maintained on a consistent basis. The Financial
Statements make adequate provision, in accordance with the Financial Principles,
for any material contracts (or material group of similar  contracts)  reasonably
expected to be performed at a loss. The Financial  Statements fairly present, in
all material  respects,  the financial position and the results of operations of
the  Business  as of and for such  dates  and  periods  in  accordance  with the
Financial Principles consistently applied. Since September 30, 1999, the Sellers
have not made any capital  expenditures  outside the ordinary course of business
or  inconsistent  with past practice with respect to the Business,  entered into
any material  contracts  (or  material  group of similar  contracts)  reasonably
expected  to be  performed  at a  loss,  or  experienced  any  material  damage,
destruction  or loss  (whether  or not  covered by  insurance)  to the assets or
properties used in the conduct of the Business.

         3.13.    Employee Matters.

                  3.13.1.  Schedule  3.13.l  contains a list,  which is true and
         complete in all material  respects,  of (a) each  employment  agreement
         with any  Transferred  Employee,  written or oral,  and (b) each bonus,
         deferred compensation,  incentive compensation,  stock purchase,  stock
         option, severance pay, change in control, disability,  medical, dental,
         life or other insurance,  supplemental  unemployment  benefits,  profit
         sharing, pension or retirement plan, program,  agreement or arrangement
         (collectively,  the "Plans") sponsored, maintained or contributed to or
         required to be contributed to by either Seller or with respect to which
         Seller has any  liability for the benefit of any  Transferred  Employee
         (as hereinafter defined) or any former employee of the Business.

                  3.13.2. Each Seller maintains, sponsors or contributes to only
         those employee pension benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(2) of the
         Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
         whether  or  not  excluded  from  coverage  under  specific  Titles  or
         Subtitles  of ERISA)  established  or  maintained  for the  benefit  of
         employees or former  employees of the  Business  that are  described in
         Schedule   3.13.2   (the   "Pension   Plans"),   none  of  which  is  a
         multi-employer  plan  (within the  meaning of Section  3(37) of ERISA).
         Except as set  forth on

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

         Schedule 3.13.2, each Pension Plan that is intended to be tax qualified
         under  Sections  401(a) and 501(a) of the Code  is  so  qualified,  has
         received  one  or  more  favorable  IRS determination letters as to its
         qualification,  covering such plan from its inception,  and nothing has
         occurred that could jeopardize such tax qualified status.

                  3.13.3. Each Seller maintains, sponsors or contributes to only
         those  employee  welfare  benefit  plans (as defined in Section 3(1) of
         ERISA,  whether or not excluded from coverage under specific  Titles or
         Subtitles of ERISA) for the benefit of employees or former employees of
         the  Business  that are  described  in Schedule  3.13.1  (the  "Welfare
         Plans"),  none of which is a multi-employer plan (within the meaning of
         Section 3(37) of ERISA).

                  3.13.4. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13.4, neither Seller
         is a party to any collective  bargaining or labor agreement relating to
         the Business,  and there is not, as of the date of this Agreement,  any
         strike,  work stoppage or material labor controversy or dispute pending
         or, to the best of the Knowledge of each Seller, threatened relating to
         the Business.

                  3.13.5  The  post-retirement  health and life  obligations  of
         Sellers for Transferred  Employees and former employees of the Business
         ("SFAS 106  Obligations")  for the year ended December 31, 1998 did not
         exceed by more than  $20,000 the amount  included in rate  recovery for
         the Business with respect to SFAS 106 Obligations  pursuant to Sellers'
         most recent  Missouri  rate case  (effective  January 10,  1998).  That
         portion  of all  rates  reflecting  the  SFAS 106  Obligations  paid to
         Sellers  relating  to the  Business  has been  deposited  in the trusts
         created to fund the SFAS 106 Obligations.

                  3.13.6   Prior   to   January   10,   1998,   there   were  no
         post-retirement  health or life obligations of Sellers for employees or
         former employees of the Business included in rate recovery,  other than
         "pay-as-you-go" obligations.

         3.14.  Brokerage.  No broker or finder has acted directly or indirectly
for  either  Seller  in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or the  transactions
contemplated  hereby,  and no broker or finder is entitled to any  brokerage  or
finder's  fee or  other  commission  in  respect  thereof  based  in any  way on
agreements,  arrangements  or  understandings  made by or on  behalf  of  either
Seller.

         3.15. Environmental Matters. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.15, each
Seller holds all  Environmental  Permits that are required for the  operation of
the Business. Except as disclosed in Schedule 3.15, each Seller's conduct of the
Business,  and the condition of all properties and improvements  included in the
Transferred  Assets (and, to the Knowledge of each Seller,  any off-site storage
or disposal of any Hazardous Materials from such operations),  is in compliance,
in all material  respects,  with all Environmental  Laws. Except as disclosed on
Schedule  3.15,  neither  Seller is currently  in receipt of any written  claim,
demand,  notice  or  complaint  alleging  material  violation  of,  or  material
liability under, any Environmental Law relating to the operation of the Business
or the  Transferred  Assets.  Except  as  described  on  Schedule  3.15,  to the
Knowledge of each Seller, neither of Sellers has incurred any material liability
or  obligation  in  connection  with any  release or  threatened  release of any
Hazardous Material in the environment or any material reclamation or remediation
requirements under any Environmental Law, in each case relating to the operation
of the  Business  or the  Transferred  Assets.  No  Seller  has been  named as a
potential  responsible  party under the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended,  or any corresponding  state
laws.  Except

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

as described on Schedule  3.15,  to the  Knowledge of each Seller,  no Hazardous
Materials were  incorporated  in the Real Property,  the Leased  Property or the
System  Property prior to the acquisition  thereof by such Seller.  There are no
sites, locations or operations at which any Seller is currently undertaking,  or
has  completed,  any  remedial or response  action  relating to the  disposal or
release of a Hazardous Material, as required by Environmental Laws, with respect
to the Business.  Buyer acknowledges that (i) the representations and warranties
contained in this Section 3.15 are the only representations and warranties being
made with respect to compliance  with or liability under  Environmental  Laws or
with respect to any  environmental,  health or safety matter,  including natural
resources,  related in any way to this  Agreement or its subject matter and (ii)
no other  representation  contained  in this  Agreement  shall apply to any such
matters and no other  representation or warranty,  express or implied,  is being
made with respect thereto.

         3.16. No Undisclosed Liabilities; No Material Adverse Effect. There are
no material  liabilities  or  obligations  of the  Business or of either  Seller
arising out of or relating to the Business or the Transferred Assets, except (i)
Excluded  Liabilities,   (ii)  liabilities  and  obligations  reflected  in  the
Financial Statements,  (iii) liabilities and obligations arising since September
30, 1999 in the ordinary course of business that are not  inconsistent  with the
types and amounts of such liabilities and obligations  historically  incurred in
the Business,  and (iv) liabilities and obligations  identified on Schedule 3.16
or another Schedule hereto. Since September 30, 1999, there has not occurred any
event resulting in a Material Adverse Effect.

         3.17.    Customers;  Suppliers.  Neither of Sellers  has been  involved
in any material  controversy with any  group of similarly  situated customers of
the Business or with any  material suppliers of the Business during the last two
years.

         3.18.  Books and  Records.  All books and  records of each  Seller with
respect to the Business or the Transferred Assets have been prepared,  assembled
and  maintained  in  accordance  in all  material  respects  with the  usual and
customary policies and procedures and accurately  reflect, in reasonable detail,
the assets and  transactions  of each  Seller  relating  to the  Business or the
Transferred Assets.

         3.19.    Insurance.  Schedule 3.19 identifies each  material  insurance
policy of Sellers relating to the Transferred Assets.


         3.20.    Accounts  Receivable.  Except as set forth on  Schedule  3.20,
the accounts and notes receivable included in the Transferred Assets:  (a) arose
from bona fide  sales or  contracting  transactions  by  Sellers in the ordinary
course of  business consistent  with past practices; and (b) represent bona fide
indebtedness of the respective debtors.

         3.21.  Y2K  Compliance.  Sellers  have put into effect  reasonable  and
customary  practices  and  programs  designed to enable all  material  software,
hardware and equipment that are owned or utilized by Sellers in the operation of
the  Business to be  capable,  by  December  31,  1999,  of  accounting  for all
calculations  using a century  and date  sensitive  algorithm  for the year 2000
without any material interruption caused by the occurrence of the year 2000.

         3.22.    No  Other  Representations.    Except as  set  forth  in  this
Article III or made pursuant to Section 9.1,  Sellers make no  representation or
warranty whatsoever to Buyer.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                  IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER.

         Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Sellers as follows:

         4.1.     Organization.  Buyer is a corporation  duly organized, validly
existing  and in  good  standing  under the  laws of the  State of Texas and the
Commonwealth of Virginia and has all requisite corporate  power and authority to
execute, deliver  and perform this Agreement  and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby.

         4.2. Authorization and Validity of Agreement.  The execution,  delivery
and  performance  by Buyer of this  Agreement  have been duly  authorized by all
necessary  corporate  action.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed
and  delivered  by  Buyer  and  constitutes  a  valid  and  binding   obligation
enforceable  against  Buyer in accordance  with its terms,  except to the extent
that  such  enforceability  (i)  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,   insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium or other similar laws relating to creditors'  rights
generally, or (ii) is subject to general principles of equity.

         4.3. No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer
of this Agreement and the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated on its
part hereby will not,  subject to obtaining  any required  consents,  approvals,
authorizations, exemptions or waivers, (i) violate any provision of law, rule or
regulation  to which it is subject,  (ii) violate any order,  judgment or decree
applicable  to it, or (iii)  conflict  with,  or  result in a breach or  default
under, any term or condition of Buyer's articles of incorporation or bylaws,  or
any contract,  agreement or other  instrument to which it is a party or by which
it may be bound.

         4.4.  Consents.  Except  as set  forth on  Schedule  4.4,  no  consent,
approval or authorization  of, or exemption by, or declaration,  registration or
filing with, any governmental or regulatory  authority is required in connection
with the execution,  delivery and performance by Buyer of this Agreement, or the
taking of any other action contemplated hereby.

         4.5.  Brokerage.  No broker or finder has acted  directly or indirectly
for Buyer in connection  with this  Agreement or the  transactions  contemplated
hereby,  and no broker or finder is entitled to any brokerage or finder's fee or
other commission in respect thereof based in any way on agreements, arrangements
or understandings made by or on behalf of Buyer.

         4.6.  Litigation.  There is no legal,  administrative  or other action,
proceeding or, to Buyer's knowledge,  governmental  investigation pending or, to
Buyer's knowledge, threatened (i) against Buyer with respect to which there is a
reasonable  likelihood of a  determination  which would have a material  adverse
effect on the ability of Buyer to perform its  obligations  under this Agreement
or (ii) which seeks to enjoin or obtain  damages in respect of the  consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby.

         4.7.     Financing.   Buyer has all funds  necessary to  consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


                           V. OBLIGATIONS OF SELLERS.

         Sellers hereby covenant and agree with Buyer as follows:

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

         5.1. Consents.  Each Seller will use commercially  reasonable  efforts,
and will  cooperate  with Buyer,  to secure all necessary  consents,  approvals,
authorizations,   exemptions   and  waivers   from  third   parties,   including
governmental  authorities,  as shall be required  in order to enable  Sellers to
effect the transactions contemplated on their part hereby. It is understood that
such efforts do not require Sellers to offer or grant  financial  accommodations
to any third party or to remain  secondarily  liable with respect to any Assumed
Liability.

         5.2.  Conduct of Business.  Except as may be otherwise  contemplated by
this Agreement or required by any of the documents listed in any Schedule hereto
or except as Buyer may otherwise consent in writing, between the date hereof and
the  Closing  Date  Sellers  will:  (i) in all  material  respects,  conduct the
Business only in the ordinary  course  consistent  with past practice;  (ii) use
commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact the Business and the goodwill
of its customers,  suppliers,  employees and any other Persons  having  business
relations with them with respect to the Business; (iii) maintain the properties,
machinery  and  equipment  included  in the  Transferred  Assets  in  sufficient
operating  condition  and repair to enable  Buyer to  conduct  the  Business  as
currently conducted by Sellers; and (iv) use commercially  reasonable efforts to
conduct the Business in such a manner so that the representations and warranties
of the Sellers  contained  herein  shall  continue to be true and correct at all
times  prior to the  Closing  Date as if made on and as of such  times.  Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing,  except as Buyer may otherwise consent
in  writing,  Sellers  shall not (i) enter into any  contract  which  would be a
Material Contract, or amend or modify any existing Material Contract, not in the
ordinary  course of business  consistent  with past  practice or (ii) except for
budgeted  compensation  increases,  adopt, amend or terminate any Plan, increase
any salary,  bonus or other compensation or benefit,  or promise or commit to do
any of the foregoing,  except in a manner which individually or in the aggregate
will not result in a material increase in benefits or compensation expense.

         5.3. Access Before  Closing.  From the date of this Agreement until the
Closing  Date,  Sellers  will permit  Buyer and its  representatives  reasonable
access on  reasonable  notice during normal  business  hours to the  properties,
personal property,  personnel, books and records,  contracts, and commitments of
the  Business,  including  the right to make  copies of such books and  records,
contracts,  and commitments.  In the event that any record or other  information
requested by Buyer is subject to a confidentiality agreement with a third party,
attorney-client privilege, or other legal restriction or privilege,  Sellers and
Buyer  will  endeavor  to  find  means  of  disclosing  as much  information  as
practicable that is needed by Buyer to prepare for the transfer of the Business,
but Sellers will not be obligated to breach such restriction or privilege. Buyer
shall return all copies of such books and records,  contracts,  and  commitments
promptly  upon the  request of Sellers  if for any reason the  Closing  does not
occur.

         5.4.  Clearance  Certificate.  On or prior to the Closing Date, Sellers
shall use commercially  reasonable efforts to provide Buyer, at Buyer's request,
with all clearance certificates or similar documents that may be required by any
state,  local or  other  taxing  authority  in  order  to  relieve  Buyer of any
obligation to withhold or escrow any portion of the Purchase Price.

                            VI. OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER.

         Buyer hereby covenants and agrees with Sellers as follows:

         6.1. Consents. Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts, and will
cooperate   with  Sellers,   to  secure  all  necessary   consents,   approvals,
authorizations,   exemptions   and  waivers   from  third

                                      -18-
<PAGE>

parties,  including governmental  authorities,  as shall be required in order to
enable Buyer to effect the transactions  contemplated  hereby.  It is understood
that  such   efforts  do  not  require   Buyer  to  offer  or  grant   financial
accommodations  to any  third  party or to become  liable  with  respect  to any
Excluded Liability.

                             VII. EMPLOYEE MATTERS.

         7.1. Employment of Employees. As of the Closing Date, Buyer shall offer
to employ each employee  listed in Schedule 7.1 (which Schedule shall be updated
as of the Closing  Date with  appropriate  deletions  and  additions  thereto to
reflect the then  current  employees  of the  Business,  but not  including  any
employee then on long-term disability,  short-term disability or not actively at
work other than those employees on vacation,  bereavement leave, short-term sick
leave or other short-time due to non-medical  reasons which are not scheduled to
last more than ten (10) business days ("Leave"),  unless and until such employee
returns to full-time work from such long-term disability,  short-term disability
or Leave after the  Closing  Date) at a base salary or hourly rate not less than
the base salary or hourly rate then  applicable  to such employee and to provide
such benefits,  holidays,  vacation  days,  and similar  benefits as are, in the
aggregate,  substantially comparable to those then in effect for such employees,
except that Buyer shall not be required to provide a 401(k)  savings plan.  Each
such  employee  as of the  Closing  Date (or for an  employee  on  long-term  or
short-term  disability  or Leave as of the Closing  Date,  who returns from such
disability or Leave after the Closing  Date),  who becomes  employed by Buyer is
herein referred to individually as a "Transferred  Employee" and collectively as
the "Transferred Employees".

         7.2.     Severance   Benefits.   For a  period  of one  year  after the
Closing   Date,  Buyer  shall   provide  to each  Transferred  Employee  who  is
involuntarily terminated not for cause by Buyer the severance benefits set forth
on Schedule 7.2 hereto.

         7.3.     Transfer of Pension Assets and Liabilities.

                  7.3.1.  Transfer.  Subject  to the  review  of  Sellers'  plan
         documents,  as soon as practicable  following the Closing Date, but not
         earlier than thirty (30) days following the filing of appropriate Forms
         5310A, if applicable,  with the Internal Revenue Service,  Parent shall
         cause  to be  transferred  (i)  from the  Southwestern  Energy  Company
         Pension Plan (the "Seller  Pension Plan") to the pension plan sponsored
         by or to be established by Buyer ("Buyer's Pension Plan"),  and Buyer's
         Pension Plan shall  assume,  the accrued  benefits  liability as of the
         Closing Date for each of the Transferred  Employees who participated in
         the Seller  Pension  Plan prior to the Closing  Date (the  "Transferred
         Pension  Plan  Participants"),  and (ii) from the  Southwestern  Energy
         Company  Pension  Trust (the  "Seller  Pension  Plan Trust") to Buyer's
         Pension Plan trust,  an amount in cash equal to the  projected  benefit
         obligation to the Transferred  Pension Plan Participants on the Closing
         Date under the Seller Pension Plan, increased by interest at the plan's
         actuarial  rate  from  Closing  to the  actual  date  of  transfer  and
         decreased by the amount of any benefit payments to Transferred  Pension
         Plan  Participants  after  the  Closing  Date  but  before  the date of
         transfer.  Parent  shall not be  obligated  to cause  any  amount to be
         transferred  to any  plan or trust  designated  by  Buyer  until  Buyer
         provides  evidence (such as a favorable  determination  letter from the
         Internal  Revenue  Service,  an opinion of counsel or other  reasonably
         satisfactory  evidence)  reasonably  acceptable to Parent that (i) such
         plan and trust satisfy the requirements for qualification under Section
         40l(a) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code (the  "Code") and (ii) such plan
         provides that each Transferred  Pension Plan Participant is entitled to
         a nonforfeitable  accrued

                                      -19-
<PAGE>

         benefit  under  such  plan  that  is not less  than the  nonforfeitable
         accrued benefit to which such Transferred  Pension Plan Participant was
         entitled under the Seller Pension Plan on the Closing Date.

                  7.3.2. Benefit Calculations.  The projected benefit obligation
         to Transferred  Pension Plan Participants shall be determined using the
         projected  benefit  obligation  methodology  of  Statement of Financial
         Accounting  Standards  No.  87, on the basis of (i) each  participant's
         age, service for benefit accrual purposes and average  compensation and
         the terms of the Seller Pension Plan in effect on the Closing Date, and
         (ii) the  actuarial  assumptions  and method used for  determining  the
         projected  benefit  obligation  as set forth in Schedule  7.3.2.  In no
         event shall each  amount  transferred  pursuant to this  Section 7.3 be
         less  than  the  amount   required  to  be   transferred  to  meet  the
         requirements  of  Sections  401(a)(12)  and  414(1)  of the  Code.  The
         calculation of projected  benefit  obligation  required for purposes of
         this Section 7.3.2 shall be made in accordance with the assumptions set
         forth on Schedule 7.3.2.

                  7.3.3.  Plan  Termination.  Subject  to  the  requirements  of
         applicable law, in the event of the termination of Buyer's Pension Plan
         within  five (5)  years  after  the  Closing  Date,  all of the  assets
         transferred  to such plan  pursuant to this Section  7.3,  adjusted for
         earnings,  gains or losses  after the date of such  transfer,  shall be
         used to provide benefits to Transferred  Pension Plan  Participants and
         their beneficiaries who are entitled to benefits under such plan at the
         time of its termination.

         7.4. Savings Plan. Subject to the review of Sellers' plan documents, as
soon as  practicable  following  the  Closing  Date,  to the  extent  that Buyer
sponsors a 401(k)  savings  plan (which it shall not be required to do),  Parent
shall cause to be transferred  (i) from the  Southwestern  Energy Company 401(k)
savings plan (the "Seller Savings Plan") to the 401(k) savings plan sponsored by
Buyer ("Buyer's Savings Plan"),  and the Buyer's Savings Plan shall assume,  the
account  balance  liability  as of the date of  transfer  for  each  Transferred
Employee who  participated in the Seller Savings Plan prior to the Closing Date,
who is  employed  by Buyer on the date of transfer  (the  "Eligible  Transferred
Employee"),  and (ii) from the trust  relating to the Seller  Savings  Plan,  an
amount in cash or other property, including participant loans, acceptable to the
trustee of the Buyer's  Savings Plan equal to the sum of the account  values (as
of the date of transfer) of each Eligible Transferred Employee. Parent shall not
be obligated to cause any amount to be transferred  to the Buyer's  Savings Plan
or the trust  thereunder  until  Buyer  provides  evidence  (such as a favorable
determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service, an opinion of counsel or
other reasonably  satisfactory  evidence)  reasonably  acceptable to Parent that
such plan and trust satisfy the  requirements  for  qualification  under Section
40l(a) of the Code. Each Eligible  Transferred Employee shall be entitled on the
date of transfer to a  nonforfeitable  account balance under the Buyer's Savings
Plan that is not less than such Eligible Transferred  Employee's  nonforfeitable
account  balance  under  the  Seller  Savings  Plan  immediately  prior  to such
transfer.  Buyer agrees to permit any Eligible  Transferred  Employee who has an
unpaid loan balance under the Seller Savings Plan to continue to repay such loan
under the Buyer's Savings Plan under the same terms as such loan was required to
be repaid under the Seller Savings Plan.  However,  nothing herein shall require
Buyer to sponsor or  establish a Savings  Plan,  in which case this  Section 7.4
shall not apply. Buyer shall permit the Transferred  Employees to participate in
Buyer's Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

         7.5.  Indemnification  for  Plan  Liabilities.  From  the  dates of the
transfers of assets  referred to in Sections 7.3 and 7.4, Buyer shall  indemnify
and hold Sellers and Seller  Savings Plan and Seller

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

Pension  Plan  harmless  for any loss that  Sellers or said  plans may  incur in
respect of any obligation or liability transferred under Sections 7.3 and 7.4 to
the applicable plan of Buyer designated under such Sections.

         7.6. Service Credit. For purposes of vesting,  benefit accrual, benefit
calculation,  participation,   eligibility  (including  for  optional  forms  of
benefits or early  retirement or  disability  retirement  under Buyer's  Pension
Plan), and matching contribution  benefits, if any, Buyer shall, with respect to
each benefit  required to be provided  under the terms of this Article 7, credit
each Transferred  Employee with all service credited to the Transferred Employee
under  each  Seller's  corresponding  plan,  policy,   program,  or  arrangement
applicable to such Transferred Employee as of the Closing Date.

         7.7.     Medical and Dental Plans.

                  7.7.1.  Effective  as of the  Closing  Date,  Buyer shall make
         enrollment  available to all  Transferred  Employees and their eligible
         dependents  without  any  waiting  period  in a  Buyer  plan  or  plans
         providing  medical and dental benefits (the "Buyer Medical  Plan"),  to
         the extent such  individuals  were covered under Seller's Medical Plan,
         as contemplated by Section 7.1. Such Buyer Medical Plan shall waive any
         restrictions  and  limitations  for  pre-existing  conditions  for  all
         Transferred  Employees,  to the extent such  restrictions did not apply
         under Seller's  Medical Plan, and shall give credit to each Transferred
         Employee for any deductibles and out-of-pocket expenses paid during the
         current  plan  year  by  such   Transferred   Employee  under  Sellers'
         applicable medical and dental Plans (hereinafter  collectively referred
         to as the "Seller Medical Plans").

                  7.7.2.  Buyer  shall be  responsible  for  medical  and dental
         expenses  covered under the terms of the Buyer Medical Plan incurred on
         the later of (i) the Closing Date or (ii) the date such person  becomes
         a Transferred  Employee,  by a Transferred  Employee and/or his covered
         dependents who are enrolled in the Buyer Medical Plan. Sellers shall be
         responsible  only for medical  and dental  expenses  covered  under the
         terms of the Seller  Medical Plans  incurred  prior to the Closing Date
         (or if later,  for the period from the Closing Date until the date such
         person becomes a Transferred Employee) by a Transferred Employee and/or
         his  covered  dependents.  If  a  Transferred  Employee  or  a  covered
         dependent  of a  Transferred  Employee  enrolled in the Seller  Medical
         Plans is  hospitalized  on the Closing Date,  the Seller  Medical Plans
         shall  continue to provide  coverage for such person until he or she is
         discharged from the hospital,  to the extent coverage is provided under
         the terms of the Seller Medical Plans.

                  7.7.3. As soon as possible  following the Closing Date, but in
         no event later than 30 days  following the later of the Closing Date or
         the establishment of Buyer's Post-Retirement Trusts (as defined below),
         Parent  shall  cause to be  transferred  to Buyer,  either  through the
         transfer   from  the   trusts   or  other   vehicles   (the   "Seller's
         Post-Retirement  Trusts") funding the post-retirement medical and other
         welfare benefits (the "Post  Retirement  Benefits") for all Transferred
         Employees  listed on Schedule 7.1 and not greater than thirty-five (35)
         former  employees  of the  Business  (to be listed on a Schedule  to be
         provided by Sellers to Buyer within five days of the date  hereof,  and
         updated as of the Closing Date) to the trust or trusts  established  or
         maintained  by Buyer (the  "Buyer's  Post-Retirement  Trusts")  for the
         funding  of  post-retirement  medical  and other  welfare  benefits  or
         through a direct  payment to Buyer,  an amount equal to the  difference
         between (a) the amount of the  Post-Retirement  Benefits which has been
         recovered by Seller in

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

         rates  on  or  after  January 10, 1998,   and  (b)  the  amount  of the
         Post-Retirement Benefits paid by Seller in the form of benefit payments
         between  January 10, 1998  and  the  Closing  Date.  In  the  event the
         representations  and  warranties  of Sellers in  Section 3.13.6  do not
         continue to be true and correct,  Sellers shall pay to Buyer the amount
         by which the rate recovery  with respect to the  Business  for  periods
         prior to January 10, 1998 exceeded  the  "pay-as-you-go" obligations of
         the Business for periods prior to January 10, 1998.

         7.8. Vacation and Sick Day Benefits Accrued Through Closing Date. Buyer
shall credit each  Transferred  Employee with any vacation and sick days accrued
as of the Closing  Date in  accordance  with the terms of Sellers'  vacation and
sick day policies in effect as of such date.

         7.9.     Welfare Benefits.  Sellers shall be liable for claims incurred
under the Welfare Plans prior to the Closing Date.

         7.10.    Long Term  Disability.  Buyer shall not assume sponsorship of,
or any liabilities under, the  Southwestern  Energy Company Long Term Disability
Plan.  Any and all such liabilities shall remain solely with Sellers.

         7.11.  Flexible Spending  Accounts.  As soon as possible  following the
Closing Date, Sellers shall transfer to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to accept, those
amounts which  represent the  Transferred  Employees'  debit and credit balances
under the Southwestern Energy Company Salary Conservation Plan (the "FSA's"),  a
schedule  of  which is  attached  hereto  as  Schedule  7.11.  Buyer  agrees  to
administer the FSA's  (consistent  with the terms of the flex plan applicable to
Buyer's  employees)  such  that  Transferred  Employees  will be  able to  defer
additional  compensation  (in accordance with the terms of the applicable  Buyer
plan) and to submit claims  against the FSA within the time period  permitted by
applicable law.

         7.12.  WARN Act  Liability.  Sellers shall pay and be solely liable for
all liability under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act ("WARN
Act"),  in each case,  arising  from any act or omission of Sellers on or before
the Closing Date.  Buyer shall pay and be solely liable for all liability  under
the WARN Act,  in each case,  arising  from any act or  omission of Buyer or its
Affiliates after the Closing Date.

         7.13. Health Care Continuation  Coverage.  Sellers shall be responsible
for compliance with all requirements under Section 4980B of the Code and Section
601 et seq. of ERISA with respect to any (a) Transferred  Employee or (b) family
member  of such  Transferred  Employee,  in each case who  becomes  a  qualified
beneficiary within the meaning of Section 4980B(g)(1) of the Code as a result of
any  "qualifying  event" within the meaning of Section  4980B(f)(3)  of the Code
which occurs on or prior to the Closing  Date.  Buyer shall be  responsible  for
compliance with all requirements under Section 4980B of the Code and Section 601
et seq.  of ERISA with  respect to any (a)  Transferred  Employee  or (b) family
member  of such  Transferred  Employee,  in each case who  becomes  a  qualified
beneficiary within the meaning of Section 4980B(g)(1) of the Code as a result of
any  "qualifying  event" within the meaning of Section  4980B(f)(3)  of the Code
which occurs after the Closing Date.

         7.14.  Employment Taxes.  Sellers hereby acknowledge that, for FICA and
FUTA tax purposes,  Buyer qualifies as a successor  employer with respect to the
Transferred  Employees.  In connection with the foregoing,  the parties agree to
follow the "Alternative  Procedures" set forth in Section 5 of Revenue Procedure
96-60,  1996-2-C.B.399.  In connection with the application of the  "Alternative
Procedures,"

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

(i) Sellers and Buyer each shall report on a  predecessor-successor basis as set
forth in such Revenue Procedure, (ii) provided that Sellers provide to Buyer all
necessary  payroll records for the calendar year that includes the Closing Date,
Sellers shall be relieved from furnishing Forms W-2 to employees of Sellers that
become  employees  of Buyer, and (iii)  provided  that Sellers provide  to Buyer
all necessary  payroll records for the calendar  year that includes  the Closing
Date, Buyer shall assume the obligations of Sellers to furnish such Forms W-2 to
such employees for the full calendar year in which the Closing occurs.

                    VIII. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.

         8.1.  Access  After  Closing.  Buyer  will  permit  Sellers  and  their
representatives  reasonable  access on reasonable  notice during normal business
hours,  for a period of three  years  following  the  Closing  Date and for such
longer  period as may be required in  connection  with any pending or threatened
tax audit or judicial or administrative proceeding, (i) to the books and records
of Sellers  included  in the  Transferred  Assets,  including  the right to make
copies  thereof,  and to personnel (for reasonable  inquiry and testimony),  and
(ii)  to  any  computerized  data  included  in  the  Transferred   Assets.  All
information so obtained shall be kept  confidential by the Sellers,  unless such
information   otherwise  becomes  publicly   available  or  disclosure  of  such
information is required by applicable law.

         8.2.  Further  Assurances.  At any time and from time to time after the
Closing Date,  Sellers shall,  at the request of Buyer,  and Buyer shall, at the
request of Sellers, execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and
take all such further action as the other party may reasonably  request in order
to  consummate  and make  effective the sale of the  Transferred  Assets and the
assumption of the Assumed  Liabilities  pursuant to this Agreement or to fulfill
any other of such party's obligations hereunder.

         8.3. Confidentiality.  The terms of the Confidentiality Agreement dated
June 15,  1999  between  Parent  and Buyer  are  hereby  incorporated  herein by
reference  and shall  continue in full force and effect  until the  Closing,  at
which time such  Confidentiality  Agreement and the  obligations  of Buyer under
this  Section  8.3  shall  terminate.  If this  Agreement  is,  for any  reason,
terminated prior to the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in
full force and effect.

         8.4.  Schedules.  Certain  information  set forth in the  Schedules  is
included  solely  for  informational  purposes  and  may not be  required  to be
disclosed  pursuant to this Agreement.  The disclosure of any information  shall
not be deemed to constitute an acknowledgment  that such information is required
to be disclosed in condition with the  representations  and  warranties  made by
Sellers in this Agreement. .

         8.5. Tax  Matters.  Sellers  shall  prepare or cause to be prepared and
timely file or cause to be timely  filed all  required  Tax Returns  relating to
Transfer  Taxes  imposed on Sellers  for (i) all  taxable  periods  ending on or
before the Closing  Date for which  Returns  shall not have been filed as of the
Closing Date,  and (ii) all taxable  periods  ending  following the Closing Date
that include the Closing  Date (all such  Returns  referred to in clause (i) and
(ii)  being  "Pre-Closing  Returns").  All  such  Pre-Closing  Returns  shall be
prepared on a basis consistent with prior practice unless a different  treatment
is required by a change in applicable law.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

         8.6.     Use of Name and Logos.

                  8.6.1.  Buyer agrees to cease using the Names and Logos on its
         literature, inventory, products, labels, packaging or materials as soon
         as available supplies thereof are exhausted and in any event within six
         months after the Closing Date with respect to inventory  and  products,
         and within 90 days after the Closing Date with respect to literature.

                  8.6.2.  For thirty days after  Closing,  Buyer may use, as is,
         any of Sellers'  receipts,  bags,  boxes,  stationery,  purchase  order
         forms,  bills or other similar paper goods on hand or order at Closing.
         After such time,  Buyer shall not use any such supplies  which state or
         otherwise  indicate  thereon that the  business  operated by Buyer is a
         subsidiary,  division or unit of either Seller  without first  crossing
         out or marking over such  statement or indication or otherwise  clearly
         indicating on such  supplies that the business  operated by Buyer is no
         longer a subsidiary, division or unit of either Seller.

         8.7.     Environmental Matters.

         (a) Sellers  jointly and  severally  agree to indemnify  and hold Buyer
harmless  against any and all Losses incurred by Buyer resulting from Matters of
Environmental Concern (as hereinafter defined);  provided that: (i) any claim by
Buyer for indemnification pursuant to this clause 8.7(a) must be made by written
notice given within  three (3) years after the Closing  Date;  (ii) Sellers will
have no obligation to indemnify  Buyer for such Losses except to the extent that
such Losses, taken together, exceed $200,000 in the aggregate (the "Threshold"),
and  then  only to the  extent  of the  excess  that  has not  and  will  not be
recoverable through rates; and (iii) any clean-up,  remediation,  reclamation or
other costs with respect to the Transferred  Assets for which a claim is made by
Buyer under this  Section  8.7(a)  shall be borne,  after  giving  effect to the
Threshold,  50% by Sellers and 50% by Buyer. "Matters of Environmental  Concern"
means (i) any failure by Sellers to have complied prior to the Closing Date with
applicable  Environmental Laws or (ii) any handling,  use, storage,  generation,
release,  discharge,  disposal,  dumping or migration of any Hazardous Materials
(whether legal, illegal,  accidental or intentional) on, to, from or beneath the
Real  Property,  the Leased  Real  Property,  the System  Property  or any other
Transferred Asset to the extent occurring prior to the Closing Date.

         (b) If Buyer or  either  Seller  has or may have the  right to  recover
Losses  indemnified  by Sellers or borne by Buyer pursuant to clause (a) of this
Section 8.7 from a party in addition to Sellers,  Buyer and each Seller,  as the
case may be, shall assign such right to the other (in proportion to the relative
amounts indemnified against or borne) and shall reasonably cooperate in pursuing
any rights against such third party.

         8.8.  Abstracts.  Within 60 days after the date hereof,  Sellers  shall
cause to be prepared by a title  abstractor  reasonably  acceptable to Buyer and
delivered  to Buyer  abstracts  of title for the Real  Property  and the  Leased
Property  (other than office and warehouse  space) and the System  Property (the
"Abstracts")   showing,  in  customary  detail,  the  state  of  title  to  such
Transferred Assets, including the legal description and any other identification
of  such  Transferred  Assets,  the  instruments  creating  or  evidencing  such
Transferred Assets and the encumbrances affecting such Transferred Assets.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

         8.9.  Y2K.  To the  extent,  if any,  that the  information  technology
included in the  Transferred  Assets  (including  components of the  Transferred
Assets that interface with or whose operation is dependent upon the operation of
information  technology systems) will not operate without error relating to date
data that references different centuries or more than one century, Sellers shall
use commercially  reasonable  efforts, at Sellers' expense, to modify or replace
such   information   technology  so  it  will  so  operate  without  error.  Any
modification  or  replacement  will be made as  promptly  as  practicable  after
Buyer's request; provided that Buyer's request is made not later than six months
after the Closing Date.

                     IX. CONDITIONS TO BUYER'S OBLIGATIONS.

         The   obligations  of  Buyer  under  this  Agreement  to  purchase  the
Transferred Assets and to consummate the other transactions  contemplated hereby
shall be  subject  to the  satisfaction  (or waiver by Buyer) on or prior to the
Closing Date of all of the following conditions:

         9.1.  Representations,  Warranties  and  Covenants of Sellers.  Sellers
shall have complied in all material respects with their agreements and covenants
contained  herein to be performed on or prior to the Closing  Date,  and all the
representations and warranties of Sellers contained herein shall be (a) true and
correct on and as of the date  hereof and (b) true and  correct in all  material
respects  on and as of the  Closing  Date with the same effect as though made on
and as of the Closing Date,  (i) except to the extent that such  representations
and warranties were made as of a specified date, and as to such  representations
and warranties the same shall continue on the Closing Date to have been true and
correct in all material  respects as of the specified  date and (ii) in the case
of clause (b) above, except for changes after the date hereof resulting from the
conduct of the  Business in the ordinary  course of business  that do not result
from a violation of Section 5.2, if such changes could not adversely  affect the
Buyer, the Transferred  Assets or the use or operations  thereof in any material
respect.  Buyer shall have  received a certificate  of Sellers,  dated as of the
Closing  Date and  signed by an  officer of each  Seller,  certifying  as to the
fulfillment of the condition set forth in this Section 9.1.

         9.2.     No  Prohibition.  No statute,  rule or regulation  or order of
any court or administrative agency shall be in effect which prohibits Buyer from
consummating the transactions contemplated hereby.

         9.3.  Further  Action.  All  consents  and  approvals  of  governmental
authorities  referred to in Schedule  3.10 or 4.4 hereto,  the granting of which
are necessary to consummate the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  shall have
been obtained and shall not (a) result in rate  adjustments  with respect to the
Business which would be materially less favorable in the aggregate to Buyer than
the rates  currently  in effect on the date  hereof,  (b)  prevent or  adversely
affect the  operation of the  Transferred  Assets (or the results of  operations
therefrom)  after the Closing Date in a manner  consistent  with the Business or
(c) contain any other terms  materially  adverse to the Buyer.  The consents and
approvals of third parties (other than governmental  authorities)  identified on
Schedule 9.3 shall have been  obtained and shall be reasonably  satisfactory  to
Buyer.

         9.4.     No Material Adverse Effect.  Since the date of this Agreement,
there shall not have occurred any event resulting in a Material Adverse Effect.

         9.5.     Abstracts.  Buyer shall have received the  Abstracts,  and the
Abstracts  reflect a state of title that is reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

         9.6.     Omnibus Gas Transportation and Supply  Agreement.  The parties
shall have reached agreement on,  and executed,  the Omnibus Gas  Transportation
and Supply Agreement.

         9.7.     Other Documents.  The Sellers  shall have  delivered to  Buyer
such certificates,  documents and instruments, including certified  resolutions,
authorizations and confirmations of incumbency, as Buyer may reasonably  request
to effect or confirm the transactions contemplated hereby.

                     X. CONDITIONS TO SELLERS' OBLIGATIONS.

         The obligations of Sellers under this Agreement to sell the Transferred
Assets and to consummate  the other  transactions  contemplated  hereby shall be
subject to the  satisfaction  (or waiver by  Sellers) on or prior to the Closing
Date of all of the following conditions:

         10.1.  Representations,  Warranties and Covenants of Buyer. Buyer shall
have complied in all material  respects with all of its agreements and covenants
contained herein to be performed on or prior to the Closing Date, and all of the
representations  and warranties of Buyer contained  herein shall be (a) true and
correct on and as of the date  hereof and (b) true and  correct in all  material
respects  on and as of the  Closing  Date with the same effect as though made on
and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent that such  representations  and
warranties were made as of a specified date, and as to such  representations and
warranties  the same shall  continue on the  Closing  Date to have been true and
correct in all material  respects as of the specified  date.  Sellers shall have
received a certificate  of Buyer,  dated as of the Closing Date and signed by an
officer of Buyer, certifying as to the fulfillment of the condition set forth is
this Section 10.1.

         10.2.    No  Prohibition.  No statute, rule, regulation or order of any
court or administrative  agency shall be in effect  which prohibits Sellers from
consummating the transactions contemplated hereby.

         10.3.    Further  Action.  All consents and  approvals of  governmental
authorities,  referred to in Schedule 3.10 or Schedule 4.4 hereto,  the granting
of which are necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, shall
have been obtained.

         10.4.    Omnibus Gas Transportation and Supply  Agreement.  The parties
shall have reached  agreement on, and executed,  the Omnibus  Gas Transportation
and Supply Agreement.

         10.5.    Other  Documents.  Buyer shall have  delivered to Sellers such
certificates,  documents  and  instruments,  including  certified   resolutions,
authorizations   and  confirmations  of  incumbency,  as Sellers  may reasonably
request to effect or confirm the transactions contemplated hereby.

                        XI. TERMINATION PRIOR TO CLOSING.

         11.1.    Termination.    This  Agreement  may  be  terminated  and  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  may be abandoned  at any time  prior  to the
Closing:

                    (i)    By the mutual  written consent of  Buyer and Sellers;
                           or

                                      -26-
<PAGE>

                   (ii)    By either Buyer or Sellers, if the Closing shall have
                           not   occurred  on  or  before   December  31,  2000;
                           provided,  however,  that the right to terminate this
                           Agreement  under  this  subclause  (ii)  shall not be
                           available  to any party whose  failure to fulfill any
                           obligation  under this Agreement  shall have been the
                           cause of, or resulted  in, the failure of the Closing
                           to occur on or before such date.

         11.2.  Effect  of  Termination.  In the  event of  termination  of this
Agreement as provided in Section 11.1,  this Agreement  shall  forthwith  become
void;  provided,  however,  that such termination shall not relieve any party of
its  obligations  under Section 8.3,  Section 13.9 and Section 13.15 nor relieve
any party from  liability for any breach  hereof.  Upon any  termination of this
Agreement,  each party hereto will return all  documents,  work papers and other
material of the other party relating to the transactions contemplated hereby and
all copies of such materials,  whether so obtained before or after the execution
hereof, to the party furnishing the same.

                       XII. INDEMNIFICATION AND SURVIVAL.

         12.1.  Indemnification  by Sellers.  Subject to Sections 12.3 and 12.4,
Sellers will jointly and severally indemnify and hold Buyer harmless against any
and all Losses to which Buyer becomes  subject or which Buyer suffers or incurs,
insofar as such Losses arise out of or result from (a) the Excluded Liabilities,
(b) the  inaccuracy  of any  representation  or  warranty  of Sellers  contained
herein,  (c) the breach of any covenant of Sellers contained herein, (d) subject
to  Sections  2.3.4  and  13.8,  any  Tax  imposed  upon  either  Seller  or the
Transferred  Assets for any event or period through the Closing Date and (e) any
failure to comply with any bulk transfer or similar law in  connection  with the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or, subject to the provisions of Section 8.7,
the  imposition  on Buyer of any liability or obligation of Sellers that are not
Assumed  Liabilities  pursuant to any successor  liability  law. As used herein,
"Losses"  means  losses,  liabilities,   claims,  damages,  costs  and  expenses
(including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and costs of investigation),  whether or
not  involving a third party claim;  provided  that Losses shall not include (i)
any multiple, punitive or exemplary damages, except to the extent resulting from
third party claims, (ii) consequential or special damages,  except to the extent
proximately  resulting from any inability to operate the Transferred Assets in a
manner  consistent  with the  Business,  or (iii) any matter to the extent taken
into account on the Closing Statement.

         12.2.  Indemnification  by Buyer.  Subject to  Sections  12.3 and 12.4,
Buyer will  indemnify  and hold Sellers  harmless  against any and all Losses to
which either Seller  becomes  subject or which either Seller  suffers or incurs,
insofar as such Losses arise out of or result from (a) the Assumed  Liabilities,
(b) the inaccuracy of any  representation or warranty of Buyer contained herein,
(c) the  breach of any  covenant  of Buyer  contained  herein or (d)  expect for
matters as to which  Buyer is entitled  to  indemnification  pursuant to Section
12.1, the operation or use of the Transferred  Assets  subsequent to the Closing
Date.

         12.3.    Limitations on Liability.

                  12.3.1.  Time Limitations and Survival.  The  representations,
         warranties,  covenants and  agreements of the parties shall survive the
         Closing and any  investigation  by the parties.  Any claim by any party
         with respect to any  representation or warranty,  or any covenant to be
         performed  on or  prior to the  Closing  Date,  by  another  party  for
         indemnification must be made by written notice given within twelve (12)
         months after the Closing Date; provided that (i) claims with respect to
         the  representations  and  warranties  contained in Section 3.15 may be
         made by

                                      -27-
<PAGE>

         written  notice  within three (3) years after the Closing Date and (ii)
         claims with  respect to the  representations  and  warranties contained
         in Section  3.13.6 may be made by written  notice  until the earlier of
         four (4) years after the Closing Date or the conclusion of Buyer's next
         rate case with respect to the Business.

                  12.3.2.  Limitation on Amount. Sellers will have no obligation
         to indemnify Buyer for any Losses pursuant to clause (b) (other than in
         respect of Section  3.13.6)  or clause (c) (to the extent  relating  to
         covenants to be  performed on or prior to the Closing  Date) of Section
         12.1,  except to the extent that such Losses,  taken  together,  exceed
         $100,000 (provided that if a Loss relates to breach of a representation
         or  warranty   contained  in  Section  3.15   relating  to  Matters  of
         Environmental  Concern,  such Loss  shall be  subject  to the  $200,000
         deductible  provided in Section  8.7(a) and not towards  this  $100,000
         deductible),  and then only to the extent of such  excess.  In no event
         shall Sellers be liable for  aggregate  Losses under  Sections  12.1(b)
         (other than in respect of Section  3.15 or Section  3.13.6) and 12.1(c)
         (but only in respect of the covenants in Section 5.2) of more than $3.2
         million.

                  12.3.3.  Other Limitations.  If any indemnified party may have
         the right to recover  Losses from a third party (other than an insurer)
         in addition to the  indemnifying  party,  the  indemnified  party shall
         assign to the indemnifying  party any such right remaining against such
         third party after the indemnified party shall have recovered all of its
         Losses,  and  shall  reasonably   cooperate  (at  the  expense  of  the
         indemnifying party) in pursuing any rights against such third party.

         12.4.  Indemnification   Procedure.   Promptly  after  receipt  by  any
indemnified  party of notice of the commencement of any action,  proceeding,  or
claim in respect of which the indemnified party intends to seek  indemnification
pursuant  to  Section  12.1 or 12.2,  the  indemnified  party  shall  notify the
indemnifying party in writing; provided that the omission to so notify shall not
relieve the indemnifying party of its indemnification  obligations except to the
extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby. The indemnifying
party shall be entitled to assume control of the defense of such action or claim
with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  indemnified  party;  provided,
however, that:

                    (i)    the   indemnified   party   shall  be   entitled   to
                           participate  in the  defense  of  such  claim  and to
                           employ  counsel  at its own  expense to assist in the
                           handling of such claim;

                   (ii)    no  indemnifying  party shall consent to the entry of
                           any judgment or enter into any  settlement  that does
                           not  include as an  unconditional  term  thereof  the
                           giving  by  each   claimant  or   plaintiff   to  the
                           indemnified  party of a release from all liability in
                           respect  of such  claim  or if,  pursuant  to or as a
                           result of such consent or  settlement,  injunctive or
                           other  equitable  relief would be imposed against the
                           indemnified  party  or such  judgment  or  settlement
                           could   materially   interfere   with  the  business,
                           operations or assets of the indemnified party; and

                  (iii)    after written notice by the indemnifying party to the
                           indemnified  party of its election to assume  control
                           of the defense of any such action in accordance  with
                           the  foregoing  provisions,  the  indemnifying  party
                           shall  not  be  liable  to  such  indemnified   party
                           hereunder  for any legal  fees,  costs  and  expenses
                           subsequently  incurred by such  indemnified  party in
                           connection with the defense thereof.

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

         If the  indemnifying  party does not assume  control of the  defense of
such claim in accordance with the foregoing  provisions,  the indemnified  party
shall  have the  right  to  defend  such  claim  in such  manner  as it may deem
appropriate at the reasonable cost and expense of the  indemnifying  party,  and
the indemnifying  party will promptly  reimburse the indemnified party therefore
in accordance with this Section 12.4;  provided that the indemnified party shall
not be  entitled  to  consent  to the entry of any  judgment  or enter  into any
settlement of such claim without the prior written  consent of the  indemnifying
party (not to be unreasonably withheld).

         12.5.  Exclusive  Remedies.  If the Closing  occurs,  then the remedies
provided in this Article XII shall  constitute  the sole and exclusive  remedies
with  respect to all claims for breach of any  representation  or  warranty,  or
covenant to be  performed  on or prior to the Closing  Date,  contained  in this
Agreement,  except for fraud or other willful  dishonesty.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, the provisions of this Article XII shall not affect the rights of any
party  hereto  against  any third  party  (including  a third  party whose claim
against a party  hereto is the basis of a claim for  indemnification)  and shall
not inure to the benefit of any third party.

                              XIII. MISCELLANEOUS.

         13.1.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  (including the Exhibits and
Schedules hereto) and the  Confidentiality  Agreement referred to in Section 8.3
constitute the entire  understanding  of the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and, except as provided in Section 8.3, supersedes all other prior
or contemporaneous oral or written statements by any party with respect thereto.

         13.2.  Waiver of Bulk Transfer  Requirements.  Subject to Section 12.1,
Buyer  agrees  to  waive  Sellers'  compliance  with  Article  6 of the  Uniform
Commercial Code (Bulk Transfers), as in effect in any jurisdiction, or any other
applicable bulk sales law.

         13.3.  Successors  and  Assigns.  The  terms  and  conditions  of  this
Agreement  shall  inure to the  benefit  of and be binding  upon the  respective
successors of the parties hereto; provided, however, that this Agreement may not
be assigned by Buyer without the prior written consent of Sellers, which consent
shall not be  unreasonably  withheld in the case of an  assignment  to an entity
that is controlled by Buyer.

         13.4.    Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be  executed in one or more
counterparts,  each of which shall for all purposes be  deemed to be an original
and all of which shall constitute the same instrument.

         13.5.    Headings.  The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this
Agreement  are  inserted  for  convenience  only  and  shall  not  be  deemed to
constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

         13.6. Modification and Waiver. No amendment, modification or alteration
of the terms or provisions of this  Agreement  shall be binding  unless the same
shall be in writing and duly executed by the parties hereto,  except that any of
the terms or provisions  of this  Agreement may be waived in writing at any time
by the  party  which  is  entitled  to the  benefits  of such  waived  terms  or
provisions. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed
to or shall  constitute a waiver of any other  provision  hereof (whether or not
similar).  No delay on the part of any party in exercising  any right,  power or
privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>

         13.7. No Third-Party Beneficiary Rights. This Agreement is not intended
to and shall not be  construed  to give any  person  or  entity  other  than the
parties signatory hereto any interest or rights (including,  without limitation,
any third party  beneficiary  rights) with respect to or in connection  with any
agreement or provision contained herein or contemplated hereby.

         13.8. Sales and Transfer Taxes. Sellers, on the one hand, and Buyer, on
the  other,  shall  each  be  responsible  for  and pay  one-half  (1/2)  of all
applicable sales, transfer,  documentary,  or use taxes and recording and filing
fees ("Transfer  Taxes") that may become due or payable as a result of the sale,
conveyance, assignment, transfer or delivery of any of the Transferred Assets or
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby whether levied on Buyer,  Sellers or any
Affiliate of Sellers. At the Closing, Sellers shall execute and deliver to Buyer
any  certificates  or other  documents as Buyer may reasonably  request to claim
available exemptions from the payment of Transfer Taxes under applicable law.

         13.9. Expenses.  Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, each of
Sellers  and Buyer  shall pay all costs and  expenses  incurred  by it or on its
behalf in  connection  with this  Agreement  and the  transactions  contemplated
hereby,  including,  without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  fees and
expenses of its own financial consultants, accountants and counsel.

         13.10.   Waiver  of  Conditions.    The  conditions  to  each   party's
obligations  hereunder are for the sole benefit of such party  and may be waived
by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law.

         13.11. Notices. Any notice,  request,  instruction or other document to
be given hereunder by either party hereto to the other party shall be in writing
and shall be sent by telefax  (with  confirmation  received  of the  recipient's
number) to the number  stated below or shall be delivered  personally or sent by
registered or certified mail (postage  prepaid and return receipt  requested) to
the address stated below.

         If to either Seller, to:

         Southwestern Energy Company
         1083 Sain Street
         Fayetteville, AR 72703
         Attention:        Greg D. Kerley
                           Senior Vice President and
                           Chief Financial Officer
         Telephone:        (501) 521-1141
         Telefax:          (501) 521-1147

         With a copy to:

         Cahill Gordon & Reindel
         80 Pine Street
         New York, New York 10005
         Attention:        Gary W. Wolf, Esq.
         Telephone:        (212) 701-3000
         Telefax:          (212) 269-5420


                                      -30-
<PAGE>

         If to Buyer, to:

         Atmos Energy Corporation
         1800 Three Lincoln Center
         5430 LBJ Freeway
         Dallas, Texas 75240
         Attention:        John P. Reddy
         Telephone:        (972) 934-9227
         Telefax:          (972) 855-3080

         With a copy to:

         Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
         1717 Main Street, Suite 5400
         Dallas, Texas 75201-7390
         Attention:        Irwin F. Sentilles, III, Esq.
         Telephone:        (214) 698-3100
         Telefax:          (214) 698-3400

or at such other telefax  number or address for a party as shall be specified by
like notice.  Any notice which is delivered  personally  in the manner  provided
herein  shall be  deemed  to have  been  duly  given to the  party to whom it is
directed upon actual receipt by such party.  Any notice which is sent by telefax
or addressed  and mailed in the manner  herein  provided  shall be  conclusively
presumed  to have been duly given to the party to which it is  addressed  on the
date indicated on the telefax confirmation or the postal receipt.

         13.12.   Knowledge  of  Sellers.   For  purposes  of  this   Agreement,
"knowledge of Sellers" or any similar term shall mean the actual knowledge of an
executive officer of Parent or of  Charles V. Stevens,  Senior Vice President of
AWG, after reasonable inquiry.

         13.13.  Governing Law. This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance
with and governed by the laws of the State of Arkansas  applicable to agreements
made and to be performed wholly within such  jurisdiction  without regard to the
conflicts  of laws  provisions  thereof.  Each of the parties  agrees to (i) the
irrevocable  designation  of the  Secretary of State of the State of Arkansas as
its  agent  upon  whom  process  against  it may be  served  and  (ii)  personal
jurisdiction  in any action brought in any court,  Federal or State,  within the
State of Arkansas having subject matter  jurisdiction over matters arising under
this  Agreement.  Any suit,  action or proceeding  arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement  shall only be instituted in a Federal or State court located in
the State of Arkansas.  Each party waives any objection which it may have now or
hereafter  to the laying of the venue of such suit,  action or  proceeding,  and
irrevocably  submits  to the  jurisdiction  of any such  court in any such suit,
action or proceeding.

         13.14.  Waiver  of  Jury  Trial.  Each  of  Sellers  and  Buyer  hereby
irrevocably  waives  all  right to trial by jury in any  action,  proceeding  or
counterclaim  (whether based on contract,  tort or otherwise)  arising out of or
relating  to  this  Agreement  or  the  actions  of  Sellers  or  Buyer  in  the
negotiations, administration, performance and enforcement thereof.

         13.15. Announcements. No party hereto shall make any public statements,
including, without limitation, any press release, with respect to this Agreement
and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby

                                      -31-
<PAGE>

without the  prior written  consent of the other parties,  other than  as may be
required by law, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

         13.16.  Severability.  If any term or other provision of this Agreement
is held to be  invalid,  illegal or  incapable  of being  enforced  by any court
having jurisdiction, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall
nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each  of the  parties  hereto  has  caused  this
Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the date first above written.

                                    SELLERS:

                                    SOUTHWESTERN ENERGY COMPANY


                                    By:  /s/GREG D. KERLEY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                           Greg D. Kerley
                                           Senior Vice President

                                    ARKANSAS WESTERN GAS COMPANY


                                    By:  /s/GREG D. KERLEY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                           Greg D. Kerley
                                           Senior Vice President


                                    BUYER:

                                    ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION


                                    By:  /s/LARRY J. DAGLEY
                                       -----------------------------------
                                           Larry J. Dagley
                                           Executive Vice President and
                                           Chief Financial Officer









                                      -32-



                                                                 EXHIBIT 23




                    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report dated  February 4, 2000  included in this Form 10-K,  into the  Company's
previously filed Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-96161).

Tulsa, Oklahoma
  March 29, 2000



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                           1,240
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   43,339
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     21,520
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                70,172
<PP&E>                                       1,095,882
<DEPRECIATION>                                 519,927
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 671,446
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           56,346
<BONDS>                                        294,700
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         2,774
<OTHER-SE>                                     187,582
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   671,446
<SALES>                                        272,359
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               280,396
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  244,338
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              17,351
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 16,376
<INCOME-TAX>                                     6,449
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              9,927
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     9,927
<EPS-BASIC>                                        .40
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .40


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission